This is a modern-English version of Cycling art, energy, and locomotion : A series of remarks on the development of bicycles, tricycles, and man-motor carriages, originally written by Scott, Robert P. (Robert Pittis).
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


Bike Art
ENERGY,
AND
LOCOMOTION:
A SERIES OF COMMENTS ON THE DEVELOPMENT
OF BICYCLES, TRICYCLES, AND HUMAN-POWERED
VEHICLES.
ROBERT P. SCOTT.
J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY.
1889.

IS
RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED TO THE MEMBERS INDIVIDUALLY,
AND AS A BODY CORPORATE,
OF
THE BALTIMORE CYCLE CLUB.
PREFACE.
The average intelligence of the Cycling fraternity can, with justice, be said to be above that of any other association of men and women, devoted to pastime, sport, and exercise, in the world; yet withal it is with some considerable feeling of anxiety that this book is sprung upon them. There can be no question but that we are a reading community, and yet all attempts catering to our wants, in the way of books, seem to have met with a less hearty support than should have been expected. The author of one of the greatest works connected with Cycling has recently informed us that he is still many hundreds of dollars behind, and other authors have good reason to complain that their books can be searched for even at club-houses, where they surely ought to be found. Books consisting largely of advertisements have, no doubt, paid the compilers, as have also the numerous periodicals, but when we ponder over the colossal efforts of Kron and Stevens, and think of the poorly-rewarded devotion of Sturmey, “Faed,” the Pennels, Stables, Cortis, and others, the encouragement is not at all stimulating to8 writers; especially since all books of these authors are of the most attractive character and easily comprehended, whereas a large portion of this work is written with a view to inspiring a close study of the art, and for that reason, if for no other, is liable to be dry reading. However, it is too late now to swerve from the task; if one more must be added to the procession of dejected, empty-pocketed venturers, “so mote it be.”
The average intelligence of the cycling community can honestly be said to be higher than that of any other group of people, involved in leisure, sports, and fitness, in the world. Yet, it’s with a significant sense of concern that this book is presented to them. There's no doubt that we’re a literate community, but all efforts to meet our needs through books seem to have received less enthusiastic support than expected. The author of one of the most important works related to cycling has recently told us that he is still many hundreds of dollars in the red, and other authors have good reason to say that their books can hardly be found, even in clubhouses, where they should definitely be available. Books that are mainly collections of advertisements have likely been profitable for their creators, as have many magazines, but when we consider the immense work of Kron and Stevens, and think about the underappreciated efforts of Sturmey, “Faed,” the Pennels, Stables, Cortis, and others, the lack of encouragement is not at all motivating for writers; especially since all the works of these authors are highly appealing and easy to understand, while a large part of this book is meant to encourage a deeper study of the subject and, for that reason, may be a bit dry to read. However, it’s too late now to back out of the task; if one more must be added to the line of discouraged, broke adventurers, “so be it.”
No petition is made to the Fraternity to read this book in particular, but it is hoped that all cycling books and periodicals will be patronized, hereafter, with the usual liberality so characteristic of wheelmen in connection with other matters, and if this work should, in any way, foster this hope, its mission will be more than filled. In one way the writer has already been amply repaid; if he had never undertaken this task it is just possible that he, like many others, might never have followed a cycler through India, or have made the acquaintance of “The Best of Bull-Dogs.”
No one is specifically asking the Fraternity to read this book, but it’s hoped that all cycling books and magazines will continue to receive the generous support typically shown by cyclists in other areas. If this work can somehow encourage that support, its purpose will be more than fulfilled. In one way, the writer has already been rewarded; had he not taken on this project, it's likely that he, like many others, would never have followed a cyclist through India or met “The Best of Bull-Dogs.”
The nature of this book has drifted, to some extent, from the rigid mathematical character originally intended, partially because it just drifted, and also perhaps intentionally, in order to give it a more popular bearing. If some severely practical readers should notice an attempt at humor, or an amusing turn given to what should be stern mathematical or mechanical9 reasoning, it is hoped that it will not be considered undignified or trivial, for it is done with an object; and if the popular reader should be averse to running off into abstract theories, let him but remember how little we realize that everything we do, or make, in our daily experience rests upon some fundamental principle which we ought to know and be able to explain. Who would have thought that the principles underlying the simple matter of balancing a bicycle would confuse even a school-boy? Perhaps it ought not; nevertheless, the article on that subject is cut rather short, for the reason that the writer, even with the help of others more competent, was unable to definitely determine all points in regard to it. My thanks are due to Prof. E. W. Davis, of Columbia, S. C., Gustav Bissing, Ph.D., of Baltimore; Prof. Robinson, of Columbus, Ohio; F. R. Smith, A.M., of Cambridge, England, and others, for valuable assistance courteously rendered.
The nature of this book has changed somewhat from the strict mathematical approach originally intended, partly because it just evolved, and also maybe on purpose, to make it more relatable. If some very practical readers notice a touch of humor or a lighthearted twist on what should be serious mathematical or mechanical9 reasoning, I hope it won't seem undignified or trivial, as it serves a purpose; and if a casual reader is hesitant to delve into abstract theories, they should just remember how little we realize that everything we do or create in our everyday lives is based on fundamental principles that we should understand and be able to explain. Who would have thought that the principles behind something as simple as balancing a bicycle could confuse even a school boy? Perhaps it shouldn’t; however, the section on that topic is somewhat brief because the author, even with help from others who are more knowledgeable, was unable to clarify all aspects of it. My gratitude goes to Prof. E. W. Davis from Columbia, S. C., Gustav Bissing, Ph.D., from Baltimore, Prof. Robinson from Columbus, Ohio, F. R. Smith, A.M., from Cambridge, England, and others for their valuable and generous assistance.
R.P. Scott.
CONTENTS.
PAGE |
|
---|---|
Intro | 17 |
The Cycle Art | 20 |
Can we improve upon the Creator’s Methods? | 22 |
The Direct Application of Power | 28 |
The Connecting Link between the Legs of Nature and the Wheel of Mechanics | 41 |
Graphic Illustration of the Application of Power to Cycles—Kinematics | 48 |
Balancing, and Some Questions of Potential Energy—Hill-Climbing | 62 |
Comparison of the Curves of Translation, in Machines of which the Diameters, or Combination of Wheels Differ, of a Point taken in the same Relative Position on the Several Saddles—Consequent Concussion and Effect upon Momentum | 69 |
12 | |
Springs in Relation to the Curves of Translation, Momentum, and Concussion | 80 |
Anti-Vibrators and Spring Forks | 87 |
Saddles and Springs in Relation to Anatomy and Health | 94 |
Headers or Croppers | 103 |
Gearing Up and Down | 112 |
The Modern Rover, or Rear-Driving Safety | 117 |
The Side-Slip of the Safety | 128 |
The Ladies’ Bicycle | 140 |
Tandems and the Rational | 144 |
Workmanship in Cycles—English and American Makers | 149 |
Cranks and Levers and Tangent Spokes | 156 |
Antifriction Bearings, Ball and Roller | 169 |
Aluminum in Cycle Construction—Strength of Tubes | 180 |
The Cycle in War—Steam and Electricity | 187 |
13 | |
Cycle Patents and Inventors | 190 |
Hobbies | 197 |
Remarks on Bolton Machine, American Patent | |
Dennis Johnson English Patent | |
Brief of Specification and Remarks on Croft American Patent | |
Extracts from Very Old English Patents | |
Briefs of Specification and Remarks on Bramley & Parker English Patent | |
Julien French Patent | |
Cochrane English Patent | |
Dalzell Machine, 1845 | |
Landis American Patent | |
Way American Patent | |
Lallement American Patent | |
Moores American Patent | |
Gleason American Patent | |
Rhoads American Patent | |
Estell American Patent | |
Christian & Reinhart American Patent | |
Ward American Patent | |
White American Patent | |
Sturdy & Young American Patent | |
Lawson American Patent | |
Flanders American Patent | |
Schmitt American Patent | |
Leftwich English Patent | |
Hemmings American Patent | |
Wortmann American Patent | |
Sawhill American Patent | |
Lowden American Patent | |
Lewis American Patent | |
Mey American Patent | |
Hornig American Patent | |
Scientific American Illustration | |
The Coventry Tricycle | |
Baker American Patent | |
Higley American Patent | |
Klahr American Patent | |
Bruton English Patent | |
Langmaak & Streiff American Patent | |
Monnin & Filliez American Patent | |
14Scuri American Patent | |
Smith American Patent | |
Tragardh American Patent | |
Renetti Patent | |
Hull & O’Rear American Patent | |
Schaffer American Patent | |
Burlinghausen American Patent | |
Von Malkowsky American Patent | |
Bevan American Patent | |
Lose American Patent | |
Libbey American Patent | |
Leske German Patent | |
Lawson American Patent | |
Hoak American Patent | |
Burbank American Patent | |
Williamson American Patent | |
Duryea American Patent | |
Latta American Patent | |
The Wheel, Illustration | |
The Spalding Patent Flyer, Illustration | |
Scott Bone-Shaker |
Energy and movement.
Energy and movement.
CHAPTER I.
Locomotion as applied to the question of transportation of matter in all its varied forms has always been, and will always continue to be, one of the great problems of advancing civilization. To such an extent does the element of transportation enter into our highly organized system of society that it is said to be the most powerful factor in the evolution of man. So confidently is this believed, that a great genius has been led to promulgate the theory that at some future time man will consist of a head and trunk; that all use for the limbs being entirely dispensed with in the art of moving and manipulating matter, these will gradually shrivel up and drop off, as it has been said the tail did when we no longer used it for swinging our bodies from tree to tree, like the proverbial monkey, or as a projectile force so valuable to the locomotion of the kangaroo.
Locomotion, when it comes to transporting matter in all its different forms, has always been and will continue to be one of the major challenges for advancing civilization. The role of transportation is so integral to our well-organized society that many believe it's the most significant factor in human evolution. This belief is so strong that a great thinker suggested that in the future, humans might only have a head and trunk; since we won't need limbs for moving and handling objects, they could eventually become useless, shrink away, and fall off, just like our tails did when we stopped using them for swinging from tree to tree, like the proverbial monkey, or as a powerful tool for movement like the kangaroo's tail.
The development of mechanical means for transporting and manipulating all matter has, to a wonderful extent, excused the use of man’s legs and arms: and the facility with which a great mass is loaded for transportation,18 delivered at its destination, and there manipulated with scarcely the touch of human hands has, it must be admitted, greatly diminished the labor otherwise delegated to the limbs. It is possible that almost all matter could be moved, moulded into desirable form, and utilized by civilized man for all his requirements, by the use of mechanical means, and man could no doubt transport himself by the same means, without using his limbs, and thereby reach a very high state of civilization; but such means must include a great amount of mechanical appliance accompanying the transportation, the more in proportion to each as the number of travellers is less in the same circuit.
The development of machines for moving and handling all types of materials has, to a remarkable extent, reduced the need for using human legs and arms. The ease with which large quantities can be loaded for transport, delivered to their destination, and then handled with minimal human effort has, it must be said, significantly lessened the physical labor typically required. It's likely that nearly all materials could be moved, shaped into useful forms, and utilized by modern society to meet its needs using mechanical methods. People could also transport themselves in the same way, without using their limbs, leading to a much more advanced civilization. However, such methods would require a lot of mechanical equipment to accompany the transport, especially as the number of travelers decreases in the same route.
Now, I think we can well admit that the very highest state of advancement will be marked by the greatest facility each man has to go his own way, and when we come to think of the world crowded as it must eventually become, does it not seem apparent to the reader that, since the natural energy now encompassed within our system is sufficient to carry us about, it will be for the best to continue to use this energy in our locomotion and make our improvements with the view to such a use, not for the purpose of dispensing with the many mechanical conveniences that now subserve our demands, but in order to add a simple and convenient means of unit transportation over reasonably long distances in a reasonably short space of time and accomplish the same with the least possible increase of mechanism? Humanity without the power to transport itself is to us an almost incomprehensible idea, and at the present day it is almost equally hard to conceive the state of society in which the movement of large masses over even small distances was impossible; yet there was a time when man could do no more than transport himself, together with such articles as he could carry upon his back or hold in his hands. It was probably not till long after this that he constructed a sled from the bark of a great tree to receive his chattels,19 and pulled it along by some rude vine; still nearer to our own time comes the invention of the wheeled vehicle or wagon, and when we come to that marvel of modern inventive genius the railway and steam-driven locomotive we are within a period yet personally known to our oldest fellow-citizens.
Now, I think we can agree that the highest level of advancement will be characterized by each person having the greatest freedom to choose their own path. And when we consider the world, which will be crowded as it inevitably becomes, doesn’t it seem clear to the reader that, since the natural energy we currently possess is enough to move us around, it would be best to continue using this energy for our transportation? We should focus on making improvements with that goal in mind, not to eliminate the many mechanical conveniences we rely on today, but to provide a simple and efficient way to transport ourselves over reasonably long distances in a short amount of time while minimizing the complexity of the mechanisms involved. The idea of humanity without the ability to transport itself is almost unimaginable, and today, it’s nearly as difficult to envision a society where moving large groups over even small distances was impossible. Yet there was a time when humans could only transport themselves along with what they could carry on their backs or hold in their hands. It probably wasn’t until much later that they created a sled from the bark of a large tree to carry their belongings, pulling it along with some crude vine; closer to our time, we see the invention of the wheeled vehicle or wagon. And when we reach the remarkable achievement of modern innovation—the railway and steam locomotive—we’re talking about a period still known to our oldest fellow citizens.19
So much inventive ingenuity, so much marvellous energy has been expended upon the solution of the problem of transporting large masses, in which we see the wheel has finally played an important part, that the question of the individual transportation of individual men has received comparatively little attention, and it is only within the last twenty-five years that an amount of labor and thought has been given to this problem at all commensurate with its importance. This recent labor and thought has not been expended in vain; it has placed the man, too, upon the wheel, which has done so much towards developing the use of other energy, and at last there spreads out before him a beautiful vista of independent locomotion unexampled in all the previous experience of his race.
So much creativity and incredible energy has gone into solving the issue of moving large groups, especially with the wheel playing a key role, that the question of how to transport individuals has received relatively little focus. It’s only in the past twenty-five years that a significant amount of work and thought has been dedicated to this issue, which truly deserves more attention. This recent effort hasn’t been wasted; it has put individuals on wheels as well, significantly enhancing the use of other forms of energy. Finally, an amazing opportunity for independent travel opens up like never before in all of human history.
As wheel suggests the name “cycle,” let us call this art, appertaining to the man and the wheel, “The Cycle Art,” or, more definitely, if we wish, the art of “Man-Motor Carriages.”
As the wheel implies the term “cycle,” let’s refer to this art related to people and wheels as “The Cycle Art,” or, if we prefer to be more specific, the art of “Man-Motor Carriages.”
CHAPTER II.
Posterity will always consider this the embryo generation of the cycling art; it might well be termed the “living wheel age.”
Future generations will always see this as the early stage of the cycling art; it could easily be called the “living wheel era.”
A number of valuable books have been written on the fundamental principles of locomotion by means of walking, riding upon animate beings, flying and creeping, and also upon all kinds of inanimate or mechanical motors, but little has been said about physical properties underlying the intervention of a wheel between the body of man and the surface to be travelled over, the motor being man himself.
Many valuable books have been written about the basic principles of movement, including walking, riding animals, flying, and creeping, as well as all kinds of inanimate or mechanical engines. However, not much has been said about the physical properties involved in using a wheel to connect a person and the surface they are traveling on, with the person serving as the motor.
The interesting art of man-motor carriages has already developed an industry of such great importance that the certainty as to its permanency is beyond cavil, and, believing that it will yet assume much greater proportions and become of more and more absorbing interest, there seems to be some excuse for an attempt to place even a limited amount of personal information before those connected with the industry and before the admirers of the art. There are few industries the product of which is dispersed among so varied a class of patrons, and scarcely none in which the patron takes so lively an interest in the respective articles produced.
The fascinating field of motor vehicles has already developed into such a significant industry that its permanence is beyond doubt. Believing that it will grow even larger and become increasingly captivating, there seems to be a valid reason to share even a small amount of personal insights with those involved in the industry and the fans of the craft. There are few industries whose products reach such a diverse range of customers, and hardly any where the customers show such a strong interest in the various items produced.
In most industries, where a machine is the product, the consumer is expected to be an expert in the art to which the industry appertains, and is therefore supposed to be capable of individual judgment as to the merits of what he acquires; if a steam-engine is the object of the purchase, it is expected that an expert of some ability in the art will judge of and afterwards21 run and repair it; but how could this be expected with a bicycle?
In most industries, where a machine is the product, consumers are expected to be knowledgeable about the field related to that product and capable of making their own judgments about what they buy. If someone is purchasing a steam engine, it's assumed that they have some expertise to evaluate, operate, and maintain it. But how could we expect the same with a bicycle?
There is probably no other machine used by mankind, with the possible exception of the watch, that does service to such a variety of individuals as the cycle. Now, it would be of little use to write a book for popular reading on the mechanical construction of a watch, because from its very nature none but an expert could appreciate the facts, if any were given; but greater hope might be entertained in regard to a larger machine, because the buyer can at least see what he is about. You never heard of a bicycle-rider blaming his repairer for stealing the wheels out of his machine and substituting others, because he can see, however inexperienced he may be, that this has not been done. Now, if we all could, by a little observation, learn one-half as much about our watches as we can about our bicycles, the poor watch-maker would never suffer the indignities so universally and unjustly heaped upon him. The primary knowledge above hinted at as possible, among the hoped-for patrons of this work, seems to be an auspicious circumstance in connection with an effort to teach them a little more.
There’s probably no other machine used by people, except maybe the watch, that serves such a wide range of individuals as the bicycle. It wouldn’t be very useful to write a popular book about how a watch is built because, by its nature, only an expert would really understand any details provided. However, there’s more hope for a larger machine like a bicycle because the buyer can at least see what they’re getting. You never hear a cyclist blaming the mechanic for stealing the wheels from their bike and replacing them because they can see, no matter how inexperienced they are, that this hasn’t happened. If we could all learn even half as much about our watches through a little observation as we do about our bicycles, the poor watchmaker wouldn’t have to face the unfair treatment he often gets. The basic knowledge mentioned earlier, which is possible among the expected readers of this work, seems like a promising starting point for teaching them a little more.
CHAPTER III.
“We find in a great number of standard treatises a sort of accusation brought against nature for having entirely wasted a great part of the force of our muscles by causing them to act under a disadvantageous leverage.”—E. J. Marey.[1]
"Many standard texts criticize nature for wasting a lot of our muscle strength by forcing us to work at awkward angles."—E. J. Marey.[1]
À propos of fundamental principles, what are the requirements needful for the most successful means of man-motor locomotion? In more homely phrase, how can a man, without calling upon the storage of energy other than that inherent in his own body, propel himself from place to place with the least amount of physical exertion? It is evident now, that under very many circumstances the means provided us by the Creator for such purposes are not the most economical; that is to say, it has been found that if we employ a medium through which to transmit our energy, the energy will be more economically expended, in carrying our bodies from place to place, than if we apply the force directly to the work as nature seemed to intend in presenting us with a pair of legs. The writer cheerfully concedes, for one, that for almost all purposes the legs are very practical; as, for instance, in climbing a tree or a pair of stairs, a rail fence, or even a very steep hill, or when, as in some of our early travels, we are compelled by an embarrassing paucity of funds to take to the cross-ties of a poorly ballasted railroad. And further, we admit that the invention of a pair of legs, if properly claimed in a patent, would, with perfect justice, have entitled the inventor to all23 uses to which they could be put, including the pumping of a bicycle. But we are perfectly willing to infringe the leg patent, provided we can improve upon it even for certain purposes, as we have in adopting the modern bicycle, in its use, for instance, upon a reasonably smooth level road. Why we have been able to thus improve upon nature’s device is not quite clear. Undoubtedly, however, there is some unnecessary friction in the leg method; it cannot be on account of impact with the air, because a man on a bicycle certainly catches as much air himself, in addition to that of the machine, as he would do in walking. Evidently, then, there must be more motion or extra friction or both in the body, in the leg method, than is really essential in conveying one over a good road. Probably the main cause of this friction is that the rider’s body is supported differently; it requires less muscular strain to sit than to stand. We not only know this from experience, but it is proved by the fact that the temperature of the body is lower while sitting than while standing; also still lower when lying down, showing that less energy is being expended and less muscle consumed. Since the spirit of the writer began to wrestle with the foregoing leg versus cycle controversy, by happy chance he fell upon an estimable work[2] of which a careful perusal would almost make us think that nature really had an embryo cycle or wheel method in view when we were planned for legs. The great interest attaching to the above-mentioned work arises from the fact that the book was written before the cycle was at all broadly known to be of any assistance to the self-propulsion of man under any circumstances. This work must be read to be appreciated. I give some quotations, the application of which shows that, in the minds of some, the Creator had an idea of a wheel24 within a wheel; in short, that nature seemed to want to roll.
Regarding fundamental principles, what are the necessary requirements for the most effective way for humans to move around? In simpler terms, how can a person, without using any energy stored beyond what their own body has, get from one place to another with the least physical effort? It's clear now that often the means provided by nature for this purpose aren't the most efficient; in other words, we've found that if we use a medium to transfer our energy, it will be used more efficiently in moving our bodies than if we apply the force directly as nature intended by giving us legs. I readily admit that legs are very practical for most purposes; for example, when climbing a tree, stairs, a rail fence, or even a very steep hill, or when, as during some earlier travels, we are forced by a lack of funds to walk on the uneven ties of a poorly maintained railroad. Additionally, we acknowledge that the invention of legs, if properly patented, would justly entitle the inventor to all23 the uses they could be put to, including pedaling a bicycle. But we’re more than happy to bypass this leg patent if we can enhance it for certain purposes, as we've done by adopting the modern bicycle, particularly on reasonably smooth, flat roads. Why we have managed to improve on nature’s design is not entirely clear. However, there’s definitely some unnecessary friction with using legs; it can’t be due to the air resistance because a person on a bicycle encounters just as much air as they would while walking. Clearly, then, there must be more movement or additional friction, or both, in the leg method than is actually necessary for traveling efficiently on a good road. The main source of this friction is likely due to how the rider’s body is supported; sitting requires less muscle effort than standing. We know this from experience and it's supported by the fact that body temperature is lower while sitting than when standing, and even lower when lying down, which indicates that less energy is expended and fewer muscles are engaged. Since the writer's mind began to grapple with the leg versus cycle debate, he fortuitously stumbled upon a valuable work[2] that, upon careful reading, makes us think that nature may have had a cycle or wheel concept in mind when designing legs. The significant interest in this work comes from the fact that it was written before bicycles were widely recognized as a means of helping people move independently under any conditions. This book must be read to be truly appreciated. I’ll share some quotes, the implications of which suggest that, in some people's minds, the Creator had the idea of a wheel24 within a wheel; in short, that nature seemed to want to roll.
Let us quote from page 51, “Animal Locomotion.”
Let’s refer to page 51, “Animal Locomotion.”
“When the right leg is flexed and elevated, it rotates upon its iliac portion of the trunk in a forward direction to form the arch of a circle which is the converse of that formed by the right foot, if the arcs alternately supplied by the right foot and the trunk are placed in opposition, a more or less perfect circle is produced, and thus it is that the locomotion of animals is approximated to the wheel in mechanics.”
“When the right leg is bent and lifted, it rotates around the iliac part of the torso in a forward direction, creating the arch of a circle that is opposite to the one made by the right foot. If the arcs alternately created by the right foot and the torso are opposed, a more or less perfect circle is formed. This is how animal movement is similar to wheels in mechanics.”
Hence we roll,—but not far enough,—we approximate in nature, but reach the goal by man’s genius; shown in the full circular wheel.
Hence we roll,—but not far enough,—we get close in nature, but reach the goal through man’s ingenuity; demonstrated in the complete circular wheel.
It will be seen from the following (p. 51) that the bones in man are not arranged for high speed; hence we must make up for this deficiency.
It will be clear from the following (p. 51) that human bones aren't structured for high speed; therefore, we need to compensate for this shortcoming.
“The speed attained by man, although considerable, is not remarkable; it depends on a variety of circumstances, such as height, age, sex, and muscular energy of the individual, the nature of the surface to be passed over, and the resistance to forward motion due to the presence of air whether still or moving. A reference to the human skeleton, particularly its inferior extremities, will explain why the speed should be moderate.”
"The speed that humans can reach, while notable, isn’t extraordinary. It depends on several factors, such as height, age, gender, muscle strength, the type of surface they’re moving over, and air resistance, whether it's still or moving. Examining the human skeleton, particularly the lower limbs, provides insight into why our speed is restricted."
Page 52. “Another drawback to great speed in man (as distinguished from animals) is, ... part of the power which should move (serve as a motive power) ... is dedicated to supporting the trunk.”
Page 52. "Another drawback of humans having high speed (compared to animals) is that ... some of the energy that should go into movement ... is used to support the body."
Now, in the cycle method we support the trunk all right, but should apparently make more use of the arms,—inventors take notice.
Now, in the cycle method, we support the trunk just fine, but we really need to make better use of the arms—hey, inventors, take note.
Page 56. “In this respect the human limbs, when allowed to oscillate, exactly resemble a pendulum.”
Page 56. “In this way, human limbs, when allowed to swing, are just like a pendulum.”
Here is the trouble with nature; there is too much oscillation instead of continuous rotation; nature does not go far enough.
Here’s the problem with nature: there's too much back-and-forth instead of smooth movement; nature doesn't push far enough.
25
25
Page 58. “The trunk also rotates in a forward direction on the foot which is placed on the ground for the time being; the rotation begins at the heel and terminates at the toes.”
Page 58. “The trunk also rotates forward on the foot that’s on the ground at that time; the rotation begins at the heel and ends at the toes.”
Thus the rotation is all right so far as it goes.
Thus, the rotation is fine as far as it goes.
Page 60. “The right side of the trunk has now reached its highest level and is in the act of rolling over the right foot.”
Page 60. “The right side of the trunk has now reached its highest point and is currently rolling over the right foot.”
Hence see the effort of nature to roll.
Hence, observe nature's effort to unfold.
Page 61. “In traversing a given distance in a given time a tall man will take fewer steps than a short man, in the same way that a large wheel will make fewer revolutions in travelling over a given space than a smaller one. The nave of a large wheel corresponds to the ilio-femoral articulation (hip-joint) of the tall man, the spokes to his legs, and portions of the rim to his feet.”
Page 61. “When traveling a specific distance in a set amount of time, a tall man takes fewer steps than a short man, similar to how a larger wheel goes through fewer revolutions over the same distance than a smaller one. The center of a large wheel symbolizes the hip joint of the tall man, the spokes represent his legs, and parts of the rim represent his feet.”
We thank nature very much for this suggestion of the wheel; without it perhaps we should never have conceived of the veritable wheel itself.
We really appreciate nature for this idea of the wheel; without it, we might never have imagined the actual wheel.
“Living beings have frequently and in every age been compared to machines, but it is only in the present day that the bearing and the justice of this comparison is fully comprehensible.”
“Throughout history, people have often compared living beings to machines, but it’s only now that we truly grasp how relevant and accurate this comparison is.”
Page 67. “One might find in the animal organism many other appliances the arrangement of which resembles that of machines invented by man.”
Page 67. “In the animal body, you can find many features that resemble those of machines made by humans.”
Page 91. “Let us examine from this point of view the articulation in the foot of man: we see in the tibio-tarsal articulation a curvature of small radius.”
Page 91. “Let’s examine the structure of the human foot from this perspective: we can see a curvature with a small radius in the tibio-tarsal joint.”
Page 112. “In addition to this the body is inclined and drawn up again; at each movement of one of the legs it revolves on a pivot.”
Page 112. “Additionally, the body is tilted and pulled back up; with every movement of one of the legs, it turns on a pivot.”
And so on in all works on animal locomotion will ever be found a continual reference to radius, roundness, and rolling.
And so in all studies about how animals move, there will always be ongoing references to radius, roundness, and rolling.
These quotations show that while we must acknowledge26 that the fundamental principles involved in the cycle were anticipated, to a certain extent, by nature, we may yet take great credit upon ourselves for developing the new or improved method to such a perfect and useful degree.
These quotes demonstrate that, while we have to recognize26 that nature anticipated the basic principles of the cycle to some extent, we can still take significant pride in developing the new or improved method to such a high and practical level.
To the oscillating features found in the human organism the genius of man has added a full circular revolving mechanism, pushing further nature’s aspiration to roll. Nature rolls a little, and then rolls back again; man has so improved upon himself by the addition of a wheel that he can roll on forever. It is quite evident that by such means he saves much energy; let us now determine if possible how this saving can be still further increased.
To the moving parts of the human body, human ingenuity has added a complete rotating system, advancing nature’s desire to roll. Nature rolls a bit and then rolls back; humans have enhanced their ability by adding a wheel, allowing them to roll on endlessly. It’s clear that this method saves a lot of energy; let's now see if we can figure out how to save even more.
The whole question of the advantages of the cycle method or wheel locomotion must resolve itself into one of reduction of organic friction as shown by fatigue in the body. All inorganic friction, such as metallic friction in the machine and upon the road, must be finally overcome at the expense of organic friction due to the exercise of the muscles in man. Without stopping to discuss such profound questions as to just what organic friction is, or as to how the display of energy creates friction, we will confine ourselves to the more tangible problem,—to wit, improvements upon the improvement; that is to say, granting the cycle method to be an improvement upon the leg method, we will discuss improvements in the cycle method.
The entire issue of the benefits of the cycle method or wheel locomotion comes down to reducing organic friction, which is evident in how tired our bodies get. All inorganic friction, like the metal friction in the machine and on the road, ultimately needs to be managed at the cost of the organic friction caused by muscle use in humans. Without diving into deep questions about what exactly organic friction is or how energy use creates friction, we’ll focus on the more concrete issue—namely, enhancing existing improvements; specifically, assuming the cycle method is an improvement over walking, we will discuss further enhancements to the cycle method.
We feel perfectly justified, from our own experience and observation, in adopting, as a basis upon which to build all future improvements, the broad principle underlying the intervention of continually rolling wheels between the rider and his road-way. Now, we ask, what are the requirements appertaining particularly to this wheel method?
We feel completely justified, based on our own experience and observation, in adopting the broad principle of continually rolling wheels between the rider and the road as the foundation for all future improvements. Now, we ask, what are the specific requirements for this wheel method?
In order to approach the subject logically, I repeat that the fundamental requirement is the reduction of organic friction or fatigue of the body.
To tackle the topic logically, I reiterate that the key requirement is to reduce the strain or fatigue on the body.
27
27
The above requirement is met in two ways: First, directly; that is to say, by working the muscles of the body to the best possible advantage; secondly, indirectly, by reducing the inorganic friction such as is found in the machine and in its action upon the road.
The above requirement is fulfilled in two ways: First, directly; that is, by optimizing the use of the body’s muscles to their fullest potential; secondly, indirectly, by minimizing the inorganic friction found in the machinery and its interaction with the road.
We shall attack first the reduction of direct organic friction by discussing the manner of applying the energy of man to revolve the wheel; his position and economy of power; and secondly, the reduction of the indirect or inorganic friction in the machine by regulating the size of the wheels and weight thereof, the jolt or jar, the friction of the parts one upon another, loss of momentum, and such other problems as may present themselves in the course of our discussion.
We will first tackle reducing direct organic friction by discussing how to effectively use human energy to turn the wheel, including posture and power efficiency. Secondly, we will address reducing indirect or inorganic friction in the machine by adjusting the size and weight of the wheels, minimizing jolts or shakes, managing the friction between parts, preventing momentum loss, and tackling any other issues that may come up during our discussion.
The terms used in this book hereafter will be largely arbitrary. Man-motor and locomotive carriages, velocipedes, unicycles, bicycles, tricycles, tandems, and all such terms will be included more or less in the broad terms “cycle” and “cycle-method.” Wherever any distinctive feature is to be made prominent, then such qualifying adjuncts or special terms will be used as express it.
The terms used in this book from now on will be mostly arbitrary. Man-powered vehicles, locomotive carriages, scooters, unicycles, bicycles, tricycles, tandems, and similar terms will generally fall under the broad terms “cycle” and “cycle-method.” When any specific feature needs to be highlighted, we will use qualifying terms or special phrases to express it.
In speaking of different styles of bicycles, we will adopt the name “Ordinary” for the prominent form of machine which is provided with a large wheel fifty to sixty inches in front, with a crank movement, and the usual fifteen- to twenty-inch rear wheel. The recent rear-crank driver, with the two wheels of about equal size, we will recognize as the “Rover” pattern, in deference to the people who first pushed it into the market and so named it. Other terms will be adopted which will be self-evident to all acquainted with the art.
When talking about different types of bicycles, we'll use the term “Ordinary” for the common style that has a big front wheel measuring fifty to sixty inches, with a crank mechanism, and a standard rear wheel that’s fifteen to twenty inches. The newer rear-crank bike, which has two wheels of roughly the same size, will be referred to as the “Rover” model, honoring the creators who introduced it to the market. We will also use other terms that will be clear to anyone familiar with this field.
Attention is called to the engravings in Part II. of this book, which will give an idea of the different forms of machines used in the art.
Attention is drawn to the engravings in Part II of this book, which will provide an overview of the various types of machines used in the art.
CHAPTER IV.
It is evident that one of the greatest, if not the very greatest, of the requirements of a practical road wheel, or a man-motor carriage, is that the power of the rider shall be transmitted to the said wheel in the most direct manner possible; that is, by causing the strain to come upon the muscles in such a way that these muscles shall be placed in the best possible position to overcome such strain, and to take advantage of such conditions as nature has already provided for, in training our muscles to the work we have had to do under the old régime, without the wheel.
It's clear that one of the most important requirements for a practical road wheel, or a man-powered vehicle, is that the rider's power should be transmitted to the wheel in the most direct way possible. This means that the strain should be placed on the muscles so that they are in the best position to handle that strain and to take advantage of the natural conditions we've been trained for, based on the work we've done without the wheel in the old system.
The muscles of man are best adapted to a direct pull or push. If we push upon a weight with the muscles at an angle to the direction in which we want the weight to move, the effective power is limited in the same way that the effect upon a weight is limited if we push at it in a direction at an angle to that in which we wish to move it; that is to say, not the total, but only a portion of the power will be effective in moving the weight.
The muscles in our bodies are best designed for a straight push or pull. If we push against a weight with our muscles positioned at an angle to the direction we want the weight to move, the power we can exert is restricted just like when we push a weight at an angle to its desired motion; in other words, only part of our strength will actually help in moving the weight.
The above facts apply particularly to our subject when we desire to transmit motion to a wheel by means of the weight or gravity of our bodies. Gravity acting downward in a vertical line, if we are not placed over the resistance, the resultant effect is in proportion to the cosine of the angle at which we work, as follows:
The above facts are especially relevant to our topic when we want to transfer motion to a wheel using the weight or gravity of our bodies. Gravity pulls down in a straight line, and if we’re not positioned directly above the resistance, the overall effect depends on the cosine of the angle at which we operate, as follows:
29
29
Let W = the weight of the man and a be the centre of gravity and also the location of the source of power of said weight, and let c represent the point at which it is desired to apply the power to turn the wheel.
Let W = the weight of the man, a be the center of gravity and also the point where the power of that weight originates, and let c represent the spot where we want to apply the power to turn the wheel.

Now, it is known that the weight W, acting by gravity in the direction ab, may be taken as proportional to the length of the line ab, and the portion of the pressure P in the direction ac, which will be effective to turn the wheel, may be taken as proportional to the length of the line ac; that is, P W = acab, or P = acabW, where acab is evidently always less than unity. Now, if the angle bac is thirty degrees, and W = 150 pounds, W times acab is 130 pounds. Or, by trigonometry, the weight W, acting in the direction ab, by gravity as in working a cycle, will have a resultant in the direction ac representing the power acting to turn the wheel equal to W cos bac. If the angle bac is thirty degrees and W = 150 pounds, then W cos bac = 130 pounds. Now, in order to still get one hundred and fifty pounds of force on the wheel, a pull on the handle-bars would have to be given sufficient to make up the lost twenty pounds, which the rider would get without any pull on the bars if placed directly over the work. This pull, while not fatiguing to the legs beyond the necessary requirement of power, is an entire loss of work in the arms, and must tell on the system. This is all an additional loss to that which ensues from the fact that nature has fitted us to stand upright and not to work in an angular position; our every-day experience in walking gives us practice in a direct vertical strain on30 the muscles of the body, and we should make it a point to apply our force as nature intended, in so far as it is applicable to our wheel method. These conditions apply more or less to any form of locomotion, and particularly to the cycle.
Now, it’s known that the weight W, acting by gravity in the direction ab, can be considered proportional to the length of the line ab, and the part of the pressure P in the direction ac that contributes to turning the wheel can be viewed as proportional to the length of the line ac; that is, P W = acab, or P = acabW, where acab is always less than one. Now, if the angle bac is thirty degrees, and W = 150 pounds, then W times acab is 130 pounds. By trigonometry, the weight W, acting in the direction ab, due to gravity while cycling, will have a resultant in the direction ac that represents the power acting to turn the wheel equal to W cos bac. If the angle bac is thirty degrees and W = 150 pounds, then W cos bac = 130 pounds. To still apply one hundred and fifty pounds of force on the wheel, the handlebars would need a pull strong enough to compensate for the lost twenty pounds, which the rider would naturally get without pulling on the bars if positioned directly over the work. This pull, while not tiring for the legs beyond the necessary effort, results in a complete loss of work in the arms, which affects the system. This is an additional loss on top of the fact that nature has designed us to stand upright and not to work at an angle; our daily experience in walking trains us to exert a direct vertical force on the muscles of the body, and we should strive to apply our force as nature intended, as much as it applies to our cycling method. These conditions are relevant to any form of movement, especially cycling.
From the foregoing remarks we are amply justified in drawing the conclusion that the resultant force available in the application of the physical power of man is in proportion to the cosine of the angle at which he exercises this force. We are well aware that many apparent variations will occur when so rigid a mathematical fact comes to be applied to the exercise of man’s energy in driving a bicycle; but all we care for is to lead the reader well up to the point by means of reasoning, which we hope will give at least a partial hypothesis for a conclusion well demonstrated by practical experience. We assert that when we consider the application of the gravity of the body to work on either a bicycle, or to other work of similar requirements, our mathematical demonstration is strictly true. It is justifiable, therefore, from a purely theoretical stand-point, to say that the rider of a bicycle wants to get directly over the work; let us see how our experience demonstrates this conclusion.
From the points made earlier, we can confidently conclude that the effective force generated by human physical power is related to the cosine of the angle at which that force is applied. We understand that many apparent differences can arise when applying such a strict mathematical principle to how a person uses energy while riding a bicycle; however, our goal is to guide the reader toward a conclusion through logical reasoning, which we hope will provide at least a partial explanation that aligns with practical experience. We claim that when we look at how a person's body weight contributes to work on a bicycle or similar tasks, our mathematical demonstration holds true. Therefore, from a purely theoretical perspective, we can say that a bicycle rider needs to position themselves directly over the work; let’s see how our experience supports this conclusion.
Take first the differences between a modern ordinary bicycle and the old velocipede, or “bone-shaker,” so called. The former is lighter and better made; but the one great difference is that the rider is more nearly over his work. It was this one advance which encouraged the development of other minor differences which had been roughly thought out before. In fact, the Patent Office shows that many of these improvements were on record, but there would have been little use for them if the rider had not worked himself up into a place where he could do something. Just who raised him up from a midway position between the two wheels, the saddle seventy-five degrees back of the vertical through the drive-wheel axle, as in the old bone-shaker,31 to nearly the top of the forward wheel, working at an angle of thirty degrees, as in some ordinaries, we will not attempt to say; but when he got there he has been willing, for a long time at least, to try to stay there, even at the expense of frequently going down on the other side, much to his annoyance, particularly as the general construction of the thing compelled him to go down the other end up, which end nature did not intend for terrestrial impact. It may as well be stated just here, however, that when our rider raised and moved his saddle forward he would have gone clear up to the vertical had it not been that it was absolutely impossible for him to stay there at all without hanging a heavy counter-balance somewhere in the neighborhood of the rear wheel, a scheme which, by the way, has been really recommended in modern cycle history.
Consider the differences between a modern bicycle and the old velocipede, or “bone-shaker.” The modern bike is lighter and better constructed; however, the biggest difference is that the rider is positioned more directly over the pedals. This improvement led to the development of other changes that had been roughly planned before. In fact, the Patent Office shows that many of these improvements were already documented, but they wouldn’t have been useful if the rider hadn’t been positioned in a way that allowed for effective pedaling. We won’t specify who exactly brought the rider up from a position between the two wheels, where the seat was at a backward angle of seventy-five degrees relative to the axle of the driving wheel, like in the old bone-shaker, to a nearly vertical position over the front wheel, at an angle of thirty degrees as seen in some larger bikes. However, once this advancement was made, riders have generally been willing to try to maintain that position, even if it meant occasionally falling off the other side, much to their frustration, especially since the design meant they had to fall off the opposite side, which nature didn’t intend for landing on the ground. It’s worth mentioning that when the rider adjusted the seat forward, they would have moved completely upright if it weren’t for the fact that it was totally impossible to stay there without attaching a heavy counterbalance near the rear wheel, a concept that has actually been suggested in modern cycling history.
One excuse for dwelling upon the foregoing dissertation is that many casual observers and some riders, strange as it may seem, assert that in the development of the modern rear-driving Rover pattern, we have been retrograding to the old velocipede, whereas, in fact, we have made another step forward of a similar nature to that spoken of before in raising the rider up above the point of application of power. In the Rover machine we have landed the rider practically where, as before said, he could not remain at all before; but in this new machine he has gained the advantage of being able to stay there.
One reason to focus on the earlier discussion is that many casual observers and some riders, oddly enough, claim that in developing the modern rear-driving Rover design, we are actually going back to the old velocipede. However, the truth is that we've taken another step forward, similar to what was mentioned before, by elevating the rider above where power is applied. In the Rover machine, we've placed the rider in a position where, as previously noted, they couldn't stay before; but now, in this new machine, they have the benefit of being able to remain there.
Thus our rider has been gradually getting up and over the work. Various devices have been used in order to facilitate this operation, but, unfortunately for our power-development theory, many of the changes have been coupled with the safety feature so prominently that, in efforts by makers to place the rider in the best possible position for work, the safety feature is all that the casual observer has been able to see; therefore it is that in several machines, such as that called the “Extraordinary Challenge,” the sales have32 been made more on the strength of safety than on their other great point of real merit, the advantage in power. In such machines, the rider has often been surprised to find that he had more power than he supposed, but having bought his mount with a view to safety, and it being still found to contain almost as great an element of risk as he before incurred, considerable disfavor has been the result. Had the element of increased power been thoroughly understood and appreciated, such machines would, in spite of the great deterioration in appearance, have been regarded more kindly.
So our rider has been gradually improving in his work. Various methods have been used to make this process easier, but unfortunately for our theory of power development, many of the changes have been so focused on safety that casual observers mostly notice those features. As a result, in several machines, like the “Extraordinary Challenge,” sales have leaned more on the safety aspect than on their significant advantage in power. In these machines, riders are often surprised to find they have more power than they realized. However, since they bought their ride primarily for safety, and it still poses almost as much risk as before, this has led to a lot of dissatisfaction. If the benefit of increased power had been fully understood and valued, these machines would have been viewed more favorably, despite their decline in appearance.
No better illustration in other arts of the desire and tendency of the operator to get over his work can be had than in that of the ordinary foot-lathe. No maker of lathes would think of attaching a treadle in such a manner that the workman could not perch himself directly over it. In some experiments on foot-lathes, the writer found that he could run at a given speed and resistance three times as long when over the work as when standing some twelve inches back and he had to reach out for it; in fact, it seems quite evident that our theoretical conclusion is fully established in actual practice.
There’s no better example in other crafts of the desire and tendency of the operator to be close to their work than with a standard foot lathe. No lathe manufacturer would think of attaching a treadle in a way that would prevent the worker from positioning themselves directly over it. In some trials with foot lathes, I found that I could operate at a consistent speed and resistance three times longer when I was directly over the work compared to standing about twelve inches back and having to reach for it; in fact, it’s clear that our theoretical conclusion is fully supported by actual practice.
Granting then that the direct vertical application of power by the rider is a desirable acquisition, let it be called a fundamental requirement. It must not, however, be supposed, in this connection, that the foregoing in any way justifies the swimming position, or kicking back, which some experimenters have of late been prone to adopt. We must approach but never get beyond the vertical limit.
Assuming that the direct vertical application of power by the rider is a valuable skill, let's call it a fundamental requirement. However, we shouldn't think that this justifies the swimming position or the kicking back that some recent experimenters have been trying out. We must get close to the vertical limit but never cross it.
Since this manuscript has been ready for the publisher, articles in the Bicycling News by “Warrior” and “Semi-Racer” have come under my notice, from which I clip sections, appertaining to this subject, as follows:
Since this manuscript has been ready for the publisher, I've noticed articles in the Bicycling News by “Warrior” and “Semi-Racer,” so I’m including sections relevant to this topic below:
“If, as ‘Crawler’ says, it is a very great improvement to have the saddle well over the pedals, how comes it that the contrary is33 now so universally advised, and as much as four inches recommended between the line of saddle-peak and the line of crank-axle? There never was a greater mistake made than when the saddle was generally placed in advance of the crank-axle. Apart altogether from its effect on the steering or easy running of the machine, there are two very strong reasons why the saddle should be kept well back. In the first place, it is quite impossible to sit upon the tuberosities designed by nature to carry the weight of the body unless the legs are flexed at the hip-joints. The parts resting upon the saddle are, otherwise, soft and delicate structures, liable to injury from the violence of the saddle. Were it for no other reason, this is enough to determine the position well to the rear of the crank-axle. But another reason: it is not a fact that one has greater power with the saddle, as suggested by ‘Crawler.’ One may certainly throw his weight alternately upon either pedal readier, because he is nearer a standing position; but, on the other hand, with the saddle well back and the handles well forward, the purchase so obtained gives far greater power from muscular contraction than the mere weight of the body gives, and, indeed, many more muscles are called into action when the saddle is kept back.—Warrior.”
“If, as ‘Crawler’ says, it's a big improvement to have the saddle positioned directly over the pedals, then why is the opposite commonly recommended now, with a suggested gap of up to four inches between the top of the saddle and the crank axle? There's never been a bigger mistake than placing the saddle in front of the crank axle. Aside from its effect on steering and how smoothly the bike operates, there are two solid reasons to keep the saddle positioned back. First, you can't sit on the parts designed by nature to support your weight unless your legs are bent at the hips. The areas resting on the saddle are soft and sensitive and can be damaged by the pressure of the saddle. Even if there were no other reason, that alone justifies positioning it behind the crank axle. But here’s another reason: the claim that you generate more power with the saddle where ‘Crawler’ suggests isn’t true. You might be able to shift your weight onto either pedal more easily since you're closer to a standing position, but with the saddle positioned further back and the handlebars pushed forward, you produce much greater power from muscle contraction than you can by just relying on your body weight. In fact, a lot more muscles are engaged when the saddle is kept back.—Warrior.”
“With regard to gearing, I consider that the position of the rider has much to do with this also. A rider sitting well back can use his ankles much more effectively than one right over the pedals, and can consequently exert a driving force through a considerably greater part of the stroke, whereas the vertical rider depends chiefly upon the weight of his body during a comparatively short portion of the down stroke for propulsion, and upon the momentum of the machine to carry him over the dead centre. It will be found, therefore, that the rider using his ankles properly will be able to drive at least three inches higher with the same amount of force, and, at the same time, there is much more equable strain on the machine.—Semi-Racer.”
“With gearing, I believe the rider's position is also crucial. A rider sitting further back can utilize their ankles way more effectively than someone sitting right over the pedals, which allows them to generate power throughout a much larger part of the pedal stroke. On the other hand, a vertical rider primarily depends on their body weight during a relatively short portion of the downward stroke for propulsion and on the bike's momentum to help get them over the dead center. So, it turns out that a rider who uses their ankles correctly can pedal at least three inches higher with the same effort, and it distributes a lot more even strain on the bike.” —Semi-Racer.
The quotations show one great trouble in writing a book: such a long time elapses between writing and publishing, that new facts and opinions come up in the mean time which demand attention and suggest alteration, as, for instance, my former paragraph in regard to the swimming attitude should have been expanded.
The quotes highlight a significant challenge in writing a book: there’s a long gap between writing and publishing, during which new facts and opinions emerge that require consideration and may suggest changes. For example, my previous paragraph about the swimming position should have been elaborated.
“Warrior” carries his theory to extremes. He is all right in cautiously avoiding an unduly-forward saddle, but when he places the front tip back of the vertical through the crank-axle, he goes too far and is utterly wrong.
“Warrior” takes his theory too far. He's right to be careful about using a saddle that’s too forward, but when he positions the front tip behind the vertical line of the crank axle, he overdoes it and is completely mistaken.
The cause for such diversity of opinion in this matter34 is that it is tested under different circumstances. In riding over an easy, slightly rolling country, the tendency to get back on the saddle is indisputable, for reasons noted by “Warrior” and fully treated of in my chapter on “Saddles and Springs in Relation to Health;” but notice how we slip forward, almost off the saddle, when we have any work to do, as in mounting a difficult hill; and also notice that the farther forward we get, and the less the angle at the pedals between the saddle and the vertical, the less will be the pull on the handle-bar. (See early part of this chapter.)
The reason for such a variety of opinions on this issue34 is that it is examined under different conditions. When riding over a smooth, slightly hilly landscape, it's clear that there's a natural tendency to sit back in the saddle, as noted by “Warrior” and discussed in detail in my chapter on “Saddles and Springs in Relation to Health.” But pay attention to how we tend to slide forward, nearly coming off the saddle, when we have challenging tasks like climbing a steep hill; also, notice that the more we lean forward, and the smaller the angle at the pedals between the saddle and the vertical, the less pull there is on the handlebars. (See the early part of this chapter.)
In this connection the very long saddles, largely adopted in America, are of great advantage, since, when not working hard, the rider can sit well back and then slide forward when occasion demands. What “Warrior” means by “greater power from muscular contraction” is rather ambiguous. I may admit that more power can be consumed when the saddle is back, but I deny that more effective power to turn the wheel can be maintained. The rider may get more exercise from “muscular contraction” than from the effect of his weight, but he will cover less distance with equal fatigue.
In this context, the long saddles that are commonly used in America have significant benefits. When not pedaling hard, the rider can sit back comfortably and then move forward when needed. What "Warrior" means by "greater power from muscular contraction" is a bit unclear. While I agree that more energy can be used when the saddle is positioned back, I disagree that this setup allows for more effective power to turn the wheel. The rider might get a better workout from "muscular contraction" than from being weighted down, but they will cover less distance with the same level of fatigue.
As to “Semi-Racer,” his statement, that more ankle-motion is available when sitting back, is absurd. Will he not lose in “clawing” force below what he gains above?
As for "Semi-Racer," his claim that sitting back allows for more ankle movement is ridiculous. Won't he lose some "clawing" power below what he gains above?
In my chapter on “Ankle-Motion” I would say that the wonderful power therein asserted as possible was attained by having the saddle well over the work. Before disposing finally of this digression, let me express my pleasure that these subjects are meeting with general and enlightened discussion. However much opinions may differ, I regret, as a loyal Yankee, that we in America have to depend so largely upon cross-water importations for the initiative; but it is hoped that such importations may always be on the free list, maugre the high-tariff proclivities of the writer and many others like him on this side.
In my chapter on "Ankle-Motion," I would say that the amazing potential mentioned is achieved by properly positioning the saddle over the work. Before wrapping up this side note, I want to express my happiness that these topics are being widely and thoughtfully discussed. Regardless of differing opinions, I regret, as a proud American, that we have to rely so heavily on imports from abroad for innovation; however, I hope that these imports will always be exempt from tariffs, despite the high-tariff tendencies of the author and many others like him here.
35
35
The next point of importance is the mechanical means whereby the rider transmits a revolving motion to the drive-wheel, and to lead up to this let us discuss the evolution from walking to riding. The actual development has been of a legitimate character; first, walking; second, walking with the trunk supported on rolling mechanism; third, propulsion by means of mechanical things like legs, the entire body supported upon rolling mechanism; fourth, propulsion and support all by means of, and upon, rolling mechanism.
The next important point is how the rider conveys a rotating motion to the drive-wheel. To illustrate this, let's look at the transition from walking to riding. The actual progression has been legitimate: first, walking; second, walking with the body supported on a rolling mechanism; third, moving with the help of mechanical limbs while the whole body is supported by a rolling mechanism; fourth, moving and being supported entirely by rolling mechanisms.

The early bicycle, such as that of Dennis Johnson, patented in England, No. 4321, 1818, did not support the rider entirely free from the ground. It consisted in a pair of wheels placed under him, constituting a sort of third or rolling leg, the feet, though not for support, still touching the ground. This machine is a fair sample of an intermediate stage between the era of oscillating devices subjoined to the trunk by nature—to wit, the legs—and that of the present cycle. In37 the Johnson machine the legs are used for projectile force only, and serve as a motor, the weight of the body being supported on rolling mechanism as aforesaid; hence it was a more natural and palpable sequence to walking than other prior contrivances in which the rider was raised upon a platform such as shown in the machine of Bolton, patented in the United States, September 29, 1804.
The early bicycle, like the one created by Dennis Johnson, patented in England, No. 4321, 1818, didn’t lift the rider completely off the ground. It had a pair of wheels underneath him, acting like a sort of third leg, with his feet, while not providing support, still touching the ground. This design is a good example of a middle phase between the time of oscillating devices connected to the body by nature—namely, the legs—and the modern bicycle. In the Johnson design, the legs are only used for propulsion and act as the power source, with the body’s weight resting on the rolling mechanism mentioned earlier; therefore, it was a more natural and direct progression from walking than other earlier designs where the rider was elevated on a platform, like the machine of Bolton, patented in the United States, on September 29, 1804.

The Bolton and similar machines really belong to a different class from that of Johnson, but if we confine ourselves to our bicycle or balancing-machine, thus throwing out the Bolton class, the development from the leg to the wheel method proceeded in order, for we have next the Lallement crank-wheel, United States patent, November 20, 1866, which represents substantially the present single-track type.
The Bolton and similar machines really belong to a different category than Johnson's. However, if we focus on our bicycle or balancing machine, excluding the Bolton category, the evolution from the leg method to the wheel method followed a logical progression. Next, we have the Lallement crank-wheel, a U.S. patent from November 20, 1866, which significantly resembles the current single-track type.

One illustrious gentleman, Croft by name, patented a machine in the United States, August 21, 1877.[4]
One notable gentleman, named Croft, patented a machine in the United States on August 21, 1877.[4]
38
38

In the Croft machine a pair of bars held in the hands are used with which to propel by pushing against the ground, instead of using the legs as in the Johnson. By supporting the body entirely free from the roadway, Croft takes a step in advance of Johnson, but he still retains his propulsive power by means of oscillating devices having contact with the ground, and in this respect might be said to use a pair of mechanical legs. He combined a walking method with that of rolling, as was the case with Johnson and Baron Draise, but he seemed to think a mechanical extension to the arms a better medium through which to pass his energy than nature’s own devices for that purpose. Quite a number of inventors have gone astray on this question of the power of the arms in these manumotors. No doubt the arms could be made to help, but our present physical development suggests the legs as better; especially if one or the other plan is to be used alone. True, the39 Croft machine could use the entire body, as in the case of a man shoving a flat-boat or scow upon the water, but the inventor’s engraving does not show any such effort as necessary. What a pity that we did not have a single-track machine, propelled by the Croft process, between the time of Johnson and Lallement; how nicely it would have helped us out in our chronological development. We of the wheeling fraternity may, however, take a crumb of comfort from the fact that the two bicycles, or balancing machines, did make their appearance in respectful logical order.
In the Croft machine, a pair of handheld bars is used to push against the ground for propulsion, instead of using the legs like in the Johnson. By suspending the body completely above the ground, Croft takes a step forward compared to Johnson, but he still maintains his power of movement through oscillating devices that touch the ground, effectively using a pair of mechanical legs. He combined a walking method with rolling, similar to Johnson and Baron Draise, but he believed that extending the arms mechanically was a better way to channel his energy than relying on natural methods. Many inventors have misjudged the role of arm power in these machines. While the arms could provide assistance, our current physical development suggests legs are more effective, especially if one method is to be used alone. True, the 39 Croft machine could engage the whole body, like a person pushing a flatboat across water, but the inventor's illustration doesn’t show any such effort as needed. It’s unfortunate that there wasn't a single-track machine propelled by the Croft method between the times of Johnson and Lallement; it would have been great for our development timeline. However, we in the biking community can take some comfort in the fact that the two bicycles, or balancing machines, did appear in a reasonable logical order.
In naming the Bolton, Johnson, Lallement, and Croft machines, I have not taken the trouble to ascertain whether they all were the very first machines of the kind in the art, nor would it matter whether they were or not, unless it could be shown that others were of equal prominence. We should not recognize mere vagaries as an advance in the art: the above gentlemen patented their machines, and it is therefore reasonable to suppose that they were real workers, and not simply chimerical characters flitting about in the minds of recent explorers. The famous Draisaine is worthy of mention, but our man Dennis will answer all purposes of illustration. Galvin Dalzell is now reputed to have been the first to raise himself from the ground on a single-track machine, and back as far as 1693 one Ozanam, a Frenchman, is said to have made a four-wheeled vehicle of the Bolton type, but driven by the legs.
In naming the Bolton, Johnson, Lallement, and Croft machines, I didn't bother to check if they were the very first machines of their kind, nor does it really matter unless it can be proven that others were just as significant. We shouldn't mistake random ideas for progress in the field: the gentlemen mentioned patented their machines, so it's reasonable to assume they were genuine innovators and not just imaginary figures in the minds of newer researchers. The well-known Draisaine deserves a mention, but our friend Dennis will serve for all illustrative purposes. Galvin Dalzell is now believed to be the first person to lift himself off the ground on a single-track machine, and going back to 1693, a Frenchman named Ozan is said to have created a four-wheeled vehicle of the Bolton type, but it was powered by legs.
Blanchard, about 1780, did some work in connection with the subject, and one Nicephore Niepse, we are told, made a machine of the Johnson type about the year 1815. For further information on this subject, see “Sewing-Machine and Cycle News,” in Wheelman’s Gazette, September, 1888.
Blanchard, around 1780, did some work related to this topic, and a guy named Nicephore Niepce supposedly created a machine similar to the Johnson type around 1815. For more details on this topic, check out “Sewing-Machine and Cycle News” in Wheelman’s Gazette, September 1888.
In quite a recent edition of The Wheel the editor gives us a little foretaste of a book to which we look forward with interest. In it he mentions improvements40 by Gompertz in 1821, Mareschal, Woirin, and Leconde as having worked on cranks in 1865, and David Santon as having brought a wheel to America in 1876.
In a recent issue of The Wheel, the editor shares a preview of a book we’re eager to read. He mentions improvements40 made by Gompertz in 1821, as well as Mareschal, Woirin, and Leconde, who all worked on cranks in 1865, and David Santon, who brought a wheel to America in 1876.
L. F. A. Reviere, of England, is said to have made the large front and small rear wheel; C. K. Bradford, of America, the rubber tire; E. A. Gilman, of England, anti-friction bearings, and A. D. Chandler, of Boston, is mentioned as an importer and rider of 1877.
L. F. A. Reviere from England is said to have created the large front wheel and small rear wheel; C. K. Bradford from America developed the rubber tire; E. A. Gilman from England worked on anti-friction bearings, and A. D. Chandler from Boston is noted as an importer and rider from 1877.
CHAPTER V.
We now proceed to compare the different modes which have been devised to transmit power from the rider to revolve the wheel; of these there are two principal classes, the simple crank and the lever and clutch. These devices or connecting links relate to the motion of the legs as well as to the power transmitted through them. It is not necessary to treat of the horizontal motion of the limbs, as it is of little consequence provided the rider remains substantially over the work. Power is applied mainly through the vertical resultant, and the consequent fatigue is the effect of the amount of energy given out in a vertical direction. Crank riders acquire a horizontal power, or resultant force, by what we call ankle-motion, which has, to quite an appreciable extent, overcome the most serious inherent defect of the crank device; without this force the dead centre appertaining to the crank, in which the vertical resultant has no power to turn the wheel, would have made it a prey to the champions of other contrivances.
We will now compare the different ways that have been developed to transfer power from the rider to make the wheel turn. There are two main types: the simple crank and the lever and clutch. These mechanisms relate to how the legs move and the power transferred through them. We don't need to discuss the horizontal motion of the limbs, as it doesn't matter much as long as the rider stays primarily over the work. Power is mostly applied through the vertical force, and the fatigue experienced comes from the energy exerted in that vertical direction. Crank riders achieve horizontal power, or resultant force, through what we refer to as ankle motion, which has significantly addressed the main drawback of the crank design; without this force, the dead center associated with the crank—where the vertical force has no ability to turn the wheel—would have left it vulnerable to the advocates of other designs.
The above remarks in regard to horizontal motion and resultant force apply equally well if the rider is not over the work, except in that the phraseology would be different. A man in straightening out his leg can apply power in a certain direction or in a certain line; now, if he is not over the work, this will not be a vertical line; hence the term horizontal motion would have to be called motion at right angles to the line of transmission of power.
The comments above about horizontal motion and resultant force also apply if the rider is not directly over the work, although the wording would change. When a man straightens his leg, he can exert force in a specific direction or along a certain line; however, if he is not positioned over the work, this won’t be a vertical line. Therefore, the term horizontal motion should be referred to as motion at right angles to the line of power transmission.
42
42
The importance of the dead centre is too great to be passed over without some further discussion. It would be a source of great satisfaction if a general conclusion could be reached in this crank versus lever and clutch controversy, but aside from the difficulty of drawing our conclusion there is a lack of a specific hypothesis in regard to an important element of the problem,—to wit, that as to the nature of the road and other resistance and consequent speed attainable or usually desirable. There is little doubt but that, so far as present developments show, the crank machine has excelled upon a smooth road and at high speed; yet this very fact leads us to suspect that perhaps for rough roads and at slow speed it might be objectionable, for it is easy to see that all questions of dead centres would eliminate themselves at high speed. Taking a steam-engine, of the crank and pitman type, for example, there is no trouble so long as speed is kept up, but it is well known that a certain velocity must be maintained or the crank will stop at the dead centre, even when provided with a heavy fly-wheel. Now, in a bicycle there is practically no fly-wheel at all, and, to pursue the comparison still further, we know that if the fly-wheel of an engine were removed great trouble would ensue; still it might be possible to keep running if the speed were great enough. It is evident, from common observation, that for intermitting slow and high speeds an engine, or any other machine, constructed without a fly-wheel must be provided with some means for continuing the power or carrying it over what would otherwise be dead centres. Multiple cylinders and rotary engines are made to serve this purpose.
The significance of the dead center is too important to overlook without further discussion. It would be really satisfying if we could reach a general conclusion in the crank versus lever and clutch debate, but aside from the difficulty in drawing any conclusions, there's a lack of a specific hypothesis regarding an essential element of the problem—specifically, the type of road and other resistances, and the speed that's usually achievable or desirable. It's pretty clear that, as current developments show, crank machines perform better on smooth roads and at high speeds. However, this makes us think that they might be less effective on rough roads and at slower speeds, because it’s easy to see that all dead center issues would resolve themselves at high speeds. For instance, consider a steam engine of the crank and pitman type; there’s no problem as long as the speed is maintained. However, it’s well known that there’s a specific velocity that must be kept up, or the crank will stop at the dead center, even with a heavy flywheel. Now, on a bicycle, there’s virtually no flywheel at all, and to take the comparison further, we know that removing the flywheel from an engine would cause significant issues; still, it might be possible to keep it running if the speed is high enough. It’s clear, from everyday observation, that for varying slow and high speeds, a machine built without a flywheel must have some way to maintain power or carry it over what would otherwise be dead centers. Multiple cylinders and rotary engines are designed to fulfill this purpose.
The commonly accepted idea that a cycle for racing purposes upon a smooth road is a certain guide as to the requirements under other conditions is therefore hardly justifiable. For best results the form of mechanism used as the connecting link between the legs of nature and the wheel of mechanics must be43 determined, or at least be modified, by the conditions under which we intend to work. This problem is not at all confined to the art of cycling, it appears in many departments of mechanics. The same question has been mooted in respect to sewing-machines, and non-dead-centre attachments have been made and used upon them, but naturally the demand was not urgent, as this machine comes within the realm of high-speed devices with fly-wheel and evenly-running resistance. In scroll sawing by foot-power and in portable forges, non-dead-centre clutches are used with great effect. Hence our general mechanical experience makes it safe to say that such modes of continuous application of power have valuable uses applicable to this problem. It is not attempted to set up a definite unequivocal comparison or dictum in this matter as applied to cycles, for it is the desire of the writer and his right to make conclusions comparable only to the proofs recognized in practice, which in this case, in the cycle art, appear to be in favor of the crank machine. However, the writer’s opinion, based upon his theory and individual experience, is that we have more to fear from the weight, complication, and friction of parts in the lever and clutch than from the inherent principle of transmitting power upon which it works, and that some non-dead-centre device will finally prevail in the best all-around road cycles, if it can be relieved of purely mechanical objections which somehow seem to be naturally coupled with it. If the writer’s conclusion in this respect is tenable, the induction would follow that such a system, or connecting link, forms the most economical mode of applying power. The body can stand a steady, even pull upon its energy better than uneven intermitting jerks, and I feel sure new riders who have not acquired the ankle-action on the crank cycle will agree in this. This theory will apply to hill-climbing, in which lever and clutch machines have made so enviable a reputation. The44 rider has in clutch machines an even, steady resistance during the entire downward thrust, and he does not have to get all his power doubled up into a few inches of motion.
The widely held belief that a bike designed for racing on a smooth road is a reliable indicator of what’s needed in other conditions is really not justified. For the best performance, the type of mechanism that connects our legs to the bike’s wheels should be determined or at least adjusted based on the conditions we plan to ride in. This issue isn’t limited to cycling; it comes up in various areas of mechanics. The same question has been raised about sewing machines, which have had non-dead-centre attachments created for them, though the need wasn’t pressing since these machines operate at high speeds with flywheels and consistent resistance. In foot-powered scroll sawing and portable forges, non-dead-centre clutches are used effectively. Therefore, our general mechanical knowledge leads us to believe that these methods of applying continuous power hold valuable solutions for this issue. The writer does not intend to establish a clear-cut comparison or rule regarding cycles, as the goal is to draw conclusions based only on practical evidence, which in the case of cycling appears to favor the crank machine. However, based on personal theory and experience, the writer believes that the weight, complexity, and friction of parts in the lever and clutch may pose more problems than the actual principle of power transmission, and that a non-dead-centre device will eventually dominate in the best all-around road bikes, provided it can overcome certain mechanical challenges that seem to be inherently linked to it. If the writer’s conclusions hold up, the inference would be that such a system or connection is the most cost-effective way to apply power. The body can handle a steady, even pull on its energy better than an uneven series of bursts, and I’m confident that new riders who haven’t yet developed the ankle movement on crank cycles would agree. This theory also applies to climbing hills, where lever and clutch machines have gained an impressive reputation. In clutch machines, the rider experiences a smooth, steady resistance throughout the entire downward stroke, rather than having to concentrate all their power into just a few inches of movement.
The two principal classes of connecting links, the crank and ordinary form of lever and clutch, need no explanation or discussion beyond their fundamental characteristics, but there are several combinations of lever and crank which are of interest and properly come under the head of modifications of the crank. These modifications are numerous in the market, and there exists cardinal distinctions between them. We annex diagrams of five distinct types which fall into two groups, the first group being a combination of lever and crank, in which the foot has an oval motion, as shown by Figs. 1, 2, and 3, the arrows showing the direction of progression.
The two main types of connecting links, the crank and the standard lever and clutch, don’t need any further explanation beyond their basic features. However, there are several interesting combinations of lever and crank that are worth discussing and fit under the category of crank modifications. These modifications are quite common in the market, and there are significant differences between them. We’ve included diagrams of five different types, which are grouped into two categories. The first group is a combination of lever and crank, in which the foot moves in an oval motion, as shown by Figs. 1, 2, and 3, with arrows indicating the direction of movement.





The second distinctive arrangement of lever and crank is where the lever is pivoted so as to return over the same track in which it descends, as shown in Figs. 4 and 5. The first group, with its oval motion, has a decided advantage in regard to dead centre or continuous power; since by an ankle-motion the rider can transmit some power in a circular direction to the crank; that is to say, he can actually push to some extent in a forward horizontal direction. But it will be seen that the pivotal connection shown in Figs. 446 and 5 does not allow of any such possibility; the rider must have momentum enough to throw the cranks over the dead centre or he is lost. In Fig. 4, which represents a form of pivoted treadle used on a reputable make of front-driving machine, it will be noticed that the rider has less than one-half of the revolution of the crank in which any power can be transmitted at all, which becomes apparent in observing a pedal in such devices while in motion, from the fact that it descends more rapidly than it ascends, thus giving the rider less than half the time in which he can transmit any power. We are now speaking of one side only of the machine; taking both sides together, there are two short arcs of a circle in which there can be no propulsive power transmitted to the wheel on either side. Fig. 6 illustrates this as follows:
The second unique setup of lever and crank is where the lever is pivoted to return along the same path it descends, as shown in Figs. 4 and 5. The first group, with its oval movement, has a clear advantage when it comes to dead center or continuous power; with an ankle motion, the rider can transmit some energy in a circular direction to the crank, meaning he can actually push somewhat forward in a horizontal direction. However, the pivotal connection shown in Figs. 446 and 5 does not allow for any such possibility; the rider must have enough momentum to swing the cranks over the dead center or they're out of luck. In Fig. 4, which shows a type of pivoted treadle used on a well-known front-driving machine, it becomes clear that the rider has less than half a revolution of the crank during which any power can be transmitted at all. This is evident when observing a pedal in these machines while in motion, as it descends more quickly than it ascends, giving the rider less than half the time to transmit any power. We're currently discussing just one side of the machine; when considering both sides, there are two small arcs of a circle where no propulsive power can be transmitted to the wheel on either side. Fig. 6 illustrates this as follows:

In the descent of the lever from b to c the power will only be transmitted through the arc between d and e; taking an equal arc from f to g for the power given on the other side, we have the two small arcs f d and g e, all of whose points are dead points, and we might say we have a dead line. Upon the other hand, if the machine happens to be driven in the opposite direction from that of which we have been speaking, or, in other words, if the pedal is in advance of instead of in the rear of the driving-axle, as seen in Fig. 5, we have an advantage, since the arcs f d and g e would represent arcs in which the rider has power on both treadles instead of on neither, and it might be said that, instead of having an arc of dead centre or no power, we have considerably less than no47 dead centre at all. The lever and crank, Fig. 5, is a device used on some rear-driving machines,—the pedal descends slowly and ascends rapidly; certainly a desirable arrangement. That is to say, if the arc d e raises and d f g e lowers the pedal, it will then raise quickly and lower slowly; whereas, if d e lowers and d f g e raises the pedal, it will raise slowly and lower quickly.
In the movement of the lever from b to c, the power will only be transmitted through the arc between d and e; taking an equal arc from f to g for the power applied on the other side, we have the two small arcs f d and g e, all of whose points are dead points, and we could say we have a dead line. On the other hand, if the machine happens to be driven in the opposite direction from what we’ve been discussing, or, in other words, if the pedal is positioned in front of instead of behind the driving axle, as seen in Fig. 5, we gain an advantage, since the arcs f d and g e would represent arcs where the rider has power on both pedal strokes instead of on neither, and it could be said that, instead of having an arc with no power at all, we have considerably less than no47 dead center. The lever and crank, Fig. 5, is a mechanism used on some rear-driving machines—where the pedal goes down slowly and comes up quickly; certainly a desirable setup. This means that if the arc d e raises and d f g e lowers the pedal, it will then raise quickly and lower slowly; whereas, if d e lowers and d f g e raises the pedal, it will raise slowly and lower quickly.
The study of wheels in the market made with front-driving mechanism, on the plan of Fig. 4, suggests an incontrovertible argument in favor of getting over the work, in spite of the difficulty noticed in respect to dead centres; such machines actually have a creditable reputation as powerful hill-climbers and rough-road machines, which can only be explained on the theory that the vertical application of power more than makes up the deficiency caused by the arc of no power at all.
The analysis of market wheels designed with a front-driving mechanism, based on Fig. 4, presents a clear argument for moving forward with the work, despite the challenges related to dead centers. These machines have a strong reputation as capable hill-climbers and can handle rough terrain, which can only be understood by the idea that the vertical application of power significantly offsets the lack of power in certain situations.
In speaking of the second group, Figs. 4 and 5, it must be understood that the matter of driving from either the front or the rear wheel has nothing to do with the principle, except in so far as it regulates the arrangement of the pedal and the direction of translation appertaining thereto. The difference in principle depends on whether the driving or the returning arc of the crank is towards or farther from the pedal. It strikes me that the style of lever and crank of the first group is a kind of cross between the direct crank and the pivoted lever and crank of Group II., and especially of Fig. 4 of that group, since it possesses some of the advantages and some of the objections found in both.
In discussing the second group, Figs. 4 and 5, it's important to note that whether the driving comes from the front or rear wheel doesn't change the fundamental principle, except for how it affects the layout of the pedal and the corresponding direction of movement. The key difference in principle lies in whether the driving or returning arc of the crank is closer to or further from the pedal. It seems to me that the lever and crank style of the first group is a mix between the direct crank and the pivoted lever and crank of Group II., especially Fig. 4 from that group, as it combines some of the benefits and drawbacks seen in both.
I find from observations, which will be spoken of later, that the ankle-power in the direct crank is very considerable, and that it is diminished in the oval-motion lever, Group I., and that it disappears absolutely in the pivoted lever, Group II. These facts are really evident, but as they came within the domain of other experiment, I merely state the result.
I’ve observed, which I’ll discuss later, that the power at the ankle in the direct crank is quite significant, but it decreases with the oval-motion lever, Group I., and completely disappears with the pivoted lever, Group II. These facts are obvious, but since they relate to other experiments, I’m just stating the outcome.
CHAPTER VI.
The manner in which the construction and general arrangement of the driving mechanism, the road surface, and other conditions control the application of power is a curious study. In connection with it I have made an instrument to illustrate the same graphically, which, for the sake of a name, we will call the “Cyclograph,” an engraving of which will be found below.
The way the design and layout of the driving mechanism, the road surface, and other conditions affect how power is applied is a fascinating area of study. In relation to this, I’ve created a device to illustrate it visually, which we’ll call the “Cyclograph” for now. An engraving of it is shown below.

A frame, A A, is provided with means to attach it to the pedal of any machine. A table, B, supported by49 springs, E, E, has a vertical movement through the frame A A, and carries a marker, C. The frame carries a drum, D, containing within it mechanism which causes it to revolve regularly upon its axis. The cylindrical surface of this drum, D, is wrapped with a slip of registering paper removable at will. When we wish to take the total foot-pressure, the cyclograph is placed upon the pedal and the foot upon the table. The drum having been wound and supplied with the registering slip, and the marker C with a pencil bearing against the slip, we are ready to throw the trigger and start the drum, by means of a string attached to the trigger, which is held by the rider so that he can start the apparatus at just such time as he desires a record of the pressure.
A frame, A A, is equipped with a way to attach it to the pedal of any machine. A table, B, supported by 49 springs, E, E, moves vertically through the frame A A and holds a marker, C. The frame has a drum, D, which contains a mechanism that makes it spin regularly around its axis. The cylindrical surface of this drum, D, is covered with a removable slip of registering paper. When we want to measure the total foot pressure, the cyclograph is placed on the pedal and the foot on the table. After winding the drum and placing the registering slip, with the marker C pressing a pencil against the slip, we are ready to pull the trigger and start the drum using a string attached to the trigger, which the rider holds to begin recording the pressure whenever they want.
The following are a few sample sections cut from registering slips illustrating some of the points discovered in these experiments. Only a few strokes of the crank or lever can be shown; it is evident that great space and expense of reproduction would be required to give the entire record for even a small part of a mile. It will be understood, I think, without further explanation, that these curves show the extent and variation of pressure of the foot upon the pedal in order to drive the respective machines under circumstances named and described by the figures and thereafter.
The following are a few sample sections taken from registration slips illustrating some of the points found in these experiments. Only a few movements of the crank or lever can be shown; it's clear that a large amount of space and cost would be needed to present the complete record for even a small part of a mile. It should be understood, I believe, without further explanation, that these curves indicate how much pressure the foot applies to the pedal to operate the respective machines under the conditions outlined by the figures and described afterward.


50
50







51
51






52
52
A six-inch crank was used upon the machines in these experiments, and the lever action was such as to be comparable to a fifty-inch gear. The height of a point on the curve shows the extent of and variation in power upon the pedal, and the translation from left to right the time. In consequence of the limit of pressure occurring but once in each stroke, the number of undulations determines the speed, since it would show the number of strokes in a given time, and we know the number that make a mile.
A six-inch crank was used on the machines in these experiments, and the lever action was comparable to a fifty-inch gear. The height of a point on the curve indicates the amount and variation in power on the pedal, while the movement from left to right shows the time. Because the pressure limit occurs only once per stroke, the number of undulations determines the speed, as it indicates the number of strokes in a given time, and we know how many strokes make a mile.
The number of pounds’ pressure at any point on a curve is shown by the figures upon the perpendicular line, as, for example, in No. 1 the apex of the curve just to the right of the scale is about even with the hundred-and-fifty-pound point; this pressure was maintained for a very short space of time, since the curve travels a very short distance to the right at this point; in other words, it is quite sharp at the top.
The pressure in pounds at any point on a curve is indicated by the numbers on the vertical line. For instance, in No. 1, the top of the curve just to the right of the scale is roughly at the 150-pound mark. This pressure was held for only a brief moment, as the curve moves a very short distance to the right at this point; in other words, it is quite steep at the top.
Stronger springs were used on the Cyclograph in testing the safeties, as I found myself liable to compress them beyond their limit; hence the scales must be closely observed in making comparisons. Among the interesting results noticeable in these experiments I find, for instance, in Nos. 3 and 4, an abnormal deviation in the height of the curves at the same speed upon the same track at nearly the same time, though running in opposite directions. Finding this strange difference of some fifty pounds in pressure, I noticed an almost imperceptible breeze against me in the one, and in my favor in the other, direction.
Stronger springs were used on the Cyclograph to test the safety measures, since I found myself likely to compress them beyond their limit; therefore, the scales need to be watched closely when making comparisons. Among the interesting results observed in these experiments, I found, for example, in Nos. 3 and 4, an unusual difference in the height of the curves at the same speed on the same track at nearly the same time, even though they were running in opposite directions. Noticing this odd difference of about fifty pounds in pressure, I detected a nearly imperceptible breeze against me in one direction and a breeze in my favor in the other.
No. 12 illustrates how a hundred-and-fifty-pound man gets up a pressure of two hundred and forty pounds presumably by a ninety-pound pull on the handle-bar.
No. 12 shows how a one-hundred-fifty-pound man creates a pressure of two hundred forty pounds, presumably by applying a ninety-pound pull on the handlebar.
In No. 9 we see how one hundred and fifty pounds pressure is applied in back-pedalling down a grade of one foot in twelve. That the curve would not be very regular is easily impressed upon the mind of the average rider.
In No. 9 we see how one hundred and fifty pounds of pressure is used while riding downhill at a slope of one foot in twelve. It's pretty clear to the average rider that the curve wouldn't be very smooth.
53
53
One part of curve (not shown), of peculiar contour, terminated experiment No. 9 at a rut a little farther down the hill, with dire results to the operator and provoking influence upon the running gear of the ’graph, which has been making some erratic curves of its own, now and then, ever since.
One segment of the curve (not shown), with a strange shape, ended at a rut a bit further down the hill, leading to serious consequences for the operator and causing issues with the running gear of the ’graph, which has been making some unpredictable curves of its own from time to time ever since.
The short cross-lines about three-fourths up on the left sides of the undulations in Nos. 10, 11, and 12 designate the points at which the crank crosses the perpendicular at the top. There is quite a pressure, and it is a little odd that it should be found at this point; it can only be attributed to ankle-action back of the natural dead centre.
The short cross-lines about three-quarters up on the left sides of the undulations in Nos. 10, 11, and 12 indicate where the crank crosses the vertical line at the top. There is quite a bit of pressure, and it's a bit strange that it occurs at this point; it can only be explained by the ankle action behind the natural dead center.
In No. 6, and to some extent in all the others, observe the jagged appearance in the general advance of the curves, which must be due to vibration: these results were all obtained upon tolerably smooth roads, mostly in Druid Hill Park, Baltimore. No. 6 was taken upon a road perhaps a little rougher than the track around the lake, but still upon an unusually smooth surface, and it was a surprise, not to say an alarming discovery, that this vibration should occur under such circumstances.
In No. 6, and to some degree in all the others, notice the jagged look of the curves as they progress, which must be caused by vibration: these results were all gathered on fairly smooth roads, mostly in Druid Hill Park, Baltimore. No. 6 was recorded on a road that was maybe a bit rougher than the path around the lake, but it was still on an unusually smooth surface, and it was surprising, if not shocking, to find that this vibration happened under such conditions.
The lake track, upon which results 2 and 3 were found, was in perfect condition, smooth as a surface-plate, and without the customary sprinkling of pebbles so common when dry weather has loosed the settings of these tiny obstructions and suffered them to roll out upon the roadway; yet these figures show the saw-teeth, and I have been unable to find a road smooth enough, or jointed machine frames and springs good enough, to make unwavering symmetrical lines. These little deviations in the curves always seem to show themselves54 to the extent of several pounds in height in spite of all alleviating conditions, suggesting that we have much to strive for in the construction of the ideal wheel free from all concussion. In order to judge accurately of the total amount of power to turn the wheel, we have to consider the register of both pedals superposed, as in No. 8, but the curve made upon one generally answers all purposes. The possibilities in this study are unlimited, and, with a perfectly-accurate instrument, it strikes me, the results of much more definite bearing than those acquired in the silly practice of testing machines by the strength of men.
The lake track, where results 2 and 3 were found, was in excellent condition, as smooth as a perfectly flat surface, and free of the usual scattering of pebbles that often appear when dry weather causes these tiny obstacles to roll onto the road. Yet, these figures show irregularities, and I haven't been able to find a road smooth enough, or machine frames and springs good enough, to produce perfectly straight lines. These small deviations in the curves always seem to show up54 to the degree of several pounds in height despite all efforts to minimize them, indicating that we still have a long way to go in creating the ideal wheel that is free from all jolts. To accurately assess the total power needed to turn the wheel, we need to consider the readings from both pedals combined, as seen in No. 8, but usually, the curve from one pedal is sufficient. The potential for exploration in this field is vast, and with a highly accurate instrument, it seems to me that the results could be much more reliable than those obtained from the foolish practice of testing machines with human strength.
I have refrained from giving any tests as to the comparative power required to drive machines of the same type and of different manufacture, differences being liable to result from a bad condition of the machine, such as the want of oil, or from happening to get hold of an unusually bad sample, making the liability to do injustice too great. The writer does not feel himself called upon to judge of or express differences in quality of workmanship in general, if for no other reason than that by the time the matter goes to press, such merits or defects as he might have discovered may change. Workmanship does change, principles never can; and, what is more, the hypotheses and conclusions in regard to principles, treated of in this or any other book, are always open to contradiction; if injustice is done to any maker of wares in a matter of principle, said maker always has a remedy in defence, and if he can disprove assertions made his justification is complete, whereas if a mistake of fact is recorded, such as the operation of a certain machine, and the machine upon which the alleged fact is based happens to disappear, the party interested is denied a just remedy. There are of course certain criteria of good workmanship, and the same should be touched upon in order to teach the reader how to judge of it; but beyond this no writer should be allowed to go,55 unless at least he has been paid for advertising competing wares at regular rates.
I have decided not to conduct any tests comparing the power needed to operate machines of the same type from different manufacturers, as variations could arise from poor machine conditions, such as lack of oil, or from getting an unusually poor sample, making the risk of unfairness too high. The writer doesn’t feel obligated to evaluate or express differences in workmanship quality generally, if for no other reason than that by the time this is published, any merits or flaws he might have found could change. Workmanship does vary, but principles never change; furthermore, the hypotheses and conclusions about principles discussed in this book or any other are always open to challenge. If any manufacturer is treated unfairly in a matter of principle, they have the right to defend themselves, and if they can disprove any claims made, their justification is complete. However, if a factual mistake is recorded, like how a certain machine operates, and that machine subsequently disappears, the interested party is left without a fair remedy. There are, of course, certain standards of good workmanship that should be discussed to help the reader judge it; beyond that, no writer should go, 55 unless they have been compensated for advertising competing products at standard rates.
The cyclograph attached to the revolving pedal shows the total amount of pressure required to do a certain work on a machine; but if it is desired to ascertain the track resistance or the friction of parts alone, it is necessary to so place the instrument as to register the tangential resultant in turning the crank, taking no note of any power thrown away by indirect application; that is, if we wish to register the circular or tangential resultant, the cyclograph is attached by its frame rigidly to the crank or lever of a cycle, and the revolving pedal, which has been detached, is hung upon the spring platform. This last arrangement is used in experimenting to ascertain the extra power available by ankle-motion, as will be shown hereafter.
The cyclograph connected to the rotating pedal measures the total pressure needed to perform a specific task on a machine. However, if you want to find out the track resistance or just the friction of the parts, you need to position the instrument to track the tangential force while turning the crank, ignoring any power lost due to indirect application. To record the circular or tangential result, the cyclograph is securely attached to the crank or lever of a cycle, and the rotating pedal, which has been removed, is suspended on the spring platform. This setup is used for experiments to determine the additional power generated by ankle motion, as will be demonstrated later.
ANKLE-MOTION AS SHOWN BY THE CYCLOGRAPH.
Throughout this work a slight tendency to urge the element of dead centre as against the crank-cycle may have been discovered. Makers and riders who find fault with this apparent praise of lever and non-dead-centre devices can derive considerable comfort by the study of ankle-motion. No better introduction to our diagrams, showing the possibilities arising therefrom, can be given than the following extract from the Irish Cyclist, via The Bicycling News and Wheelman’s Gazette:
Throughout this work, you might notice a slight preference for the dead center element over the crank-cycle. Manufacturers and riders who criticize this apparent support for lever and non-dead-center devices can find considerable reassurance in studying ankle motion. There’s no better way to introduce our diagrams, which illustrate the possibilities that come from this, than with the following excerpt from the Irish Cyclist, via The Bicycling News and Wheelman’s Gazette:
“ANKLE-ACTION.
“ANKLE-ACTION.
“Among the many thousands of riders in this country, says the Irish Cyclist, very few have any desire to improve their style or realize for a moment the vast importance of correct ankle-motion. You meet a rider plodding along, working his legs like pistons, with a heavy, lifeless motion. Remonstrate with him, and see what he will say: ‘Oh, he can go well enough; he does not believe ankle-action makes such a difference, and he does not want to “scorch” in any case.’ Now, we want our readers to grasp these facts. Any rider can acquire a tolerable ankle-action by careful practice, and the acquisition of such will increase his power by nearly one-fourth, and will enable him to ride hills56 never before attempted, and to keep up a better pace at the expense of the same amount of energy. This being so, the acquisition of such art should be a sine quâ non to every rider. That it is so can very easily be proved. In following the pedal the foot describes a complete circle. Suppose the circle to be divided into eight segments, taken in order from the highest point.[5] With a rider who does not use his ankles, force is applicable only through segments 1, 2, 3, 4, and in segments 1 and 4, the force not being applied at right angles to the end of the crank, a large proportion is wasted, and consequently it is only thoroughly effective through segments 2 and 3, or during one-fourth of the revolution. The rider who has mastered the mysteries of ankle-action will drop his heel as the pedal approaches the highest point, and he can apply a certain amount of force through segment 8. After passing the so-called dead point, his heel being still dropped, the force is applied at right angles to the crank, or nearly so, and consequently he can utilize his full power through segment 1. By rapidly straightening the ankle when entering segment 2 an additional impetus is imparted, and, as before, full power can be applied through segments 2 and 3. Entering segment 4, the heel should be raised and the pedal clawed backward, and this clawing action will enable the rider to work past the dead point and well through segment 5. Consequently, the man who rides with his ankles stiff can only work through segments 1, 2, 3, 4, or half the whole circumference, and his work is thoroughly effective only through segments 2 and 3, or one-fourth the circumference, whereas the man who utilizes his ankles can work through segments 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, or two-thirds the whole circumference, and his work is thoroughly effective through segments 1, 2, 3, and 4, or one-half the whole circumference. The advantage gained in the latter case is self-evident. The acquisition of the art is often tedious and troublesome, but if cyclists only knew the enormous increase of power which results they would not be content until they had mastered it. From the cycling volume of the Badminton Series, written by Lord Bury and G. Lacy Hillier, we take the following instructions:
“Among the thousands of riders in this country, the Irish Cyclist reports that very few are interested in improving their technique or even recognizing the vital importance of proper ankle movement. You might see a rider struggling along, moving their legs like pistons, with a heavy, lifeless motion. If you try to talk to them about it, they might say, ‘Oh, I can go fast enough; I don’t think ankle action really makes that much difference, and I don’t want to ‘scorch’ anyway.’ We want our readers to understand these facts. Any rider can develop good ankle action with careful practice, and mastering this will boost their power by nearly one-fourth, enabling them to tackle hills56 they couldn’t manage before, while keeping a better pace with the same effort. Given this, learning this skill should be a sine quâ non for every rider. This can be easily demonstrated. As the pedal moves, the foot describes a complete circle. Imagine dividing the circle into eight segments, taken in order from the highest point.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ A rider who doesn’t use their ankles can only apply force through segments 1, 2, 3, and 4. In segments 1 and 4, since the force isn’t applied directly at right angles to the end of the crank, a large amount is wasted, making it effectively applied only through segments 2 and 3, or during one-fourth of the revolution. A rider who has mastered ankle action will lower their heel as the pedal approaches the highest point, allowing them to apply some force through segment 8. After passing the so-called dead point, with their heel still lowered, the force is applied at nearly right angles to the crank, enabling them to use their full power through segment 1. By quickly straightening the ankle when entering segment 2, they add extra momentum, and again, full power can be applied through segments 2 and 3. As they enter segment 4, the heel should be raised and the pedal pulled back, and this clawing action helps the rider push past the dead point into segment 5. Therefore, a rider who keeps their ankles stiff can only work through segments 1, 2, 3, and 4, or half of the entire path, with their efforts being fully effective only in segments 2 and 3, or one-fourth of the path. In contrast, a rider who uses their ankles can work through segments 8, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, or two-thirds of the path, and their efforts are fully effective through segments 1, 2, 3, and 4, or half of the entire path. The advantage in this case is clear. Learning this skill can often be tedious and frustrating, but if cyclists understood the significant increase in power that results, they wouldn’t stop until they had mastered it. From the cycling volume of the Badminton Series, written by Lord Bury and G. Lacy Hillier, we take the following instructions:
“‘Seated either on a bicycle slung so that the wheel may revolve, or upon a home-trainer, the beginner should raise the pedal to its highest point, and then, steadying the wheel with the brake, place his foot upon the pedal, carefully fitting the slots in his shoes into their places, and seeing in any case that the foot is straight. Then, using the thigh muscle for the most part, let him thrust the foot (and pedal) forward in a horizontal direction; in fact, a sort of sharp forward kick, having the heel dropped as low as possible, the toes well up, and the foot firmly set on the pedal, which will be at an angle. This should be practised carefully with the brake slightly on, and for this purpose, though a bicycle may be used, a tricycle will be found57 much handier. If no home-trainer is available, the brake can be put slightly on by means of a piece of string or strap to the lever, tied to any convenient point, and the novice can spend a few minutes daily practising this exercise; in carrying out which programme the left foot should at first be used more than the right. As soon as the usual awkwardness of the ankle-joint has been worked off this action will be found remarkably effective in starting the machine; after a time the ankle muscles, and those of the calf, will become stronger, and a sharp straightening of the ankle, as the pedal passes through segments 1 and 2, will materially aid the propulsion of the machine. This straightening of the ankle will be continued until the foot is brought into a position at right angles to the leg, the muscular effort of which should now have by equal gradations become directly downward. The pedal will now assume a horizontal position, and the power of the leg with the weight of the body and the pull of the arms will all be exerted to force it downward; at this point the crank throw is in the most effective position, and the hardest work is put in. When the pedal begins to follow a backward course, the ankle-action becomes of the greatest value. The toe is gradually dropped, and the heel raised as the pedal gets nearer and nearer to the lowest point, the action having at length reached the backward or “clawing” stage. To secure the full advantage of ankle-work, this “clawing” action must be very carefully practised; the toes should be sharply pressed upon the sole of the shoe as if they were trying to grasp something, whilst the ankle should be straightened as much as possible, the foot being almost in a line with the leg, the calf muscles being strongly retracted, and the backward pull (which of course requires fitted shoes) can be made practically effective through segment 5, and also of service well into segment 6. The ineffective portion which exists on either side is soon reduced to a very small part of the circle, for as soon as segment 7 is entered upon the heel should be sharply dropped, and an upward and forward kick or thrust, as described in the directions for the first position, will lift the pedal forward and upward through segment 8, when, of course, the whole series of actions will be repeated.’—Bicycling News.”
“‘Seated either on a bicycle positioned so that the wheel can spin, or on a home trainer, the beginner should raise the pedal to its highest point, then, holding the wheel steady with the brake, place their foot on the pedal, carefully aligning the slots in their shoes and ensuring the foot is straight. Next, primarily using the thigh muscle, they should push the foot (and pedal) forward in a straight line; essentially, a sharp forward kick, keeping the heel as low as possible, the toes up, and the foot firmly on the pedal, which will be at an angle. This should be practiced carefully with the brake slightly engaged, and while a bicycle can be used, a tricycle is often much easier. If a home trainer isn’t available, the brake can be slightly engaged using a piece of string or strap tied to the lever and any convenient place, allowing the beginner to spend a few minutes daily practicing this exercise; during this practice, the left foot should initially be used more than the right. Once the usual awkwardness of the ankle joint has been worked through, this movement will prove very effective in getting the bike moving; over time, the ankle and calf muscles will strengthen, and a sharp straightening of the ankle as the pedal moves through segments 1 and 2 will greatly assist in propelling the bike. This straightening will continue until the foot is positioned at right angles to the leg, with the muscular effort gradually directed downwards. The pedal will then be horizontal, and the power of the leg, along with body weight and arm pull, will all work together to push it down; at this point, the crank throw is in the most efficient position, and maximum effort is exerted. As the pedal starts to move backward, the action of the ankle becomes very important. The toe gradually drops, and the heel rises as the pedal approaches its lowest point, reaching what is known as the backward or “clawing” stage. To maximize the benefits of ankle movement, this “clawing” action must be practiced carefully; the toes should press sharply against the shoe’s sole as if trying to grasp something, while the ankle is extended as much as possible, aligning the foot with the leg, the calf muscles pulled back strongly, allowing for an effective backward pull (which requires properly fitted shoes) through segment 5, and even into segment 6. The ineffective parts of the motion on either side will quickly reduce to a small portion of the circle because as soon as segment 7 begins, the heel should be sharply dropped, and an upward and forward kick or thrust, as described in the instructions for the first position, will raise the pedal forward and upward through segment 8, after which the entire series of movements will be repeated.’—Bicycling News.”
Using the arrangement of cyclograph spoken of, by which ankle-motion may be shown, I find that I can begin to get a tangential resultant force on each crank at an angle of eighteen degrees back of the vertical line through the axle of the drive-wheel, beginning at d and ending at e, Fig. 1,—in all, thirty-six degrees over a half-circle on each crank.
Using the cyclograph setup mentioned, which demonstrates ankle movement, I've discovered that I can generate a tangential resultant force on each crank at an angle of eighteen degrees behind the vertical line through the axle of the drive wheel, starting at d and finishing at e, Fig. 1,—in total, thirty-six degrees over a half-circle on each crank.

The diagram shows the sections 1 to 8, and also58 gives an idea of the extra power. To see the direct circular resultant force to turn the wheel, imagine the length of a crank from m to n without ankle-motion and then m n plus n o for the length of the crank with ankle-motion added. I have been able at each of the points a and i to get thirty pounds when the crank crosses the vertical line at the top and bottom. Thus it is discovered that by means of this ankle-motion on both cranks simultaneously, I can get a force of sixty pounds in the direction to turn the wheel, at a time when absolute dead centre would otherwise occur, amounting to two-fifths of the maximum pressure resulting from my entire weight on one crank at the best possible point, directly out in front, going down.
The diagram shows sections 1 to 8 and also58 provides an idea of the extra power. To visualize the direct circular resultant force that turns the wheel, think of the crank's length from m to n without any ankle motion, and then consider m n plus n o for the crank's length with added ankle motion. At both points a and i, I've managed to generate thirty pounds of force when the crank crosses the vertical line at the top and bottom. This shows that by using ankle motion on both cranks at the same time, I can produce a force of sixty pounds to turn the wheel at moments when I would otherwise hit a dead center, which is two-fifths of the maximum pressure generated by my whole weight on one crank in the optimal position, directly out in front, going down.
I have more than verified the results shown by the cyclograph by suspending a fifty-four-inch bicycle, with six-inch cranks, above the floor, placing myself in the saddle, and having an attendant attach a twenty-pound weight at a point on the rim, ninety degrees from the bottom. This weight I was able to raise at the dead-centre point of both cranks,—that is, vertically up and down,—which shows a real power at the59 pedals of ninety pounds, or forty-five pounds on each, and I do not suppose that I am by any means an expert in ankle-motion. The above ninety pounds is a much greater showing than I made on the cyclograph in actual running, but it is reasonably certain that, by practice, even such an amount could be obtained.
I have thoroughly confirmed the results shown by the cyclograph by hanging a fifty-four-inch bicycle with six-inch cranks above the floor, sitting on the saddle, and having someone attach a twenty-pound weight at a point on the rim, ninety degrees from the bottom. I was able to lift this weight at the dead-center position of both cranks—that is, straight up and down—which indicates a real power at the59 pedals of ninety pounds, or forty-five pounds on each pedal, and I don't think I’m particularly skilled in ankle motion. This ninety pounds is a much higher figure than what I registered on the cyclograph while actually riding, but it seems quite likely that, with practice, even this amount could be achieved.
In the case of no ankle-motion,—that is, with a direct downward pressure on the crank,—a tangential force in the direction available in turning the wheel begins as the crank crosses the vertical at the top, and then increases as the sine of the angle the crank makes with the vertical, until such angle reaches ninety degrees or extends out horizontally, after which the power decreases as the sine of the angle the crank makes with the vertical below the centre until the crank crosses at the bottom, at which point the power ceases.
If there’s no ankle motion—that is, with direct downward pressure on the crank—a tangential force starts in the direction for turning the wheel as the crank passes the top vertical position. This force increases with the sine of the angle the crank forms with the vertical until that angle reaches ninety degrees, or extends horizontally. After that, the power decreases according to the sine of the angle below the center until the crank reaches the bottom, where the power stops.
To represent this variation of power by actual length of lines, appended will be found a diagram, Fig. 2, showing the tangential resultant or force to turn the wheel, imparted by a one-hundred-and-fifty-pound man with and without the use of ankle-motion.
To show this change in power through the actual length of lines, a diagram, Fig. 2, is included, illustrating the tangential force required to turn the wheel, provided by a one-hundred-and-fifty-pound person with and without using ankle motion.
A A is a line showing the divisions of the angles through which the crank passes in its revolution around the axle. The line a f i is a sine curve.
A A is a line that indicates the divisions of the angles through which the crank moves as it rotates around the axle. The line a f i is a sine curve.
Using the middle section and beginning at the point a, which is that at which the crank crosses the vertical above the axle, making a zero angle therewith, we have a direct downward pressure and, without ankle-motion, zero power. Now, by means of ankle-motion on one crank at this point we get thirty pounds of power, represented by the length of the line from a to b; and by ankle-motion on both cranks we have sixty pounds, represented by the total length of the line from a to c. After the crank has advanced forward fifteen degrees, we have thirty-nine pounds of direct power (m n), and then adding the ankle-power of twenty-three pounds (n o), we have a total resultant of sixty-two61 pounds, represented by the length of the next line (m o), and so on up, the direct power increasing and the ankle-power diminishing till we come to the top of the curve f, when we have one hundred and fifty pounds of direct power. Passing through the angle of ninety degrees, and now counting from the vertical below the axle, we decrease in power inversely as we increased before.
Starting from the middle section at point a, which is where the crank crosses vertically above the axle, resulting in a zero angle, we have a straight downward pressure and, without ankle motion, zero power. Now, with ankle motion on one crank at this point, we generate thirty pounds of power, represented by the length of the line from a to b; and with ankle motion on both cranks, we achieve sixty pounds, shown by the total length of the line from a to c. After the crank moves forward fifteen degrees, we have thirty-nine pounds of direct power (m n), and then when we add the ankle power of twenty-three pounds (n o), our total becomes sixty-two61 pounds, represented by the length of the next line (m o), and this pattern continues, with direct power increasing and ankle power decreasing until we reach the top of the curve f, where we have one hundred and fifty pounds of direct power. As we pass the ninety-degree angle and start counting from the vertical below the axle, the power decreases inversely to how it increased earlier.
Fig. 1 will show a little more graphically to the eyes of some casual readers how the power expands. Take d a f i e as the regular swing of the crank with no power at a, then d b f h e as the increase of power on one and the dotted lines c and g as the auxiliary ankle-power on the other crank added.
Fig. 1 will provide a clearer visual for some casual readers regarding how the power increases. Consider d a f i e as the standard swing of the crank without any power at a, then d b f h e as the boost in power on one side, with the dotted lines c and g representing the extra ankle power on the other crank added in.

CHAPTER VII.
It seems pertinent at this point to make some further distinction between two distinctive classes of road wheels. The conception in the mind of man of road carriages which require an element of balancing was a recent event in the development of vehicles in general, and the similarity of the words bicycle and tricycle, together with the fact that both are included in the generic term velocipede, has led many to overlook a distinction of balancing, which should class them under very different heads. Both are velocipedes if we mean machines run by foot-power; both are man-motors in the light that human force or energy actuates them; but the two-wheel single-track machine must employ a particular faculty on the part of the rider, not required in running one of stable equilibrium.
It seems important at this point to clarify the difference between two distinct types of road wheels. The idea of road vehicles that need some balancing is a relatively recent development in the history of vehicles. The similarity between the terms bicycle and tricycle, along with the fact that both fall under the broader category of velocipede, has caused many to overlook an important balancing distinction that separates them into very different categories. Both are velocipedes if we're talking about machines powered by human effort; both are human-operated vehicles because they rely on human force or energy to move. However, the two-wheel, single-track vehicle requires a specific skill from the rider that isn't necessary when operating a stable vehicle.
It seems superfluous at this stage of development of the art to enlarge upon the fact that a bicycle has to be balanced by a particular action not required in any other form of carriage; but when inventors will keep on getting up means to lock the steering device, and riders will persist in reminding us that the steering head “moves too easily,” it is severely pertinent to remark that while a certain law of whirling bodies might show us that a wheel will not fall over quite so quickly when rolling as when standing still, yet it is not this law so much as the action of steering that differentiates the bicycle, or single-track carriage, from other machines. The action of the handle-bar while in motion does substantially, in balancing the bicycle,63 what you would do if you were balancing a cane vertically on the end of your nose: if the cane starts to fall, you run in that direction with your nose till you get under the centre of gravity again. But the bicycle can only fall sideways, so, when it tends to fall in that way, or when the centre of gravity gets to one side of the vertical line from the point of support on the ground, you cannot run directly sideways with the support as you would in the cane illustration, but you can run indirectly sideways, nevertheless, with the point of support, the only difference being that you must run considerably forward at the same time in order to shift the lower extremity, or point of contact and support, in that direction.
At this point in the development of the art, it seems unnecessary to elaborate on the fact that balancing a bicycle requires a specific action that isn't needed for any other type of vehicle. However, when inventors continue to create ways to lock the steering mechanism, and riders repeatedly tell us that the steering head “moves too easily,” it’s important to note that while a certain principle of moving objects suggests that a wheel won’t tip over as fast when rolling compared to when stationary, it’s really the act of steering that sets the bicycle, or single-track vehicle, apart from others. The action of the handlebar while moving effectively does the same thing as balancing a cane vertically on your nose: if the cane starts to fall, you move your nose in that direction until you’re back under the center of gravity. However, the bicycle can only tip sideways, so when it starts to fall that way, or when the center of gravity shifts to one side of the vertical line from the support point on the ground, you can’t just move directly sideways like you would with the cane. You can, however, move indirectly to the side with the support. The only difference is that you have to move significantly forward at the same time to adjust the lower part or the point of contact and support in that direction.
After considerable discussion of this apparently simple subject with eminent gentlemen well qualified to speak on such topics, the following appeals to my mind as a more definite and complete explanation than that given in the nose and cane case, bringing in an element of the problem omitted above, to wit: in running the point of support of contact across and under, as it approaches the vertical plane of gravity and general forward momentum, the steering wheel lies slightly across this plane, and its own plane is still out of vertical, leaning a little, as it did before, with the centre of gravity back of the point of support; the forward momentum then throws the entire system upright. In rapid running this momentum does a large proportion of the work, and it has been vigorously maintained that all balancing is due to this element; for small motions, however, the cane explanation is quite sufficient.
After a lot of discussion about this seemingly simple topic with respected experts who are well-equipped to address such matters, the following seems to me like a clearer and more thorough explanation than what was provided in the nose and cane case. It adds an aspect of the problem that was missed earlier: as the point of contact shifts across and underneath while nearing the vertical axis of gravity and overall forward motion, the steering wheel is positioned slightly across this axis, and its own alignment is still tilted a bit, just like before, with the center of gravity behind the point of contact. The forward motion then causes the whole system to stand upright. When moving quickly, this momentum does a significant portion of the balancing work, and it's been strongly argued that all balancing stems from this factor; however, for small adjustments, the cane explanation is quite adequate.
The foregoing explanation of uprighting the bicycle is, to my mind, almost entirely independent of any law of whirling bodies as generally understood.
The explanation above about getting the bicycle upright, in my opinion, is almost completely separate from any laws of rotating objects as they are commonly understood.
An article showing that this subject is not devoid of interest or obsolete is given below from the Bicycling World, in which I think the law of whirling bodies64 will apply. “The Rochester wheelmen debated the question, ‘Why does a bicycle stand up while rolling and fall down as soon as onward motion ceases?’ The answer decided to be correct was, that ‘the bottom of the wheel can have no side motion because it rests on the ground; and since the bottom is constantly becoming the top and the top the bottom, if the upper part of the wheel gets any lateral motion, it is checked by being brought round upon the ground again before the motion has too much influence.’” I do not suppose this ingenious decision, rendered by the high and mighty Solons of the Rochester Club, was a serious one; however, we do find that just such logic is quite common.
An article showing that this subject is neither uninteresting nor outdated is provided below from Bicycling World, where I believe the law of whirling bodies64 applies. “The Rochester wheelmen debated the question, ‘Why does a bicycle stay upright while moving and fall over as soon as it stops?’ The answer they concluded was correct: ‘the bottom of the wheel has no side motion because it’s resting on the ground; and since the bottom is constantly becoming the top and the top becoming the bottom, if the upper part of the wheel gets any side motion, it gets corrected by coming back down to the ground before that motion affects it too much.’” I don’t think this clever conclusion, reached by the esteemed members of the Rochester Club, was meant to be taken seriously; however, we find that this kind of reasoning is quite common.
It is not plain whether the question discussed was that of a bicycle with or without a man upon it, but I take it to be the latter. Some of the gentlemen had no doubt noticed that to give the machine a shove it would keep upright for a longer time running than when standing unsupported. This is purely a case of the law that whirling things tend to keep their own plane, as illustrated in the gyroscope and the spinning top. In the running bicycle without a man upon it to constantly rectify its position, the principle is simply one of the parallelogram of rotations. If the wheel from any external force starts to fall over, or, in other words, to revolve around a horizontal line normal to its geometric axis, then, since the wheel is already revolving about its axis in the axle, the resultant of these two rotations will be a rotation about an axis inclined to the former axis of the wheel, which means that the wheel will begin to circle around a centre at some distance from the wheel on the side towards which it starts to fall. This new axis about which the wheel revolves will of course be in a plane perpendicular to the new plane of the wheel, and will be inclined downward from the horizontal plane through its centre, so that the wheel is no longer running in a vertical plane.65 The rotation about the centre outside of the wheel, towards which centre the wheel leans, brings into play a centrifugal force acting to upright the wheel; that is, to bring it back to a vertical plane. Now, if the wheel be run along a straight groove, so that circling around a centre is prevented, then it will fall as quickly as when standing still; or if, in the bicycle, the steering-wheel be locked so that it will not turn out of the plane of the two wheels, there would be no uprighting resultant, and the machine, according to Newton’s law of independent forces, would fall.
It's not clear whether the discussion was about a bicycle with or without a rider, but I assume it was without. Some of the gentlemen likely noticed that if you give the bike a push, it stays upright longer while moving than when it's just sitting there. This is simply a matter of the principle that spinning objects tend to maintain their orientation, as seen in gyroscopes and spinning tops. In an unoccupied moving bicycle, the concept is just based on the parallelogram of rotations. If the wheel starts to tip over due to some external force, or in other words, if it begins to rotate around a horizontal line that’s perpendicular to its axis, then because the wheel is already turning around its axle, the combination of these two rotations will create a new rotation around an axis tilted relative to the original axis of the wheel. This means the wheel will start to move around a center point some distance away on the side it's tipping towards. This new rotation axis will, of course, be in a plane that's at a right angle to the new orientation of the wheel and will lean downward from the horizontal plane through its center, causing the wheel to no longer run in a vertical plane. The rotation around the center outside of the wheel, towards which the wheel leans, creates a centrifugal force that helps to keep the wheel upright; in other words, it tries to bring it back to a vertical position. Now, if the wheel is moved along a straight track where it can’t circle around a center, it will fall just as quickly as if it were standing still. Alternatively, if in the bicycle the steering wheel is locked so it can't turn out of the plane defined by the two wheels, there would be no corrective force to keep it upright, and according to Newton's law of independent forces, the machine would fall. 65
SOME QUESTIONS OF POTENTIAL ENERGY, MOMENTUM, AND HILL-CLIMBING.
When a cyclist climbs a hill, he not only overcomes the friction which would be generated if he travelled over the same length of level road surface, but he ought to be supposed to establish a certain amount of potential energy, or energy against gravity, and therefore should lose none. Yet he does lose considerable somewhere or he would not dread the hilly road as he does. In this matter of potential energy in hill-climbing upon a cycle, the subject assumes a different aspect from that of rolling on or off obstructions, as in rough-road riding treated of elsewhere. In climbing a hill there is no loss of momentum from a too sudden change in its direction; the matter of inertia does not figure in the case in any way, and we have a mere question of the rise and fall of a weight under certain modifications, said weight being the rider and his machine, said rise the ascent of the hill, and the fall the descent thereof. In a purely physical sense, then, we store up a certain amount of energy, or, in other words, put so much energy to our credit as against gravity, and theoretically we have a right to expect to get the benefit of it.
When a cyclist climbs a hill, they not only overcome the friction that would be present if they traveled the same distance on flat road, but they should also be seen as generating a certain amount of potential energy, or energy against gravity, and therefore should not lose any. Yet, they do lose a significant amount somewhere, or they wouldn't dread the hilly road as much as they do. In the context of potential energy while climbing a hill on a bike, the situation is different from rolling over obstacles, as discussed elsewhere. When climbing a hill, there's no loss of momentum from a sudden change in direction; inertia doesn't play a role here, and we simply have a situation of rising and falling weight under specific conditions, where the weight is the rider and their bike, the rise is the ascent of the hill, and the fall is the descent. So, in a purely physical sense, we accumulate a certain amount of energy, or, in other words, we gain energy against gravity, and theoretically, we should expect to benefit from it.
To illustrate this potential energy, suppose we place66 a pulley at the top of a hill and a rider at each end of a rope running over the pulley, with one man at the bottom starting up and the other at the top starting down the same hill. The descent of one man would draw the other up, excepting that each would have to work only just enough to make up the loss from friction, as he would in case the road were level and of equal length. I have little doubt that in such a pulley arrangement there would be much less loss of power and energy than riders now experience in the actual practice of hill-climbing. To illustrate with one man how the potential energy should be returned and thereby benefit the rider, let us place him at the top of a hill at the bottom of which another hill of the same height begins, whence, by the acceleration of gravity, the rider ought to find himself at the bottom of the first hill with an amount of momentum acquired that would send him to the top of the next; in other words, we might naturally expect when we roll down one incline to roll just as far up another of the same grade, or of the same vertical height regardless of the grade, or else we should expect a return of the energy in sending us capering over a level road without further labor, until the kinetic energy is exhausted. We find, however, that such a desirable result does not appear, and we notice that, however long, beyond a certain limit, the hill may be, we have no more momentum or kinetic energy at our disposal than we would in the case of a shorter hill. To what can this loss be attributed? There is but one visible cause,—to wit, our work against the air.
To illustrate this potential energy, imagine we set up a pulley at the top of a hill with a rider on each end of a rope that runs over the pulley. One person starts climbing up from the bottom while the other starts descending from the top of the hill. The descent of one person would pull the other up, with each only needing to exert just enough effort to counteract friction, just like if the path were level and of equal length. I have little doubt that in this pulley setup, there would be much less loss of power and energy than what riders currently experience while climbing hills. To show how potential energy could benefit a rider, let's place one person at the top of a hill leading down to another hill of the same height. Due to gravity, the rider should reach the bottom of the first hill with enough momentum to carry him to the top of the next hill. In other words, we would naturally expect that rolling down one incline would allow us to roll just as far up another incline of the same grade or vertical height, or else we should expect to restore energy as we travel over a flat road without additional effort, until the kinetic energy runs out. However, we find that this desired outcome doesn’t happen, and we observe that no matter how long the hill is, beyond a certain point, we have no more momentum or kinetic energy available than we would with a shorter hill. What causes this loss? There is only one clear reason: our work against the air.
If all riding were done in a vacuum, we would more nearly get back our energy, but somehow or other the vacuum is generally in the rider and doesn’t count, so there is an end to that. The rider, then, loses the momentum he would acquire from gravity because the friction of the air is resisting his progress at the rate of, or according to, the square of his velocity. In67 order to store up all the energy in a falling body we must allow gravity to increase the velocity as the square root of the distance. But it is easily seen that a rate of speed will soon be reached such that the air by impact will entirely annul all increase of velocity, and therefore all of the momentum we can expect to have at the bottom of the hill is just that which was acquired at the time and point at which the impact of the air balanced the accelerating force of gravity. This will soon come to pass, even omitting other friction, which, in connection with hill-climbing, we can afford to omit with good reason, because we should expect to have that to overcome if the road were level. The mere difference in the length of the surface travelled over will not bother a cyclist if it be a good level road, so we must blame it all on the air; I see no other way out of it. No manner of springs or anti-vibrators will help us out of this difficulty. If our rider puts on the brake, then of course there is no question as to where the work goes; but, as we all know, with a safe machine and an expert rider this is not often done in an ordinary country.
If all riding happened in a vacuum, we would almost fully recover our energy, but somehow the vacuum usually exists in the rider and doesn't count, so that’s the end of that. The rider loses the momentum gained from gravity because the air resistance slows him down at a rate that depends on the square of his speed. In67 order to capture all the energy of a falling object, we need gravity to increase the speed as the square root of the distance. However, it’s clear that there will soon be a speed where the air resistance completely cancels out any increase in speed, meaning that the only momentum we really gain at the bottom of the hill is what was acquired when the air resistance balanced out the pull of gravity. This will happen quickly, even without considering other friction, which we can reasonably exclude when climbing a hill because we'd expect to face that if the road were flat. A cyclist won't be bothered by the mere difference in the traveled distance if it’s a good, flat road, so we have to blame it all on the air; I see no other explanation. No type of springs or shock absorbers will resolve this issue. If our rider uses the brake, then it’s clear where the effort goes; but, as we all know, with a reliable bike and a skilled rider, this doesn't often happen in a typical country.
In defence of our theory of loss of energy on very long hills, observe the fact that a mere rolling road is not generally despised by the cyclist; in fact, many prefer it to a dead level, the writer being decidedly one of their number. The short intervals of labor and rest, the continual barter and sale with gravity, in the transfer of energy to and fro, is not by any means an uncomfortable diversion to either our minds or bodies; but when we come to suffer the usurious interest demanded by the action of the air against us, we simply draw the line, and go by another road, even though the surface thereof be not of the most inviting character.
In support of our theory about energy loss on long hills, consider that cyclists generally don’t mind a slight incline; in fact, many prefer it to a flat road, and I’m definitely one of them. The brief moments of effort followed by rest, the constant give and take with gravity as we transfer energy back and forth, is not an unpleasant distraction for our minds or bodies. However, when we have to deal with the excessive resistance from the air, we draw the line and choose a different path, even if that road isn’t the most appealing.
Some ingenious mechanics have devised mechanism whereby they propose to store up the power lost in the brake action; but it is doubtful if any riders would care for it after they become expert and daring, which68 they all do in course of time in spite of all admonition against undue risk.
Some clever engineers have come up with a way to capture the energy lost during braking, but it's uncertain whether any riders would be interested in it after they become skilled and brave, which they all eventually do despite warnings about taking unnecessary risks.68
Speaking of potential energy and momentum, we naturally come upon the question of machine weight. It is a peculiar fact that the weight of the man does not form so important a part in the bicycle exercise as that of the machine, so that if a rider be heavier by twenty pounds than another, it will not generally count against him; but if that weight is in the machine, competition is out of the question. Nature seems to make up in muscle, or supply of energy in some way, for the extra weight in the man, but said nature is not so clever when this weight is outside of him.
When we talk about potential energy and momentum, we inevitably get to the topic of machine weight. Interestingly, a person's weight isn't as crucial in bicycle riding as the weight of the bike itself. So, if one rider is twenty pounds heavier than another, it usually won't be a disadvantage. However, if that extra weight is on the bike, it puts them at a serious disadvantage in competition. It seems that nature compensates for extra weight in a person by boosting their muscle or energy supply, but it doesn't do the same when that weight is on the bike.
It is sometimes thought that a heavy man or a heavy machine will descend a hill faster than a lighter. This is not reasonable. The accelerating force of gravity being independent of the mass, the heavy system will have the same velocity at the bottom, and momentum being represented by mass, times velocity, the increased mass will increase the momentum; but the speed is the same: this extra momentum is required in raising the heavier system to the same height as the lighter. But even if the rider should get the benefit of all the energy he stores in climbing a hill, there is still an indisputable objection to a heavy wheel,—to wit, a man can labor long and continuously at a strain within reasonable limits, and can do a large amount of work thereby; but to strain the system beyond those limits, and attempt to store up too much energy in too short a space of time, is to make nature revolt, resist the imposition, and refuse to be appeased for some time to come and often not at all; in short, an overstrain is bad, and by a heavy machine, no matter what amount of energy you may store up at the top of the hill, if in so doing nature has been overtaxed, it will result disastrously. So we see that, outside of all mechanical questions of momentum and potential energy, there is a vital objection to heavy machines on purely physiological grounds.
Some people believe that a heavier person or machine will roll down a hill faster than a lighter one. This isn’t accurate. The force of gravity accelerating an object is the same regardless of its mass, so a heavier system will have the same speed at the bottom of the hill. Although the heavier mass means greater momentum—since momentum is mass times velocity—the speed remains unchanged. This additional momentum is just needed to lift the heavier system to the same height as the lighter one. Even if the rider could fully utilize all the energy gained from climbing, there’s still a clear drawback to using a heavy wheel: a person can work hard for a long time within reasonable limits and accomplish a lot, but pushing beyond those limits to try to store too much energy in a short time leads to negative effects—nature will resist and may take a while to recover, if it recovers at all. In short, overexertion is harmful, and with a heavy machine, no matter how much energy you accumulate at the top of the hill, if you’ve overstrained the system, the outcome can be disastrous. Thus, aside from all the mechanical issues of momentum and potential energy, there’s a crucial physiological argument against heavy machines.
CHAPTER VIII.
In discussing this matter it has been taken for granted that the proper point upon which to base calculations is that point in the saddle at which the motion of the machine may be supposed to be transmitted to the rider; this happens to be very near the centre of gravity of the system, and is also quite near the centre of gravity of the man. The motion is of course partially transmitted to the rider at the pedals, but we will for the present waive that modification.
In discussing this issue, it's assumed that the best place to base calculations is the point in the saddle where the machine's motion is transmitted to the rider. This point is very close to the center of gravity of the system and also near the center of gravity of the rider. The motion is partly transmitted to the rider at the pedals, but for now, we'll set aside that detail.
Simple as the running of two wheels over an obstruction seems to be, there are some interesting points to study. It was a surprise to the writer, and it is his hope that it may be of interest to others, that the saddle, and of consequence the rider, actually goes backward at times when the wheels are running forward; as, for instance, when the machine rolls slowly from a four-inch obstacle, as shown by the curve of the point in the fifty-two-inch Ordinary given below, and also particularly in the advance upon the same of the Star rear-driver. This reversion of momentum sometimes results in a drop of the rear wheel, but it is always an actual reacting force in the front. We feel the curves very plainly on a rigid machine, but it is a satisfaction to know exactly what they are and what the springs must overcome.
As simple as it seems for two wheels to roll over an obstacle, there are some fascinating points to examine. The author was surprised to discover, and hopes others will find it interesting too, that the saddle—and therefore the rider—actually moves backward at times while the wheels move forward. This happens, for example, when the bike rolls slowly off a four-inch obstacle, as illustrated by the curve of the point in the fifty-two-inch Ordinary shown below, and particularly in the progress of the Star rear-driver. This reversal of momentum can sometimes cause the rear wheel to drop, but it always creates a reactive force at the front. We can really feel these curves on a rigid bike, but it’s satisfying to understand exactly what they are and what the springs need to handle.
70
70
MOTION AT THE SADDLE AS WHEELS ROLL OVER AN OBSTRUCTION.



71
71



72
72



73
73
The diagrams show the paths of the point in the various machines passing over a four-inch obstruction; F designates the front and R the rear wheel, and the arrows indicate the direction of translation,—that is, the way the machine is running. The degrees designate the angle between lines from the drive-wheel axle, one extending vertically and the other through the saddle; sometimes also expressed in inches of horizontal distance between verticals through the rear axle and saddle. The heights or top points of the curves from the base line show the amount the machine is raised at the saddle as each wheel passes over the obstruction; these heights give inferentially the position of the saddle between the wheels, or, rather, between the vertical lines through the respective axles thereof, since the nearer over a wheel the saddle is placed the more it will be elevated when the wheel passes over the obstruction. Again, from the location of the saddle with reference to the axles we can determine the amount of weight carried by each wheel, the weight each carries being proportional to the respective distances from the saddle horizontally. The sum of the heights of the two curves from the general level will be the height of the obstacle.
The diagrams show the paths of the point in the different machines as they go over a four-inch obstacle; F indicates the front wheel and R the rear wheel, while the arrows show the direction of movement—meaning how the machine is operating. The degrees represent the angle between lines from the drive-wheel axle, one going straight up and the other through the saddle; sometimes this is also shown in inches of horizontal distance between the vertical lines through the rear axle and saddle. The heights or highest points of the curves above the baseline indicate how much the machine is lifted at the saddle as each wheel crosses the obstacle; these heights indirectly show the position of the saddle between the wheels, or rather, between the vertical lines through their respective axles, since the closer the saddle is to a wheel, the more it will be lifted when that wheel goes over the obstacle. Additionally, from the position of the saddle in relation to the axles, we can figure out how much weight is on each wheel, with the weight per wheel being proportional to their respective horizontal distances from the saddle. The combined heights of the two curves from the overall level will equal the height of the obstacle.
Theoretically there is no difference in the amount of work required to pass over an impediment, no matter where the saddle is placed, as the man must be raised in all to the height of the same, and it does not matter whether he is lifted up half way twice or all the way once in so far as the amount of labor is concerned. The man and the machine must be lifted up to a certain height in some way; as it happens, it is more comfortable to be lifted twice through half the distance than all at once; but this should not affect the actual work done nor the energy expended.
Theoretically, there's no difference in the effort needed to overcome an obstacle, regardless of where the saddle is positioned. The person must be raised to the same height in every case, and it doesn’t matter whether they’re lifted halfway twice or all the way once when it comes to the amount of work involved. The person and the machine must be elevated to a specific height in some way. It turns out that it’s more comfortable to be lifted twice through half the distance than all at once, but this shouldn't influence the actual work accomplished or the energy used.
Our scale in the study of this question is one-sixteenth of an inch to the inch; therefore in these diagrams one-eighth of an inch represents two inches in74 the full-size bicycle. In this connection also it must be taken into consideration that the effect upon momentum is not shown entirely by the contour of these lines; the sudden stoppage or checking of the system is generally shown by a vertical tendency in the curve, but a very disagreeable shock to the body may occur and momentum be lost without any deviation in the curve whatever when, for instance, in the most pronounced case, the saddle goes straight back upon its course. This is shown by means of the short vertical or diverging lines upon the curves. These short lines show the distance forward the point in the saddle travels in proportion to the advance of the wheels in a forward direction in space; each short line indicates an advance of two inches in the wheels. When the lines are below the curve, the saddle has actually dropped backward,—that is, it has been directly reversed in its course.
Our scale for this study is one-sixteenth of an inch for every inch, so in these diagrams, one-eighth of an inch represents two inches on the full-size bicycle. It's also important to consider that the impact on momentum isn't fully represented by the shape of the lines; a sudden stop or slowdown of the system typically appears as a vertical shift in the curve, but a significant jolt to the body can happen and momentum can be lost without any visible change in the curve. For example, in the most extreme case, the saddle can move straight back on its path. This is illustrated by the short vertical or diverging lines on the curves. These short lines indicate how far forward the point on the saddle moves compared to the advancement of the wheels in a forward direction; each short line represents a two-inch advancement of the wheels. When the lines are below the curve, the saddle has actually moved backward, meaning it has directly reversed its path.
When the short lines upon the curve are close together, it shows that the saddle and rider are being checked proportionately as these lines are less than one-eighth of an inch apart. On the other hand, when the normal pace of the momentum of the heavier parts is slower than that of the wheels, it is shown by the lines being more than an eighth of an inch apart. In this case there is a tendency to increase the momentum instead of decreasing it,—a state of affairs not so much to be deplored if it were not evident that it is equally checked at some other point.
When the short lines on the curve are close together, it indicates that the saddle and rider are being balanced properly since these lines are less than one-eighth of an inch apart. Conversely, when the normal pace of the heavier parts is slower than that of the wheels, the lines are more than an eighth of an inch apart. In this situation, there’s a tendency to build momentum instead of decreasing it—a scenario that wouldn’t be as concerning if it weren’t clear that it’s also being held back at another point.
We know, in practice with the Ordinary, that the loss of momentum by sudden checking can only happen to the full extent when the pace is reasonably slow; should the momentum be too great it will simply refuse to be interfered with in its forward course, and the rear wheel will leave the ground with a result and in a manner quite well known.
We know from experience with the Ordinary that losing momentum from a sudden stop only happens fully when the speed is relatively slow; if the speed is too high, it won’t be affected in its forward movement, and the back wheel will lift off the ground in a way that’s quite familiar.
In the safer forms of bicycles,—those from which a header is improbable,—without proper springs, the rider will simply slide forward on the saddle, causing considerable75 loss of momentum besides that due to vibration, since he must afterwards slide himself back again.
In the safer types of bicycles—those where a header is unlikely—without proper springs, the rider will just slide forward on the saddle, leading to a significant75 loss of momentum in addition to what’s lost due to vibration, since they will have to slide back afterward.
Referring to the diagrams, Fig. 1 shows the Ordinary bicycle with a fifty-two-inch front and an eighteen-inch rear wheel. The front wheel mounts the obstacle with some difficulty, the curve upward being rather sudden in its change of direction from the base line, thus showing that the momentum is checked very rapidly; see the short vertical lines upon the curves, which are about one-half the distance apart of those on the base line between the curves and at the ends. Also notice that F (the front wheel) carries three-fourths of the weight, one curve being about three times as high as the other.
Referring to the diagrams, Fig. 1 shows the Ordinary bicycle with a fifty-two-inch front wheel and an eighteen-inch rear wheel. The front wheel encounters the obstacle with some difficulty, as the upward curve quickly changes direction from the baseline, indicating that the momentum is rapidly reduced; see the short vertical lines on the curves, which are roughly half the distance apart compared to those on the baseline between the curves and at the ends. Also, notice that F (the front wheel) supports three-quarters of the weight, with one curve being about three times higher than the other.
Particular attention is called to the easy and gradual curve shown by the mounting of the small rear wheel R; it would seem to show that the great clamor of theorists for large rear wheels in the Ordinary is somewhat unwarranted; the drop down and back in rolling off the obstacle will be seen to be quite sudden, but notice not very much more so than in Fig. 2, which shows the Rational, so called, with a fifty-two-inch driver and twenty-four-inch rear wheel. The large rear wheel affects the drop to some extent, but in all obstacles under four inches in height there is no perceptible benefit derived, at least not such as to warrant the extra weight and disarrangement of the steering.
Particular attention is drawn to the smooth and gradual curve created by the small rear wheel R; it seems to indicate that the strong demand from theorists for larger rear wheels on the Ordinary is somewhat unjustified. The drop down and back when rolling off the obstacle appears to be quite sudden, but notice it's not significantly more so than in Fig. 2, which shows the so-called Rational, with a fifty-two-inch front wheel and twenty-four-inch rear wheel. The larger rear wheel does influence the drop to some extent, but for obstacles under four inches in height, there’s no noticeable advantage, at least not enough to justify the extra weight and disruption of steering.
Fig. 3 shows a machine with a fifty-two-inch rear driver, R, and an eighteen-inch front steering wheel, F, with the saddle twenty degrees in front of the vertical line through the driving axle. The curves are just the reverse of the Ordinary; in the latter the quick drop, down and back, of the rear wheel in leaving is comparable to the backward thrust of the front wheel in Fig. 3 running upon the obstruction. No machine in the market at present makes exactly the curve of Fig. 3; it is about that which the American Star would make with its saddle a little farther forward,76 and that of a recent rear-driving crank machine called the “Eagle.”
Fig. 3 shows a machine with a fifty-two-inch rear wheel, R, and an eighteen-inch front wheel, F, with the seat positioned twenty degrees in front of the vertical line through the driving axle. The curves are the opposite of the Ordinary; in the latter, the quick drop of the rear wheel as it leaves is similar to the backward thrust of the front wheel in Fig. 3 moving over an obstacle. No machine currently available exactly follows the curve of Fig. 3; it resembles what the American Star would produce with its seat positioned slightly farther forward,76 as well as that of a new rear-driving crank machine called the “Eagle.”
Fig. 4 shows the American Star, as commonly seen, with a fifty-two-inch rear driver and the saddle directly over the driving axle. This curve shows no elevation of the saddle as the front wheel mounts the obstacle, but a radical check to the momentum is shown; observe the curve (F), and note that the saddle is forced back in the order of the small numerals, advancing to 1, going back to 2, then on to 3 and 4, which shows that the momentum is not deviated up or down, but is directly reversed in its course.
Fig. 4 illustrates the American Star, as it's typically seen, featuring a fifty-two-inch rear driver with the saddle positioned right over the driving axle. This curve shows no rise of the saddle as the front wheel tackles the obstacle, but there is a strong reduction in momentum; notice the curve (F), and see how the saddle is pushed back in the sequence of the small numbers, moving to 1, reversing to 2, then continuing to 3 and 4, which indicates that the momentum doesn't shift up or down but is completely reversed in its path.
Fig. 5 shows a new machine of the Star pattern, with twenty-four-inch front steerer, F, and a thirty-nine-inch rear driver, R. The check in the momentum is not so radical as that shown in Fig. 4, as the front wheel mounts the obstacle. The one short line below the curve shows the backward thrust.
Fig. 5 shows a new machine in the Star design, featuring a twenty-four-inch front steer wheel, F, and a thirty-nine-inch rear drive wheel, R. The change in momentum isn’t as drastic as what’s shown in Fig. 4, as the front wheel goes over the obstacle. The short line beneath the curve indicates the backward push.
The sudden check in striking an obstacle, with the machines last referred to, shows the necessity and enormous advantage of a forward give to the saddle support adopted in some of those patterns. This arrangement is not so necessary in the Ordinary, yet it would do no harm, for it will be seen that the large front wheel of the latter strikes the obstacle with quite a sudden upward curve and check in the momentum sufficient to justify its use.
The abrupt stop when hitting an obstacle, as seen with the machines previously mentioned, highlights the need for and significant benefit of a forward tilt in the saddle support used in some of those designs. This feature isn't as essential in the Ordinary, but it wouldn't be a bad idea since the large front wheel of the Ordinary hits obstacles with a sudden upward motion that impacts its momentum enough to warrant its use.
In the Star, Eagle, and such other types the man is raised upon the obstacle entirely by the large rear wheel, which carries nearly all of the weight, as shown by the height of the curve; it raises beautifully upon the obstruction with little or no check in the momentum, the diverging lines showing about the same distance apart as at the base. It has been thought to be an advantage to reduce the weight upon the front wheel, but the importance is very much exaggerated; it will reduce the impact in dropping down from an obstruction, and will thus cause less annoyance in rough-road riding;77 still this does not alter the fact that the momentum in the man and part of the machine is not only stopped, but reversed backward, as shown in the diagrams. If the wheel were lifted entirely free from the ground before advancing upon the obstruction, it is obvious, then, that no harmful result would ensue, not so much because the jolt and impact in dropping off is obviated, but for the reason that the momentum forward is not interfered with. If the rider should run full force against a wall with his forward wheel, it would be of little consequence to him whether there was any weight upon it or not; it is not always a question of vertical disturbance or of the action of gravity that is of annoyance to the bicycle rider; it is sometimes better to have a heavy weight upon a wheel if it can be kept in contact with the obstruction, as, for instance, upon the front wheel of the Ordinary when it rolls off, as it will be seen that the curve shows a splendid contour by which to give a good pull on the machine.
In the Star, Eagle, and similar models, the rider is lifted over obstacles mainly by the large rear wheel, which carries almost all the weight, as indicated by the height of the curve. It rises smoothly over the obstruction with little to no loss of momentum, and the diverging lines remain about as far apart as at the base. It’s often thought to be beneficial to reduce the weight on the front wheel, but this idea is largely exaggerated; it does lighten the drop impact from an obstacle, making rough road riding less annoying; 77 however, this doesn’t change the fact that the momentum of the rider and part of the bike is not only halted but also reversed, as illustrated in the diagrams. If the wheel were completely lifted off the ground before going over the obstacle, it’s clear that there would be no negative outcome—not mostly because the jolt and impact from dropping down are avoided, but because the forward momentum remains unaffected. If the rider were to crash head-on into a wall with the front wheel, it wouldn’t matter much whether there was any weight on it or not; it’s not always just vertical disturbance or gravity’s pull that bothers a cyclist; sometimes having a heavy weight on a wheel is advantageous if it keeps contact with the obstacle, as shown with the front wheel of the Ordinary when it rolls off, demonstrating a smooth curve that effectively provides a good pull on the bike.
Fig. 6 shows the Kangaroo type, with a forty-inch front driver and an eighteen-inch rear wheel; this curve presents very little change from that of the Ordinary.
Fig. 6 shows the Kangaroo type, featuring a forty-inch front wheel and an eighteen-inch rear wheel; this design shows minimal difference compared to the Ordinary.
Fig. 7 illustrates the Rover type, having two thirty-inch wheels with their centres forty-one inches apart, the saddle forty inches high and twelve inches in front of the vertical through the rear axle. The mere contour of the curve in the last figure mentioned would be somewhat misleading did the diverging lines not show that in the rolling off of the rear wheel the momentum is considerably checked,—that is, the saddle moves more slowly forward than the normal forward pace of the wheels, though there is no direct reversion of the momentum, as occurs in the Ordinary and some others.
Fig. 7 shows the Rover type, featuring two thirty-inch wheels with their centers forty-one inches apart, a saddle that’s forty inches high, and positioned twelve inches in front of the vertical line through the rear axle. The shape of the curve in the last figure mentioned might be a bit misleading if the diverging lines didn't indicate that as the rear wheel rolls off, the momentum is significantly reduced — meaning the saddle moves forward more slowly than the regular speed of the wheels, although there isn’t a direct reversal of the momentum like there is in the Ordinary and some others.
In this connection let me call particular attention to a cardinal distinction with reference to the action in rolling upon and from an obstruction. If the wheels78 in descending hold the man back in order to remain in contact and thus roll off, it will, of course, result in a check of momentum exactly equal to that which would occur in such advance upon an obstacle, as would be shown by a similar curve in the opposite direction; but, as a matter of fact, the momentum being a certain amount, the effect is to cause the wheel to leave the obstruction entirely and not roll, but jump off, which result causes a great loss of energy and is sure to occur in rapid running. In this case the forward momentum gets no benefit from the potential energy acquired in mounting the obstacle, which shows the great necessity of proper springs such as will enable a man to swing forward slightly without rigidly drawing the machine after him. The object of the springs in this connection should be to hold the wheel in contact and permit it to roll instead of forcing it to jump off; if it rolls and is not carried off by the force of momentum, the energy will be given out in driving the machine forward instead of being lost in the vibration caused by impact when the machine strikes the common level. That is to say, the machine should roll off, but not hold the man back in order to do so; by proper springs the wheels remain in contact, while the man goes on at the regular pace of momentum. The liability of the rear wheel to jump off is a serious difficulty in the present Rover type of rear-driver; there is no reversion of the momentum, nor such a tendency to drop perpendicularly, as in the Ordinary, yet it drops a greater distance and is charged with more weight. This objection cannot be entirely remedied by any springs we now have in use; it requires a lively vertical as well as a horizontal amplitude in the motion of the springs, and they should be placed at the hub of the rear wheel in a manner similar to those used of late in connection with the front wheel. It will be seen from the diagrams that the curves shown by the front wheels leaving the obstructions are never such as would show any liability79 to jump off; advancing upon the obstruction must, in them, be mostly provided for.
In this regard, I want to highlight an important distinction regarding how wheels interact with an obstacle. If the wheels, when going downhill, hold the rider back to maintain contact and keep rolling off, it will obviously result in a loss of momentum that is equivalent to what would happen if they moved forward onto an obstacle, as indicated by a similar curve in the opposite direction. However, since the momentum has a certain amount, the actual effect is that the wheel will completely leave the obstruction and instead of rolling, it will jump off. This outcome leads to significant energy loss and typically happens at high speeds. In this situation, the forward momentum does not benefit from the potential energy gained while climbing the obstacle, which emphasizes the need for proper springs that allow the rider to lean forward slightly without rigidly pulling the machine along. The purpose of the springs here should be to keep the wheel in contact and enable it to roll instead of forcing it to jump off; if it rolls without being propelled off by the momentum, the energy will be used to drive the machine forward instead of being wasted on vibrations from the impact when the machine hits the ground level. In other words, the machine should roll off but shouldn’t hold the rider back to achieve this; with proper springs, the wheels stay in contact while the rider continues at the constant speed of momentum. The tendency of the rear wheel to jump off is a significant challenge in the current Rover type of rear-driven design; there is no reversal of momentum or tendency to drop straight down as seen in the Ordinary model, yet it drops a greater distance and is subjected to more weight. This issue cannot be completely fixed with any springs we currently have; it requires a responsive vertical motion in addition to horizontal motion of the springs, and they should be positioned at the hub of the rear wheel similar to those recently used with the front wheel. As demonstrated in the diagrams, the curves shown by the front wheels when leaving obstacles never indicate a tendency to jump off; they are designed mostly to advance over the obstacle.
In Fig. 8 we have a machine provided with a thirty-inch front and twenty-four-inch rear driving-wheel. This is a modification of the Rover type recently favored by some English makers. The drop of the rear wheel is more radical than that of a full thirty-inch.
In Fig. 8 we have a machine equipped with a thirty-inch front wheel and a twenty-four-inch rear wheel. This is a variation of the Rover type that has recently been popular among some English manufacturers. The drop of the rear wheel is more significant than that of a full thirty-inch.
In Fig. 9 appears a Dennis Johnson machine, with two wheels of the same size, having the seat low down and exactly midway between them. This is perhaps the easiest riding contrivance in so far as vibration, jolt, and shock are concerned. Observe the equable motion it displays. This machine was patented in England, as spoken of in an early chapter, seventy years ago.
In Fig. 9 there's a Dennis Johnson bike, featuring two wheels of the same size, with the seat positioned low and right in the middle of them. This is probably the easiest riding vehicle when it comes to vibration, jolts, and shocks. Notice the smooth motion it has. This bike was patented in England, as mentioned in an earlier chapter, seventy years ago.
It will be seen, from a general observation and study of all of the diagrams, that the best and most gradual curves are made by the front wheel in descending from, and by the rear wheel in advancing upon, the obstacle; hence it follows that the front wheel works against momentum more in ascending and the rear wheel more in descending.
It can be observed from a general look at all the diagrams that the best and smoothest curves are made by the front wheel when going down from, and by the rear wheel when going up to, an obstacle. Therefore, the front wheel deals with momentum more when going up, while the rear wheel does so more when going down.
CHAPTER IX.
It was a pet scheme of the writer’s to treat of the matter of the annoyance to the rider resulting from a shock or jolt and change in momentum in the various styles of bicycles in a purely mathematical form, and to some extent it can be done; but it is found that so many considerations enter that the question becomes almost interminable. The aim was to find a formula with the sizes of wheels, distances between centres, and position of saddle as variables, which would, when applied, give us a result representing the sum total of annoyance felt by the rider in passing over an obstacle or any depression, rut, or ditch of given height or depth on any combination of wheels likely to be used in one machine. The difficulty in the question is in determining just what that annoyance results from or consists in; no doubt the initial impact, change of direction, and sudden reduction of momentum, and also the duration of the shock, all enter into the grand total.
The writer had a personal interest in examining the annoyance that riders experience from shocks or jolts and changes in momentum caused by different styles of bicycles in a purely mathematical way. This can be somewhat achieved, but there are so many factors involved that the issue becomes nearly endless. The goal was to create a formula using the sizes of wheels, distances between centers, and saddle position as variables, which would, when applied, provide a result reflecting the overall annoyance felt by the rider when navigating over an obstacle or any dip, rut, or ditch of a specific height or depth on any wheel combination likely to be found on a single bike. The challenge lies in pinpointing exactly what contributes to that annoyance; clearly, the initial impact, change of direction, sudden decrease in momentum, and the duration of the shock all play a role in the overall experience.
From a theoretical stand-point there need be no loss of power and consequently no annoyance in running over an obstacle, since all the momentum lost in a forward direction ought to be transmitted vertically in mounting the obstacle, thereby establishing a potential energy which would again be transformed into momentum forward as the wheel rolls down from the elevation. Neither should a rut have to be avoided, since by running into it we gain a momentum that should carry us out; hence, as per theory, the cycler should not worry about riding over rough roads, for in mounting each obstacle81 he only loans a bit of power in going up, which will be returned to him in going down, and in running down into a rut momentum will be loaned to him sufficient to bring him out. But, alas! he does not fancy the thing; somehow he has a like prejudice against rough roads that he has to hills, and as this prejudice cannot arise from purely theoretical considerations, we must look for some violation of nature’s laws, or some cause why such laws are not directly applicable. In my judgment there is a reasonably definite connection between the annoyance felt by the cycler in riding over a rough road and the actual loss of energy, though not a similar one in all respects to that which applies in regard to hills. A shock produced by a sudden check or deviation of the momentum is not only hurtful in causing a direct loss of kinetic energy, which the rider has stored up and to regain which he must afterwards do work, but also in contusing and jarring the muscular system, which makes him less able to do the work. In so far as the machine is concerned, the loss of energy goes into vibration and into extra friction of the machine; we cannot see any other means by which it can escape; but as to the rider, while energy is of course similarly lost, the motive power is also interfered with. Now, the application I wish to make of this fact, i.e., that the annoyance or shock felt by the rider in wheeling over rough roads is comparable to an actual loss of kinetic energy, as well as in addition thereto, is that the nearer we can approach to an even rolling motion affecting the rider least disastrously, the nearer we will come to a perfect road bicycle without loss of momentum. In other words, the dynamical and physiological considerations lead us to the same end,—to relieve the annoyance by means of proper springs, and to so distribute the inequalities of the momentum and modify the change in direction thereof as to minimize the loss of energy. From experiments tried with properly-constructed springs, I find82 that momentum can be diverted in striking the obstacle into its required new course, upward and forward, with very slight loss indeed, and that much waste of power in rolling off the obstacle can also be saved, the desired conditions and effect being as follows:
From a theoretical point of view, there shouldn’t be any loss of power and therefore no annoyance when going over an obstacle. All the momentum lost in moving forward should be redirected vertically while climbing the obstacle, creating potential energy that would then transform back into forward momentum as the wheel rolls down. There’s no need to avoid a rut either, since hitting it can actually give us momentum to get out again. So, in theory, a cyclist shouldn't worry about rough roads—by going over each obstacle, they only lose a bit of power going up, which is returned when they go back down; hitting a rut provides enough momentum to get out. But unfortunately, he doesn’t like it; he has a similar dislike for rough roads as he does for hills. Since this dislike can't stem from purely theoretical details, we need to consider some violation of nature's laws or a reason why those laws don't apply. I believe there’s a clear link between the frustration a cyclist feels on rough roads and the actual loss of energy, although it’s not exactly the same as with hills. A shock from sudden changes in momentum not only results in a direct loss of kinetic energy that the rider has to work to regain, but it also jolts and stresses the muscles, making it harder for them to exert effort. As for the bike, the loss of energy turns into vibrations and extra friction; we can't identify any other ways it could be lost. However, for the rider, while energy is lost similarly, their ability to generate power is also affected. The point I want to make is that the shock or annoyance a rider feels when biking over rough roads is akin to an actual loss of kinetic energy, and addressing this means that the smoother the cycling motion can be, with the least negative impact on the rider, the closer we’ll get to an ideal road bike with no loss of momentum. In simpler terms, both the dynamics and physiological aspects lead us to the same goal—to ease the frustration with proper springs and to balance out the shifts in momentum to minimize energy loss. From experiments with well-designed springs, I’ve found that momentum can be redirected when hitting an obstacle into a new upward and forward path with very little loss, and we can also save a lot of energy that would otherwise be wasted when rolling off the obstacle. The aimed conditions and effects are as follows:
The wheel strikes the obstacle, springs back a little, and begins to rise upon it; at the same time an upward thrust is given, additionally compressing the vertical components of the springs, the man going on forward at the usual pace of momentum and being gradually raised. When the top is reached and the wheel starts down, the weight of man and machine causes the wheel to spring forward a little at first, and then, when the weight would drop too slowly and the momentum would otherwise pull the wheel bodily off, the vertical spring, being compressed, will, by its quick action, together with the pressure backward of the horizontal spring against the obstruction, hold the wheel in contact and make it roll off. This action is reversed in the case of a rut, and is quite similar in either fore or hind wheel.
The wheel hits the obstacle, bounces back slightly, and starts to climb over it; at the same time, there's an upward push that further compresses the vertical parts of the springs, with the rider continuing forward at the usual speed, gradually being lifted. When the top is reached and the wheel begins to descend, the combined weight of the rider and the machine causes the wheel to initially lurch forward a bit, and then, when the weight would otherwise drop too slowly and the momentum could pull the wheel off completely, the vertical spring, once compressed, quickly acts in combination with the backward pressure of the horizontal spring against the obstruction to keep the wheel in contact and make it roll off. This process is reversed in the case of a rut and is quite similar for either the front or rear wheel.
The principle is to avoid a too sudden attack upon the inertia, to change the course of momentum gradually, and to avoid concussion against inelastic parts.
The principle is to avoid a sudden attack on inertia, to gradually change the course of momentum, and to prevent collisions with inelastic parts.
The direct vertical amplitude in the springs of a cycle is of most benefit in regard to momentum in giving the vertical power time to act; that is, if the wheels are raised quickly the momentum is transmitted to and stored up in the springs and allowed to act gradually in raising all the parts without violent concussion or vibration and consequent loss of power. When the machine drops suddenly in descending from an obstacle the springs will act more quickly than gravity can overcome the inertia of the system, and the wheel will then remain in contact with the obstacle; that is to say, sufficient spring acting horizontally in the direction of the acquired momentum, together with the necessary amount of vertical spring, will store the83 energy otherwise lost in riding suddenly upon an obstacle; said energy will then be given time to act and be utilized in raising the rider and such parts of the system which the springs control to a certain height, establishing a potential, which will be given out in increasing the forward momentum as the wheel rolls down to the common level.
The direct vertical movement in the springs of a bike is most beneficial for momentum because it allows time for the vertical power to take effect. This means that if the wheels are lifted quickly, the momentum is transferred to and stored in the springs, enabling a gradual rise of all parts without harsh jolts or vibrations, which would lead to a loss of power. When the machine suddenly drops down from an obstacle, the springs will react faster than gravity can overcome the system's inertia, keeping the wheel in contact with the obstacle. In other words, the right amount of spring force acting horizontally in the direction of the acquired momentum, along with the necessary vertical spring force, will capture the energy that would otherwise be lost when hitting an obstacle. That energy will then have time to work and help lift the rider and the parts of the system controlled by the springs to a certain height, creating potential energy which will increase the forward momentum as the wheel rolls back to the common level.
Springs having a horizontal movement relieving only the saddle can prevent loss of momentum in the man, but cannot prevent the weight of the machine from being thrown dead against the obstacle. This can only be remedied by elastic connections of a kind that prevent the shock from ever reaching the heavier parts, which condition would save almost the entire work lost against the obstacle.
Springs that move horizontally and only support the saddle can help the rider maintain their momentum, but they can’t stop the weight of the machine from slamming into an obstacle. The only way to fix this is to use elastic connections that keep the shock from ever reaching the heavier parts, which would save almost all the energy lost when hitting the obstacle.
We see, then, that the subject of springs comprehends not only the question of comfort in regard to the shock sustained by the body, but also the most serious and interesting factor in relation to the economy of power; nor is this a theme at all confined to cycles; it has been egregiously overlooked by makers and riders of many other vehicles. No better illustration can be had of man’s selfishness, as against the brute creation, than the fact that now, in machines in which we have to pull our own load, we are just beginning to contrive and apply all possible means to prevent a loss of momentum, whereas in all our carriages drawn by horses we looked only to the ease and comfort of our bodies, and provided good springs with a vertical give for that especial purpose, having little care for any loss of power, to avoid which loss we should also use horizontal springs so placed as to relieve the entire weight of the heavy running gear, as well as that of the man, from forward concussion. I know full well, even then, that a horizontal spring has still some little to do with the ease of riding, but with a heavy conveyance the advantage to the rider is slight as compared with the advantage that it would be to the horse which furnishes84 the power. The time will come when the evil will be remedied in general carriages, if only for the gain it will be to the comfort of the man. There would be little hope, indeed, if the poor horse were the only party interested, but when man is directly concerned we can expect more rapid development.
We see, then, that the topic of springs involves not only the issue of comfort regarding the shocks the body takes but also a crucial and intriguing aspect related to energy efficiency. This is not just a topic for bicycles; it has been greatly neglected by makers and users of many other types of vehicles. There's no better example of human selfishness, in contrast to the animal kingdom, than the fact that now, in machines where we have to do the work ourselves, we're just starting to develop and implement every possible method to prevent losing momentum. Meanwhile, in all our horse-drawn carriages, we focused solely on our own comfort and provided good springs with vertical give for that reason, hardly considering any loss of power. To prevent that loss, we should also use horizontal springs strategically placed to alleviate the total weight of the heavy running gear and the rider from forward jolts. I fully understand that a horizontal spring does contribute somewhat to riding comfort, but with a heavy vehicle, the benefit to the rider is minimal compared to the advantage it would provide to the horse supplying the power. Eventually, this issue will be addressed in standard carriages, especially since it will enhance the comfort of the rider. There would be little hope if only the poor horse's interest was at stake, but when human comfort is involved, we can expect quicker progress.
When we start our machines for a run it is considerable work to get up an initial velocity or momentum; however, after that there should be only the friction of the machine within itself and upon the road to be overcome, together with the friction against the air; that is to say, if inequalities in the road could be run over without a loss of momentum being caused thereby, there would not be nearly so much work in travelling upon the cycle as is now necessarily required.
When we start our machines, it takes a lot of effort to get them moving. However, after that, we just have to deal with the friction of the machine itself and the road, along with the resistance from the air. In other words, if we could drive over bumps in the road without losing momentum, riding a bike wouldn't be nearly as much work as it currently is.
The principal parts of the cycle should be as rigid and firm as possible, so as not to respond at random in vibration to every little shock they should chance to receive, for the spring or elasticity wants to be such as can be controlled,—that is, made to store energy in the right way and give it out at the proper time with a desired effect upon the momentum.
The main components of the cycle should be as solid and strong as possible, so they don't react inconsistently to every minor bump they encounter. The spring or elasticity needs to be adjustable—meaning it should be able to store energy correctly and release it at the right moment to achieve the desired impact on the momentum.
It must be remembered in this connection that useful energy can be stored in the machine only in the plane of horizontal motion and gravity; in other words, vertically and horizontally. Any elasticity at an angle to this plane can only be of use in reducing the concussion upon the rider in a lateral direction; and since, upon a single-track machine, but little if any shock can occur in such direction, it should be seen to that no undue side motion is permitted.
It’s important to remember that useful energy can only be stored in the machine along the horizontal plane and gravity; in other words, vertically and horizontally. Any elasticity at an angle to this plane can only help in reducing the jolt to the rider sideways; and since a single-track machine experiences very little, if any, shock in that direction, care should be taken to avoid any unnecessary side movement.
In order to fully comprehend the loss of power that it is possible to save by proper springs, observe as a particular case the annexed diagram showing two thirty-inch wheels arranged substantially as in the present rear-driving Safety.
To fully understand the reduction in power that can be achieved with proper springs, look at the attached diagram showing two thirty-inch wheels set up similarly to the current rear-driving Safety.
Let c be the centre of gravity, and let the line c o, drawn to the obstacle, pass through the centre of the85 front wheel and make an angle of forty-five degrees with the horizontal.
Let c be the center of gravity, and let the line c o, drawn to the obstacle, pass through the center of the85 front wheel and form a forty-five degree angle with the horizontal.

The momentum c l is split up into two equal components, one acting in the direction c o, and the other in the direction c k perpendicular to c o, tending to turn the system about o as a centre. The numerical value of the c k component, calling m the momentum, is m√2, and its value in the forward direction c o is m√2 cos 45° = m√2 1√2 = m2, which is the forward momentum retained, showing that in this case one-half of the forward momentum is saved and the other half lost.
The momentum c l is divided into two equal parts, one moving in the direction c o and the other in the direction c k, which is perpendicular to c o, causing the system to rotate around o as a center. The numerical value of the c k component, referred to as m for momentum, is m√2, and its value in the forward direction c o is m√2 cos 45° = m√2 1√2 = m2, which represents the forward momentum retained, indicating that in this situation, half of the forward momentum is maintained while the other half is lost.
It is scarcely necessary to say that the use of an imaginary four-inch obstruction, in our study of momentum and concussion, is entirely arbitrary. Of course obstructions of all heights will evolve proportional results. This proportion would not, however, be86 linear; the nearest we can come to it is to say that the annoyance begins with an obstruction of zero height, and increases about as a trigonometrical sine increases when the angle grows larger.
It hardly needs to be said that using a fictional four-inch blockage in our study of momentum and impact is completely arbitrary. Of course, blockages of all heights will produce proportional results. However, this proportion wouldn't be86 linear; the best way to put it is that the irritation starts with a blockage of zero height and increases somewhat like a trigonometric sine as the angle gets larger.
It is evident that all this theory applied to one obstruction is simply repeated in a number of them, and a number of them make up a rough road, bearing in mind that a rut is but one form of an obstacle.
It’s clear that all this theory applied to one obstacle is just repeated for several of them, and multiple obstacles create a bumpy road, keeping in mind that a rut is just one type of obstacle.
Some makers of late seem to realize the importance of springs which will allow of a horizontal as well as a vertical motion, and have in them not only provided against the loss of momentum in the man, but also in the entire machine exclusive of the front wheel. This has apparently been done with another object in view,—i.e., that of relieving the annoyance to the hands and arms by reducing the vibration in the handle-bar. This object, though worthy, is far short of the ideal. Such springs might properly be called storage springs or power economizers; they are, however, generally nominated Anti-Vibrators and Spring Forks.
Some manufacturers lately seem to recognize the significance of springs that enable both horizontal and vertical movement, and they have not only addressed the loss of momentum for the rider but also for the entire machine apart from the front wheel. This seems to have been done with another goal in mind—namely, to ease the discomfort in the hands and arms by minimizing the vibration in the handlebars. While this goal is commendable, it falls short of the ideal. These springs could rightly be referred to as storage springs or power savers; however, they are usually called Anti-Vibrators and Spring Forks.
CHAPTER X.
The abstract terms of the heading have, so far, generally been applied to certain devices constituting an elastic connection between the standards of the wheels (1), or, more precisely, between the front fork and backbone. The more recent forms of anti-vibrators are (2) the spring hinge about midway in the rear frame, or backbone, of the machine; (3) the spring joints at the extremity of the front fork connecting with the forward wheel axle; (4) the spring fork proper, in which the extensions are either wholly or in part elastic. The last two are, to my mind, the most deserving of praise. In the first named above, the shock is mainly confined to the front half of the machine,—that is, to the front wheel, its fork, and handle-bar,—while in the last two the front wheel alone receives the concussion to the full extent, an intervening spring preventing the transmission of the shock to other parts of the system. When it comes to be fully appreciated by the fraternity that the shock sustained by the machine and rider is not only to be treated as a matter of comfort or discomfort, but that it has other very important claims to our consideration, we may expect it to be more fully discussed. Not that we care so much about the vibration loosening every joint, screw, and pin in the entire contrivance, which makes it worn out, so called, when it has scarcely begun to wear,—of course, in the general march of progress, we expect to remedy that also,—but it is the momentum we are most after. The writer has always been one who has had a constitutional aversion to working88 up a speed and then having it all knocked out by a stray stone.
The abstract terms in the heading have mostly been applied to specific devices that create a flexible connection between the wheel standards (1), or more specifically, between the front fork and the frame. The newer types of anti-vibration devices include (2) the spring hinge positioned about halfway in the rear frame, or backbone, of the machine; (3) the spring joints at the ends of the front fork that connect to the front wheel axle; (4) the spring fork itself, where the extensions are either fully or partially elastic. In my opinion, the last two are the most commendable. In the first mentioned option, the shock is mainly concentrated in the front half of the machine—specifically, the front wheel, its fork, and the handlebar—while in the last two, only the front wheel experiences the full impact, with an intervening spring preventing the shock from reaching other parts of the system. Once the community fully understands that the shock experienced by the machine and rider should not just be seen as a matter of comfort or discomfort, but that it also has other significant factors that deserve our attention, we can expect it to be discussed more thoroughly. It's not that we're particularly concerned about the vibrations loosening every joint, screw, and pin in the whole device, rendering it 'worn out' when it has barely begun to wear—of course, as progress continues, we expect to address that too—but it's the momentum that we're primarily focused on. I've always had a natural dislike for building up speed only to have it all taken away by a random stone.
The difficulty experienced by inventors in the line of anti-vibrators appears to be, that while acquiring the desired elasticity in the proper direction an elasticity in other directions has followed, making the machine feel unsteady and capricious, especially in the steering. This undoubtedly valid difficulty in the way is worthy of careful consideration before accepting an anti-vibrator; in fact, the very end desired can easily be missed in an imperfect device, as it might, while holding momentum in one direction, lose it in another. I cannot better express my opinion as to the general requirement of a good anti-vibrator than to say, get plenty of spring, but acting in the plane of momentum and gravity, and get it as quickly as possible; that is, at the connection of the wheels with the forks, or at the outer end of the spokes if it can be done without89 interfering with the rigid transmission of power to the driving-rim.
The challenge faced by inventors in creating anti-vibrators seems to be that while achieving the necessary elasticity in the right direction, they end up with unwanted elasticity in other directions, making the machine feel unstable and unpredictable, especially during steering. This legitimate concern is important to consider before choosing an anti-vibrator; in fact, the desired outcome can easily be missed with a poorly designed device, as it may maintain momentum in one direction while losing it in another. I can best express my view on the general requirement for a good anti-vibrator by saying, ensure you have plenty of spring that works in the direction of momentum and gravity, and get it as close to the connection of the wheels with the forks or at the outer end of the spokes as possible, without disrupting the efficient transmission of power to the driving rim.89

It is always difficult to apply any attachment to the driving-wheel of a machine; in the Ordinary it would be beneficial to attach an anti-vibrator to the forward wheel, but as a matter of construction it would be about as difficult to do this as it would be to attach it to the rear wheel of the Safety.
It’s always tough to connect anything to the steering wheel of a machine; in the Ordinary, it would help to attach an anti-vibrator to the front wheel, but from a construction standpoint, it would be just as challenging to do this as it would be to connect it to the back wheel of the Safety.
We hope to see and may expect a number of devices to be offered by makers which will fulfil all requirements. Appended find a cut of one recently patented, of which I can speak with some confidence from having used a similar contrivance in experiments in this connection.
We look forward to seeing and may anticipate several devices being released by manufacturers that will meet all requirements. Attached is an image of one recently patented, which I can confidently discuss based on my experience with a similar device used in experiments related to this.
The figure here, as in the patent, shows the connecting-rod swinging through an almost useless arc of action, but the general plan is good; not, however, as neat as some others.
The figure here, like in the patent, shows the connecting rod swinging through a nearly useless range of motion, but the overall design is solid; it's just not as tidy as some others.
A great maker has of late, however, adopted a device which, to my mind, does not fulfil all of the requirements; it is still confined too much to a vertical action, and has really no horizontal amplitude unless the machine is ridden by a very heavy man, in which case the spring will assume a very abnormal position.
A great creator has recently adopted a device that, in my opinion, does not meet all the requirements; it still relies too much on a vertical motion and lacks any real horizontal range unless a very heavy person uses the machine, in which case the spring will take on a very unusual position.
Other makers have adopted the joint to the centre of the frame or backbone of the Safety type (No. 2 above), so constructed that the pedals are also provided with a vertical motion; this certainly helps to isolate the man from vertical concussion, and it is good; yet the horizontal give is lacking in these machines, and the front fork, together with the handle-bar, still receives a shock and loses in vibration. Later, an inventor has shown a new pedal in which, apparently, the rubber works upon a spring and has a vertical motion under the pressure of the foot. This is a deserving though a misguided effort. The connection of the man with the apparatus through which the power is transmitted to the machine should be as direct and90 rigid as possible: all springs should be beyond this point. An elastic pedal is quite a different device from that named in the last preceding paragraph, in which the crank-shaft has a vertical motion and the “connecting-link,” together with the source of power (the man), are all rigidly and inelastically connected together, the whole, as a system, swinging vertically by a spring.
Other manufacturers have adapted the joint to the center of the frame or backbone of the Safety type (No. 2 above), designed so that the pedals also move vertically. This does help to reduce the impact on the person from vertical shocks, which is beneficial; however, these machines lack horizontal flexibility, and the front fork along with the handlebar still absorbs shock and vibrates. Later, an inventor introduced a new pedal where, it seems, the rubber acts on a spring and moves vertically under foot pressure. While this is a commendable, though misguided, attempt, the connection between the person and the mechanism that transmits power to the machine should be as direct and rigid as possible: all springs should be placed beyond this point. An elastic pedal is a completely different device from the one mentioned in the previous paragraph, where the crankshaft has vertical motion and the “connecting link,” along with the power source (the person), are all rigidly connected, making the entire system swing vertically with the aid of a spring.
An English firm has for several years had upon the market a machine which, from its external appearance, is all springs; the inventor thereof deserves greater credit than the success of the venture has awarded him. If in the early samples put upon the market the parts had not been so frail and the appearance so exceedingly homely, he might have fared better.
An English company has had a machine on the market for several years that looks entirely like a collection of springs. The inventor deserves more recognition than the success of the product has given him. If the early models sold hadn't been so flimsy and looked so unattractive, he might have had better luck.
Several premature freaks of advancement in this matter of springs have occurred, but the general progress has been quite logical. First, we had the saddle provided with a very feeble amount of elasticity, then an increased amount, until makers vied with each other in producing the best spring for the old Ordinary; then we had the spring connection between the front fork and backbone in the Safety, confining the shock to the forward half of the machine; and then came the spring fork isolating the entire system except the front wheel from the shock. So far the inventions have been practical and are in use. Next we have a worthy, but I fear impractical, inventor, who proposes springs between two outer rims of the wheel or substantially at the ends of the spokes, thereby confining the concussion to one rim of the front wheel in the manner shown in cut. (See English spring rim.)
Several unexpected advancements in spring technology have happened, but overall progress has followed a logical path. First, we had saddles with a very minimal amount of elasticity, then an increase in elasticity, leading manufacturers to compete in creating the best spring for the classic Ordinary. Next, we introduced a spring connection between the front fork and the backbone in the Safety bike, which isolated the shock to the front half of the machine. Then came the spring fork, which separated the entire system, except for the front wheel, from the shock. So far, these inventions have been practical and are currently in use. Now we have a well-meaning, but I worry impractical, inventor who suggests placing springs between two outer rims of the wheel or almost at the ends of the spokes, thus limiting the impact to one rim of the front wheel as shown in the cut. (See English spring rim.)
This appeared to be the ultimatum, but a shrewd American inventor has “gone him one better” and proposes to confine the shock and vertical thrust to a mere part of the rim. This invention was patented in the United States in 1889, and, if practical, would simply cause the wheel to roll over the obstruction almost as a man would step over in walking,—an ideal92 state of affairs, to be sure! Such a wheel would not only aid man in his transmigration over smooth roads, as claimed for the solid wheel in the fore part of this book, but would be available on the cross-ties of the poorly-ballasted railroad; and let the wheel be but tall enough, and he may yet go over that old-time impediment93 to cross-country locomotion, the rail fence, as unwittingly as though it had not been there at all.
This seemed to be the final word, but a clever American inventor has outdone it and suggests limiting the shock and vertical push to just a part of the rim. This invention was patented in the United States in 1889, and if it works, it would allow the wheel to roll over obstacles almost like a person stepping over something while walking—an ideal92 situation, for sure! Such a wheel would not only help people travel smoothly on well-kept roads, as claimed for the solid wheel earlier in this book, but would also be useful on the uneven ties of poorly-maintained railroads; and if the wheel is tall enough, it might even roll over that old obstacle93 to cross-country travel, the rail fence, as if it weren’t there at all.


One of the grandest ideas in the way of anti-vibration is suggested by the following from the American Athlete:
One of the most impressive concepts for reducing vibration is proposed by the following from the American Athlete:
“An inventor of Belfast, Ireland, has made what he calls a ‘Pneumatic Safety,’ the tires of which are two inches in diameter, and of hollow rubber, so that they contain air, which vastly increases their elasticity. The result is most favorably regarded by Irish wheelmen, and at the recent races at Belfast a rider on a ‘Pneumatic’ won all the four first prizes, the hollow rubber being described as phenomenally successful on the rough grass track.”
“An inventor from Belfast, Ireland, has created something he calls a ‘Pneumatic Safety,’ which has tires that are two inches in diameter and made of hollow rubber. This design allows them to hold air and significantly improves their elasticity. This innovation has been received positively by Irish cyclists, and at the recent races in Belfast, a rider on a ‘Pneumatic’ won all four first prizes, with the hollow rubber being described as extremely effective on the bumpy grass track.”
If the liability of cutting and collapsing were not so apparent in this device, I would be inclined to think it would have a great future.
If the risk of cutting and collapsing wasn't so obvious in this device, I'd be tempted to believe it has a bright future.
By way of conclusion of the foregoing chapters on curves, momentum, and springs, permit me to again call attention to the remarkable fact that a rear-driving Safety of absolutely rigid construction, striking an obstacle four inches high, loses one-half of its entire momentum and that of the rider. Think of it! Not that we often strike a four-inch obstruction, but that it does not take very many smaller to make one. Thus we are continually wasting strength when there is really no substantial necessity or occasion for it, and the writer, for one, feels ready to maintain that even double the weight (harmful as extra weight always is) in a machine is justifiable if in so increasing the weight we can do away with this most potent source of loss of energy. The bicycle, or single-track machine, too, affords an unusual chance for proper manipulation of momentum, and the rear-driver a special opportunity for the attachment of proper springs. In a two-track machine, on the other hand, we are compelled to supply springs with lateral motion as a necessary appliance for the comfort of the rider, which lateral motion results in loss of momentum and kinetic energy, whereas in the bicycle our comfort and energy are all confined to one plane; so that all we want now is to have our springs adroitly and amply applied to operate in this plane and no other, and we shall then find that we invariably save our momentum, preserve our comfort, and retain our strength. It will be a long time before we can expect to realize our dream of perfection in easy riding, or to find cyclers hunting for the rough roads; nor do we expect to see them peering eagerly forward through the misty morning, greeting the dawning obstacle as glad tidings of “Land ho!” but we do expect very soon to see the discomfort and loss of power now encountered in a great measure overcome. If some one will only get us over the sandy places as nicely as we can reasonably expect, in the future, to glide over the rough places, then we will all be happy.
To sum up the previous chapters on curves, momentum, and springs, I want to highlight the incredible fact that a rear-driven bike with a completely rigid structure, when hitting a four-inch obstacle, loses half of its total momentum along with that of the rider. Just think about that! It’s not that we frequently deal with four-inch barriers, but it doesn’t take too many smaller ones to add up to that. This means we’re constantly wasting energy when we don’t really need to, and I believe that even doubling the weight (which, we all know, is usually a bad thing) in a machine is justifiable if it helps eliminate this major source of energy loss. The bicycle, or single-track vehicle, offers a unique opportunity for effectively managing momentum, and the rear-driven bike provides a special chance to add the right kind of springs. In contrast, with a two-track vehicle, we have to include springs that allow for sideways movement to ensure the rider’s comfort, which leads to a loss of momentum and kinetic energy. However, in a bicycle, our comfort and energy are concentrated on one plane; all we need is to have our springs skillfully and generously applied to function in that plane alone, and we will consistently save our momentum, maintain our comfort, and keep our energy. It may be a while before we achieve our ideal of effortless riding or see cyclists eagerly seeking out rough roads; nor do we expect them to be excitedly looking ahead through the early morning fog, welcoming the obstacle ahead as good news like “Land ho!” But we do anticipate that, before long, the discomfort and power loss we currently experience will be significantly addressed. If someone can just help us get through the sandy spots as smoothly as we can expect to navigate the rough terrain in the future, then we will all be happy.
CHAPTER XI.
The problem of saddles in cycles is really one of the greatest moment, and will continue to be, so long as any pain or discomfort is felt upon the bicycle sufficient to discriminate against it in contradistinction to that of sitting on a buggy-seat and being carried over a comparable distance.
The issue of saddle discomfort on bicycles is definitely significant and will remain important as long as there's any pain or discomfort that makes riding a bike less appealing compared to sitting on a buggy seat and being transported a similar distance.
Too little attention has been paid to this subject in the past, especially during the “Ordinary” régime. The general build of the Ordinary is such as to make it quite difficult to attach comfortable springs and saddles: many and various have been the attempts at improvement, but all have been marked by only a comparative degree of success. Were it not, however, for this success, small as it may be, in making saddles comfortable, the cycling fraternity would have had the entire medical profession down upon them, as some of them are anyhow.
Too little attention has been given to this topic in the past, especially during the “Ordinary” régime. The overall design of the Ordinary makes it quite challenging to attach comfortable springs and saddles: there have been many attempts at improvement, but all have only had a limited degree of success. If it weren’t for this success, however small it may be, in making saddles comfortable, the cycling community would have faced the full wrath of the medical profession, as some already do.
Though a layman himself, the writer met a prominent medical man from the West at the International Medical Congress, who stated that unless these saddles were improved, he would order off all the young men in any way under his charge, as he had already been compelled to do in several individual cases. It is needless to dwell upon proofs of these evils; they are within the knowledge of every bicyclist of experience. Almost every rider knows of some special case of complaint, if not one of real injury.
Though he was an amateur, the writer met a well-known doctor from the West at the International Medical Congress, who said that unless these saddles were improved, he would send away all the young men under his care, as he had already been forced to do in several individual cases. There's no need to elaborate on the evidence of these issues; every experienced cyclist is aware of them. Almost every rider knows of some specific case of discomfort, if not one of actual harm.
In an examination on one occasion, made by the writer, of some forty or fifty wheels at a club house,95 fully two out of three were found that would have been condemned as unridable by any good physician who had given the matter careful attention.
In a one-time examination conducted by the writer of about forty or fifty wheels at a clubhouse,95 it was discovered that at least two out of three would have been deemed unridable by any competent physician who had paid close attention to the issue.
The famous Kirkpatrick style of suspension saddle is a great advance on most of the old short patterns, yet the necessary amount of free elasticity is sadly lacking in the early patterns, and to some extent the deficiency still exists. It is questionable whether the Kirkpatrick is much better than some of the English types which, though shorter, have a large amount of vertical play by means of good springs. The old Harrington cradle spring was a marked advance on the Ordinary, yet it was objected to as having “too much motion.” It is little encouragement to inventors, when they have, after considerable labor, improved upon an old device, to hear riders, who are more anxious to vent their opinions than to give honest experience, make an objection to the very point so long striven for and finally attained.
The well-known Kirkpatrick style of suspension saddle represents a significant improvement over most of the old short designs, but the needed amount of free flexibility is unfortunately missing in the early models, and to some extent, this shortcoming still exists. It's debatable whether the Kirkpatrick is actually better than some of the English types that, although shorter, allow for a lot of vertical movement thanks to good springs. The old Harrington cradle spring was a notable improvement over the Ordinary, yet it was criticized for having “too much motion.” It's discouraging for inventors who, after a lot of hard work, have improved on an old design, to hear riders—who seem more eager to express their opinions than to share honest feedback—criticize the very aspect they have worked so hard to achieve and finally succeed in.
With the Rover pattern, where the room for springs is much more ample, harmful results are rapidly vanishing. It is quite a novelty to watch the body of a rider upon a well-sprung rear-driver Safety swinging through a vertical distance of several inches, when we have been used to riding upon a spring of a half or three-quarters of an inch of amplitude.
With the Rover design, which allows for much more space for springs, negative effects are quickly disappearing. It's quite a surprise to see a rider's body on a well-sprung rear-driver Safety moving up and down several inches, especially since we’re used to riding on springs that only move a half or three-quarters of an inch.
The writer has examined machines where the saddle leather was down upon the sheet-iron frame, and in which the entire motion of the spring would not amount to a half-inch. If such devices do not breed mischief, it will be for the reason that the riders are simply and absolutely impervious to any attack upon their systems, and are possessed of spines in their bodies more invulnerable than those in the machines.
The author has looked at machines where the saddle leather rested on the sheet-iron frame, and in which the whole motion of the spring barely reached a half-inch. If these devices don’t cause any trouble, it’s probably because the riders are completely immune to any effects on their bodies, and have spines in their backs that are tougher than those in the machines.
Injury to the spine and other parts naturally showed itself more among American than English riders, for the reason that the general average of the road surface is much in favor of the latter, but complaint has not96 been unknown even among our English brethren. It is a satisfaction to know that many have awakened to this question, and it is a common and gratifying sight to see prospective buyers testing the saddle and springs of a new mount, as a matter of preliminary inspection, before other points are considered at all. It is to be sadly feared that some old Ordinary riders suffered greater injury than is commonly supposed to have been incurred, but we hope that, since they have come to ignore the supposed danger of being “thrown off” by a too lively spring, there will be less trouble in the future.
Injuries to the spine and other areas were naturally more common among American riders than English ones because the overall quality of the road surface is much better for the latter. However, complaints have appeared even among our English counterparts. It’s reassuring to know that many people are now aware of this issue, and it’s a common and encouraging sight to see potential buyers testing the saddle and springs of a new bike as part of their initial inspection, before considering other features. Unfortunately, it’s likely that some longtime Ordinary riders experienced more injuries than is typically acknowledged, but we hope that since they’ve learned to disregard the supposed risk of being “thrown off” by a bouncy spring, there will be fewer problems in the future.
The worst feature in the bicycle saddle is that nature did not intend man to sit astride of anything, and this strikes me as the greatest oversight in the general plan of our physical make up as pertaining to cycle riding. Nature only provided three convenient ways of supporting the body,—to wit, first, on the feet; second, sitting down, with the body bent at the thigh joints; and third, lying down. Yet advancing civilization desires something a little different from any of these. In riding a cycle we find it best to stand erect upon the feet and yet get a partial support for the body at the middle,—a condition nature has not exactly provided for.
The biggest issue with bicycle seats is that nature never meant for us to sit in that position, and this seems to be the biggest oversight in how our bodies are built for cycling. Nature only gave us three comfortable ways to support our bodies: first, standing on our feet; second, sitting down with our knees bent; and third, lying down. But as civilization has progressed, we need something a bit different from these options. When riding a bike, we find it works best to stand upright on our feet while also getting some support for our bodies in the middle—a setup that nature hasn’t really accounted for.
I have had prepared a cut of that part of the bony structure of the body immediately concerned in this question and sufficient in detail to enable us to understand the matter with the help of facts known to all.
I have prepared a section of the bony structure of the body relevant to this question, detailed enough to help us understand the issue using facts that everyone is familiar with.
It will be seen that the femurs, a, a, would have to swing forward to a right angle with the trunk of the body—that is, perpendicular to the plane of the paper—before we could sit upon the bones nature intended,—to wit, on the tuberosities of the ischia, e, e, or promontories of the pelvis. This position can be partially obtained in horseback riding by the spread of the legs over the saddle. When sitting upon a chair or buggy-seat, our weight is entirely upon the right bones in the97 right way, but upon the bicycle this posture cannot be attained except, possibly, in the act of coasting on the Ordinary with the legs over the handle-bar. It must be observed, in working the bicycle, that the legs are nearly straight down and the feet almost as close together as when walking; hence, unless a man is enormously bow-legged, he cannot obtain a rest upon the proper bones, as will be seen from the drawing, which shows the position of the body while working the pedals. The coaster on the Ordinary can sit back98 upon the broad part of the saddle, and how keenly he appreciates the relief immediately felt when he throws his legs over the handles! It will be noticed that in the action of the bicycle saddle, shown by the dotted lines b, b, the narrow part of the saddle rests in an angle, c, formed by the pubic bones, which are joined together at the apex of the angle by a tissue the doctors call the pubic symphysis. The saddle forms a wedge between these bones and tends to spread them; and though this wedging action can be modified to some extent, it is still vicious. The broad part of the saddle catches a small proportion of the downward pressure upon the tuberosities of the ischia directly, but this is only attained by severely distorting the fleshy parts, as shown by the dotted lines b, b. The body must evidently be supported by the bones somewhere; we cannot hang upon mere flesh; and it is doubtful if ever a saddle can be devised that will be entirely natural and hygienic; hence it is all-important to rest the weight as much as possible on the only other available support, the feet. This can be done by keeping well over the work and resting upon the pedals, and, above all by using good lively springs in connection with the saddle-support. Here again we come upon the question of proper springs, and find it has an element of health connected therewith as well as one of momentum, as hereinbefore treated of.
It’s clear that the femurs, a, a, would need to swing forward to a right angle with the body’s trunk—that is, perpendicular to the plane of the paper—before we could sit on the bones nature intended, specifically the tuberosities of the ischia, e, e, or the promontories of the pelvis. This position can be partially achieved while horseback riding by spreading the legs over the saddle. When sitting in a chair or buggy seat, our weight is entirely on the right bones in the right way, but on a bicycle, this posture isn’t possible except, perhaps, while coasting on an Ordinary with the legs over the handlebars. It's important to note that while riding, the legs are nearly straight down and the feet are almost as close together as when walking; therefore, unless someone is extremely bow-legged, they can't rest on the appropriate bones, as shown in the drawing that depicts the body position while pedaling. The coaster on the Ordinary can sit back on the wide part of the saddle, and they can really feel the relief immediately when they throw their legs over the handles! It’s clear that in the action of the bicycle saddle, indicated by the dotted lines b, b, the narrow part of the saddle fits into an angle, c, made by the pubic bones, which are joined at the apex of the angle by a tissue doctors refer to as the pubic symphysis. The saddle acts like a wedge between these bones and tends to spread them; and while this wedging action can be somewhat adjusted, it’s still problematic. The broad part of the saddle supports only a small portion of the downward pressure on the tuberosities of the ischia directly, but this can only be achieved by severely distorting the soft tissue, as indicated by the dotted lines b, b. The body must be supported by bone somewhere; we can't rely solely on flesh; and it’s unlikely that a saddle can ever be created that is completely natural and hygienic; therefore, it is crucial to shift as much weight as possible onto the only other available support, the feet. This can be accomplished by staying well balanced over the work and pressing down on the pedals, and especially by using good, responsive springs in conjunction with the saddle support. Again, we find the question of proper springs comes into play, and it has a health aspect connected to it as well as one of momentum, as discussed earlier.

Objection might be raised that the body is less bent at the thigh when over the work than it was when we used to kick out forward in the old velocipede, and that for this reason we are retrograding. This view will not hold, however, for in any practical machine we have to get so nearly straight up anyhow that we had better go a little farther, thus taking a perfect position for work, and then attack the difficulty of support by means of proper saddle-springs and by resting upon the feet as much as possible.
Objections might come up that the body is less bent at the thigh when working than it was when we used to kick forward on the old bike, and that this means we’re going backward. However, this idea doesn’t hold up because, in any practical machine, we need to get nearly straight up anyway, so we might as well go a little further. This way, we can maintain a perfect position for working and tackle the issue of support through proper saddle springs and by resting on our feet as much as possible.
In horseback riding there is no question of self-propulsion;99 hence we can bend our bodies sufficiently to sit upon a good wide seat; therefore the difficulty experienced in bicycle saddles does not apply in the equestrian art, as would naturally be supposed.
In horseback riding, you don’t have to worry about propelling yourself; 99 because of this, we can adjust our bodies to comfortably sit on a nice, wide seat. So, the issues faced with bike saddles don’t really apply in the art of riding horses, as one might think.
Upon inquiry as to just what the deleterious results are of riding poorly-sprung machines and improper saddles, and the cause thereof, I find that “doctors differ” slightly. Some have expressed their opinion that the trouble is in the irritation of the pubic symphysis resulting from the wedging action before spoken of; others say it is the bending and irritation of the coccyx, d, shown in the cut, owing to the pressure sustained by it instead of by the ischia; others assert it is the constant concussion upon the spine. I am inclined to think that the entire field is pretty well covered by a letter from Dr. Entriken, of Ohio, which will be found below.
When asking what the harmful effects of riding poorly-designed bikes and using bad saddles are, and what causes them, I see that “doctors have different opinions” a bit. Some believe the problem lies in the irritation of the pubic symphysis caused by the wedging effect mentioned earlier; others say it’s due to the bending and irritation of the coccyx, d, shown in the image, because of the pressure it endures instead of the ischia; while others claim it’s the constant shock to the spine. I think Dr. Entriken from Ohio covers the whole topic well in a letter, which you’ll find below.
“R. P. Scott:
“R. P. Scott:
“Dear Sir,—I do not agree with you in the idea as to the cause of the trouble with the bicycle saddle. It is not the strain upon the ligaments, muscles, or bones, nor the injury to the pubic symphysis or adjacent parts, of which physicians complain. It is the bruising and irritation of the urethra where it passes under the pubic symphysis, and of the prostate gland, etc.; also the necessity of muscular action in the lower limbs while the parts are so jostled, bruised, and irritated. This muscular action pumps more blood into the parts, increasing congestion and the tendency to cause disease of the parts I have mentioned....
“Dear Sir,—I don’t agree with your perspective on the cause of the problem with the bicycle saddle. It’s not the strain on ligaments, muscles, or bones, nor the injury to the pubic symphysis or surrounding areas that doctors are worried about. It’s the bruising and irritation of the urethra as it runs under the pubic symphysis, and the prostate gland, among others; also, the need for muscle movement in the lower legs while those areas are being jostled, bruised, and irritated. This muscle movement pumps more blood into those areas, increasing congestion and the risk of issues in those parts....
“Please note the usual narrow saddle fits close to the parts of the pubic bones, and does not run back wide enough to allow the weight of the body to fall upon the tuberosities of the ischia, as in the Mexican and Spanish saddles, but bears upon the soft parts between. You will note also that the ordinarily-shaped bicycle saddle turns up so as to allow some weight to fall upon the os coccyx, or end of the backbone, which brings in another factor in producing what has been not inaptly called the ‘bicycle disease.’ We have pressure where pressure should never be made, and this pressure, aggravated by the jolting motion, causing a series of rapid concussions to fall upon the spinal column at the point where it is not intended to make resistance,—to wit, the extreme end. If a saddle could be constructed that would lift the soft parts of the perineum comparatively free and cause the weight to rest on the promontories of the ischia, thus protecting the soft100 parts and communicating a less direct shock to the spine, the trouble would be substantially overcome. I know the difficulty of accomplishing this when the legs must be down and in motion, but some genius will probably solve the problem.
Please note that the usual narrow saddle fits closely to the pubic bones and doesn’t extend wide enough to let the body’s weight rest on the ischial tuberosities, like in Mexican and Spanish saddles; instead, it puts pressure on the soft areas in between. You’ll also notice that the standard bicycle saddle angles upward, allowing some weight to rest on the coccyx, or the end of the spine, contributing to what’s been referred to as ‘bicycle disease.’ We’re applying pressure where it shouldn’t be applied, and this pressure, made worse by jolting motions, causes rapid impacts on the spine at a point that shouldn’t endure that kind of stress—the very end of it. If a saddle could be designed to lift the soft areas of the perineum and instead distribute the weight onto the ischial promontories, thereby protecting those soft areas and reducing the shock to the spine, the issue would be largely resolved. I recognize the challenge of achieving this while the legs are down and in motion, but some innovator will likely figure it out.
“Yours truly,
“F. W. Entriken.”
Another opinion on the subject of health is as follows, from The Cyclist, by Dr. Jennings:
Another opinion on the topic of health is as follows, from The Cyclist, by Dr. Jennings:
“‘It is perhaps inevitable that persons who have no practical experience should accuse the exercise, on theoretical grounds, of producing various evils, such as varicose veins, hernia, hemorrhoids, urethral stricture, and various forms of cardiac and nervous diseases. As to varicose veins, it seems to be clearly established that in those cases in which this condition is due to chronic local causes, to constipation, and a sedentary life, actual benefit is derived from cycling, and that even in those cases which are due to organic visceral disease no harm is done.... As to cardiac and nervous disease, the case is different. Race-meetings and the silly craze to “break the record” have much to answer for. It is not difficult to understand how such exercises may cause permanent injury to the heart, neurasthenia, or even organic nervous disease.’ We presume the writer refers to such exertions on the part of wholly or partially trained men, for we have Dr. Turner’s word for it, and that is also the word of a practical athlete, that to men in condition harm does not result.”
“It’s probably typical for people without hands-on experience to criticize the exercise based on theory, saying it leads to various problems like varicose veins, hernias, hemorrhoids, urethral strictures, and different heart and nervous diseases. When it comes to varicose veins, it’s clear that in cases where this condition is caused by chronic local factors, constipation, and a sedentary lifestyle, real benefits come from cycling, and even in cases linked to underlying visceral diseases, it doesn’t cause harm.... For heart and nervous diseases, the situation is different. Competitive events and the silly obsession with “breaking records” have a lot to answer for. It’s easy to see how such intense workouts could cause lasting damage to the heart, neurasthenia, or even organic nervous disorders.’ We assume the writer is referring to the exertion of fully or partially trained individuals, because we have Dr. Turner’s assurance, which matches the view of a practical athlete, that fit men do not suffer harm.”
The importance of some care and knowledge on any subject connected with spirited exercise should always be borne in mind; not only should we give attention to the matter of saddles, but also to any other point which may seem to be important. I append an article from the Bicycling World, on another branch of the subject of health in cycling, which explains itself.
The importance of some care and knowledge on any topic related to vigorous exercise should always be kept in mind; we should not only focus on the details about saddles but also on any other aspect that may seem important. I'm including an article from the Bicycling World about another aspect of health in cycling, which speaks for itself.
“A SOURCE OF DANGER TO WHEELMEN.
“A SOURCE OF DANGER TO CYCLISTS.”
“I would most earnestly call the attention of all wheelmen to that most dangerous custom of wearing belts drawn tightly about the waist to support the pants, or even where they are laced tightly or where there is any constriction about the waist whatever.
“I strongly advise all cyclists to be aware of the very dangerous habit of wearing tightly pulled belts to keep their pants up, or even when their pants are tightly laced, or whenever there's any kind of constriction around the waist.”
“Many wheelmen are leading sedentary lives, especially the older riders, and are not physically in a proper condition to put101 forth the very severe muscular exertions which all wheelmen are called upon to do, and one of the dangers which I wish to particularly call attention to is that of causing hernia or rupture.
“Many cyclists are leading sedentary lifestyles, especially older riders, and are not fit enough to handle the intense physical demands that cycling requires. One of the risks I want to point out is the potential for hernia or rupture.”
“I know of two cases of hernia caused directly by the severe exertions put forth in climbing steep hills. One of them was a particularly strong, healthy, and robust young man, and I am quite confident that the indirect cause of those herniæ was the wearing of tight belts. The young man alluded to above has always been very active in out-door sports, very fond of lifting, and made it a common custom to put forth his utmost strength whenever opportunity offered, and he never had any tendency towards such a result until he began bicycling, which brought about an entire change in form of dress.
“I know of two instances of hernia directly caused by the strenuous efforts of climbing steep hills. One was a particularly strong, healthy, fit young man, and I’m convinced that the indirect cause of his hernias was wearing tight belts. This young man has always been very active in outdoor sports, loves lifting, and routinely exerted his full strength. He had never experienced any issues until he took up cycling, which prompted a complete change in his clothing style.”
“When any person puts forth his strength in lifting—‘hill-climbing is merely a form of lifting’—the abdominal muscles are called strongly into play, and if by belting or other means they are prevented from expanding and increasing the circumference of the waist, their force is then directed towards forcing the abdominal contents downward, and thereby greatly increasing the chances of causing hernia.
“When someone uses their strength to lift—‘hill-climbing is just another form of lifting’—the abdominal muscles engage intensely. If these muscles are restricted by a belt or other means from expanding and increasing in size, the force they generate is redirected to push the abdominal contents downward, which significantly increases the risk of developing a hernia.”
“The clothing should always be loose about the waist. As suspenders are inconvenient to wear and very uncomfortable in hot weather, I would suggest that the simplest, and I think the best, way of holding up the trousers is by means of a band sewed around the inside of the flannel shirt, with buttons sewed through the shirt and band and then the button-holes made on an extra band on the inside of band of trousers, the same as little boys’ waists and trousers are joined.
“Clothing should always be loose around the waist. Since suspenders can be awkward and uncomfortable in hot weather, I suggest the simplest, and what I believe is the best, way to keep pants up is by using a band sewn around the inside of the flannel shirt, with buttons attached through the shirt and band, and then making buttonholes on an extra band on the inside of the pants, similar to how little boys’ waists and trousers are secured.”
“I sincerely trust that no one will misconstrue this article as condemning wheeling; no one believes in it more thoroughly than your humble servant. I am writing from experience, not hearsay, and I would desire all wheelmen to give heed to my warning, and so avoid a source of danger.
“I hope no one will misunderstand this article as being against cycling; no one supports it more than I do. I speak from experience, not hearsay, and I want all cyclists to heed my warning so they can avoid a source of danger.”
“L. A. W., 18,954.”[“The above is written by a physician who has made a special study of hernia.—Ed.”]
[“The above is written by a doctor who has specialized in studying hernias.—Ed.”]
There are some strong opinions on the other side of this belt question, if the belts are of proper kind and rightly worn. Very few agree unconditionally with L. A. W. However, it is hoped that no alarm will be taken from the discussion of these subjects. They are not so serious as might appear, except in cases of gross negligence. But whatever danger there may be, it is best to be fully aware of it, and thus be forearmed. As to saddles and springs, let riders show the makers102 that they are alive to all improvements which will in any way eliminate causes for anxiety in this as well as in other respects, and thereby show that the fact of making a mile in a little shorter space of time, or that of getting one inch farther up a stiff hill, is not all that the modern cyclist proposes to consider.
There are some strong opinions on the other side of the belt issue, if the belts are the right type and worn correctly. Very few people agree unconditionally with L. A. W. However, it's hoped that no one will panic from discussing these topics. They aren't as serious as they might seem, except in cases of gross negligence. But whatever danger there might be, it's best to be fully aware of it, so you can be prepared. As for saddles and springs, riders should show the manufacturers that they are attentive to all improvements that can minimize concerns in this and other areas. This way, it will be clear that just making a mile in a little less time, or climbing one inch higher up a steep hill, is not the only thing modern cyclists care about.
CHAPTER XII.
“Taking headers,” or, in the parlance of our brethren of England, “coming croppers,” is perhaps a trivial heading for any article outside of newspaper or wheel periodical gossip, but it has a popular twang, and to the fraternity means a great deal. Every rider of the old Ordinary can give us personal experiences on this subject; among them will be found mishaps too serious to be chronicled in any jesting mood, a few so serious that we would fain forget them were not this forbidden by our sympathy and respect for the sufferers as fellows of our craft. From this sombre side of our story how joyfully we turn to the many humorous anecdotes which have been related in every club-room, in some of which “we ourselves were part of what we told!”
"Taking headers," or, as our friends in England say, "coming croppers," might seem like a silly title for anything other than newspaper or gossip columns, but it carries a familiar ring and means a lot to those in the community. Every rider of the old Ordinary has personal stories about this; some have mishaps too serious to joke about, and a few are so grave that we would prefer to forget them, if not for our empathy and respect for those who have suffered as fellow members of our craft. From this serious aspect of our tale, we happily shift to the many funny stories shared in every clubroom, where in some, "we ourselves were part of what we told!"
The subject would ere this have been obsolete were it not for a large number who still maintain the supremacy of the “Ordinary,” and those others who, forming an intermediate class between the old and new, have unfurled their banner as doughty champions of the “Rational.”
The topic would have already become outdated if it weren't for a significant number of people who still support the dominance of the “Ordinary,” along with others who, forming a middle ground between the old and new, have raised their flag as bold defenders of the “Rational.”
A header is the act of “going down on the other side,” spoken of in a former chapter, or, more definitely, it is the projection of the rider over the handle-bar to the ground in advance of his machine. It is a simple process, being a mere application of the physical forces of gravity and momentum. A moving body tends to keep moving in a line until stopped or deviated by some counteracting force. In riding a cycle a certain momentum is acquired and kept up against the resisting forces of friction, impact of air, road resistance,104 etc. Headers are a result of a counteracting force, generally caused by sudden impact against a stationary obstacle on the road, or by the forward wheel becoming suddenly locked through a failure in the axle-bearings to work, or by some clog in the wheel preventing it from revolving freely through the fork in which it is hung. There are modifications of the header action even in machines of the same sizes of wheels and same rake,—rake being a term recognized to express the angle of the front fork from the vertical. This rake has to do with the liability to headers only in so far as it regulates the centre of gravity of the system, “more rake” generally meaning that the rider is farther behind the vertical line through the front wheel axle.
A header is what happens when you “go down on the other side,” as mentioned in a previous chapter, or more specifically, it’s when the rider leans over the handlebars toward the ground in front of their bike. It’s a straightforward process, relying on the basic principles of gravity and momentum. A moving object tends to continue moving in a straight line until it’s stopped or redirected by some opposing force. When riding a bike, you build up a certain momentum that is challenged by opposing forces like friction, air resistance, road drag, 104, etc. Headers occur as a result of an opposing force, typically due to a sudden impact with a stationary obstacle in the road, or when the front wheel suddenly locks up because of a failure in the axle bearings, or when something obstructs the wheel’s ability to turn freely within the fork it’s attached to. There are variations in how headers occur even among bikes with the same wheel sizes and angle, referred to as rake, which describes the angle of the front fork from the vertical. The rake affects the likelihood of headers only to the extent that it influences the center of gravity of the entire system, with “more rake” usually meaning the rider is positioned further behind the vertical line that runs through the front wheel axle.
In order to take a header, a certain centre of gravity must get beyond a certain line. This centre of gravity will vary in position in different machines, and the modifications spoken of cause the line to move in a way which is, I think, sometimes overlooked.
To take a header, a specific center of gravity needs to cross a certain line. This center of gravity changes position in different machines, and the mentioned modifications shift the line in a way that is, I believe, sometimes ignored.
If we discuss the crank Ordinary, it will be noticed that when the front wheel is stopped in its forward progress, the frame of the machine together with the rider and all other parts of the system revolve about the centre of the wheel and cause an action within the system, the same as that of the forward wheel revolving backward through the fork. Now, it is just when such backward motion is prevented, that the gravity line moves and alters the conditions, decreasing the liability to headers. If the forward wheel can revolve backward through the fork, then, in taking a header, the system, exclusive of the forward wheel, will revolve about a point in the wheel centre; but if it cannot so revolve, then the entire system, including the forward wheel, must all tend to revolve about the point of contact of the wheel with the ground. Now, it will be seen in the latter case, or anti-header machine as we shall call it, that as the system tends to revolve about the point of contact, such point will constantly change;105 in other words, the wheel must roll onward, and the point of contact will therefore advance.
If we talk about the crank Ordinary, you'll notice that when the front wheel stops moving forward, the frame of the machine, along with the rider and all other parts, rotates around the center of the wheel, creating a movement within the system similar to the forward wheel turning backward through the fork. It’s exactly when this backward motion is blocked that the line of gravity shifts and changes the conditions, reducing the chances of tipping over. If the forward wheel can turn backward through the fork, then during a tip, the rest of the system, excluding the forward wheel, will rotate around a point in the wheel's center; but if it can't rotate that way, then the whole system, including the forward wheel, will rotate around the point where the wheel touches the ground. In this latter scenario, which we’ll call the anti-header machine, as the system starts to rotate around the point of contact, that point will continuously move; in other words, the wheel must keep rolling forward, and the point of contact will move ahead.

In Fig. 1, in the annexed diagram, we show the distance forward and upward, a to b, the rider must be thrown before he gets beyond the gravity line, g, in the Ordinary; Fig. 2 shows the distance when the wheel will not revolve backward through the fork. In either case, the header is supposed to be taken on a smooth road and not against an obstruction; this can easily occur in vaulting into the saddle or in leaning too far forward. It will be noticed that the distance the rider is elevated, or, in other words, the amount of work done against gravity, is in both cases the same, but the distance forward he must be thrown is considerably greater in Fig. 2. This is for the reason that while the point of contact, h, with the ground remains the same in Fig. 1, in Fig. 2 the point rolls on to i. For more accurate illustration of the work to be done against gravity, and the distance forward the rider must be thrown, see the header curves in Figs. 4 and 5, farther on.
In Fig. 1, in the attached diagram, we demonstrate the distance forward and upward, a to b, that the rider needs to be propelled before crossing the gravity line, g, in the Ordinary; Fig. 2 indicates the distance when the wheel won't rotate backward through the fork. In both instances, it's assumed the header is taken on a smooth road and not against an obstacle; this can easily happen when vaulting into the saddle or leaning too far forward. It's important to note that the height the rider is raised, or in other words, the amount of work done against gravity, is the same in both cases, but the distance he must be thrown forward is significantly greater in Fig. 2. This is because while the point of contact, h, with the ground stays the same in Fig. 1, in Fig. 2 the point moves to i. For a clearer illustration of the work required against gravity and the forward distance the rider must be thrown, refer to the header curves in Figs. 4 and 5, further on.
We see, then, that the advantage which the anti-header106 (No. 2) has over the Ordinary machine (No. 1) is not so very great when in both cases a smooth road is considered; when, however, we consider the element of an obstacle in the path, the difference is much more in favor of No. 2. Let us compare the action of both classes of machines against a four-inch obstruction. In all cases the action of No. 1 machine will be the same,—that is, the wheel will remain in contact at h, Fig. 1, and the saddle will go on over, just as it does in the case of no obstruction at all. But in No. 2 the very act of taking the header must raise the entire weight and roll the system upon the obstacle, as shown in Fig. 3.
We can see that the advantage of the anti-header106 (No. 2) over the Ordinary machine (No. 1) isn’t very significant when both machines are on a smooth road. However, when we factor in an obstacle in the path, the benefits of No. 2 become much clearer. Let’s compare how both types of machines perform against a four-inch obstruction. In every scenario, the action of the No. 1 machine will be consistent—meaning the wheel will stay in contact at h, Fig. 1, and the saddle will simply roll over, just like it would without any obstruction. But with No. 2, the process of using the header requires lifting the entire weight and rolling the system over the obstacle, as illustrated in Fig. 3.

The point of contact, h, over and beyond which the centre of gravity must be thrown, will not only move forward, as shown in Fig. 2, but will move to the top of the obstacle i, Fig. 3. Or, if the question is one of a rut or indentation in the surface of the roadway, No. 2 will be caused to roll partially or altogether out of the rut. Now, since the rider, by the action of his momentum107 and that of the machine, is rolled upon the obstacle or out of the rut, it is easily seen that if he is attending strictly to his work and is at all a skilful rider, he can, by a lively thrust upon the pedal at the opportune time, right himself and keep the drive-wheel rolling on, in which case the rear part of the machine will, in all ordinary cases, drop back upon the ground, from which, of course, it will have raised.
The point of contact, h, beyond which the center of gravity needs to be balanced, will not only move forward, as illustrated in Fig. 2, but will also shift to the top of the obstacle i, Fig. 3. Alternatively, if we're dealing with a rut or dip in the road, No. 2 will either roll partially or completely out of the rut. Since the rider, due to the momentum of both himself and the machine, is either rolling over the obstacle or out of the rut, it's clear that if he is focused on his task and is a skilled rider, he can, by giving a strong push on the pedal at the right moment, maintain his balance and keep the drive-wheel moving. In this case, the back part of the machine will, in typical situations, drop back down to the ground from which it was lifted.




In the diagrams herewith annexed, Fig. 4 shows the curve of the saddle of a No. 1 (Ordinary) machine on a level road, and which would be the same against any obstruction. Scale, one-sixteenth.
In the diagrams attached, Fig. 4 illustrates the curve of the saddle of a No. 1 (Ordinary) machine on level ground, which would remain the same against any obstruction. Scale, one-sixteenth.
Remark how the rider must be lifted from the level c to b and be thrown forward from a to b.
Note how the rider has to be raised from level c to b and be pushed forward from a to b.
108
108
Fig. 5 shows the curve of a No. 2 machine, with the anti-header device, on a level road. The elevation and forward throw are represented by the same letters as in Fig. 4; it will be noticed that the distance from a to b is very much increased.
Fig. 5 shows the curve of a No. 2 machine, with the anti-header device, on a flat road. The height and forward throw are indicated by the same letters as in Fig. 4; you'll notice that the distance from a to b has significantly increased.
The feature of a non-backward revolution of the drive-wheel through the fork is a natural consequence in some lever and clutch machines. This element of anti-header has been the subject of an invention in the way of an attachment to the Ordinary, contrived with a view to reaching the same result, but it cannot be said to be a successful venture in the market, the probable reasons being, first, that it interferes, to a slight extent, in managing the dismounted wheel, the operator being unable to run it backward, as is sometimes desirable; second, that the anti-header element has not been really understood or appreciated among the fraternity, as it does not appeal to the judgment of the casual observer that any such element results from the fact “that a wheel won’t run back.” In the lever and clutch machine a third objection is raised,—the rider cannot back-pedal, but must depend entirely on the brake in descending hills.
The feature of a drive-wheel that doesn't rotate backward through the fork is a natural result in some lever and clutch machines. This anti-header aspect has inspired an invention in the form of an attachment for the Ordinary, designed to achieve the same outcome, but it hasn't been very successful in the market. The likely reasons are, first, that it slightly complicates managing the dismounted wheel, making it impossible for the operator to run it backward when needed; second, that the concept of the anti-header hasn't been fully understood or valued within the community, as it’s not obvious to the casual observer that this feature stems from the fact that “a wheel won’t run back.” In the lever and clutch machine, there's a third issue: the rider can't back-pedal and must rely entirely on the brake when going downhill.


109
109



Fig. 8 shows the Rational Ordinary curve;
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ shows the Rational Ordinary curve;
Fig. 10, the Kangaroo with clutch or anti-header attachment;
Fig. 10, the Kangaroo with a clutch or anti-header attachment;
Fig. 11, the American Star combination of wheels;
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, the American Star wheelset;
Fig. 12, the curve of the regular crank Rover machine.
Fig. 12, the shape of the standard crank Rover machine.
The Rover type of safety machine is practically free from the liability to direct headers, for the reason that the centre of gravity of the system has to be raised to such a height that the rider swerves around sideways before he can go over; nevertheless, a modified form of the same might be possible through some remote concatenation of circumstances causing the machine to stop and throw the rider bodily over the handle-bar without keeping him company on the trip as usual, in110 which case he, at least, escapes the usual subsequent annoyance of being pounded by the rear wheel.
The Rover type of safety machine is mostly safe from the risk of tipping over because the center of gravity is positioned so high that the rider has to lean sideways to fall. However, a different version could potentially be created under some unusual set of circumstances that might cause the machine to stop suddenly and throw the rider over the handlebar without going along for the ride as usual. In that case, at least he avoids the usual hassle of getting hit by the rear wheel.
A header cannot result from stopping the rotation of the rear wheel, as generally supposed, because the point of contact of the same being in the rear of the rider and centre of gravity, the system cannot revolve about the said point in a forward direction, or direction of momentum. It will be seen, then, that if from any cause the rear wheel leaves the ground, which it can do from a rebound against some obstruction, the instant it does so the system will be simply carried forward by the rolling of the front wheel.
A header cannot happen just by stopping the rotation of the rear wheel, as is commonly thought. Since the contact point is behind the rider and the center of gravity, the system can’t rotate forward around that point or in the direction of momentum. Therefore, if the rear wheel lifts off the ground for any reason, such as rebounding against an obstacle, the moment it does, the system will simply move forward because of the rolling of the front wheel.
Headers have been said to result from the above cause in the ordinary bicycle, but the writer after several experiments has been unable to attain such a result. Yet it is quite possible that it might occur from the rebound of the rear wheel in striking an object with great force, though it is altogether improbable if the drive-wheel were kept fully in motion. An obstruction so great as to bodily raise the wheel sufficiently high to throw the centre of gravity over never gets a chance to act, since the forward wheel must surmount it first, and this is where the header occurs. It can be easily seen that when the rear wheel, from any cause, is raised from the ground, there can be no action within the system to make it raise any higher or to prevent the forward wheel from rolling onward as usual; hence it is evident that as soon as the former leaves the ground it will simply drop back and rebound again at will. But in the other case, if the front wheel is locked, the rear wheel cannot go on in a straight line and it must therefore go on over the top.
Headers have been said to occur due to the above cause in a regular bicycle, but after several experiments, the writer has been unable to achieve such an outcome. However, it's quite possible that it could happen from the rear wheel bouncing back after hitting an object with significant force, though this is unlikely if the drive wheel is kept fully engaged. An obstacle large enough to physically lift the wheel high enough to shift the center of gravity never gets a chance to act, since the front wheel has to go over it first, which is where the header happens. It's easy to see that when the rear wheel is lifted off the ground for any reason, there’s no action within the system to raise it any higher or to stop the front wheel from rolling forward as usual; therefore, it’s clear that as soon as the rear wheel leaves the ground, it will just drop back and bounce again at will. In the other scenario, if the front wheel is locked, the rear wheel can't continue in a straight line, so it has to go over the top instead.
In the writer’s experiments on the rear wheel, he had an attendant throw a stick between the spokes while in motion; it was not tried at very high speed, however, for the reason, perhaps, that any failure in the theory above provided might end rather disastrously to the experimenter and thereby cause an act of ingratitude111 to be perpetrated upon the prospective patron of this book, through an inability to ever finish it.
In the writer’s experiments on the rear wheel, he had someone throw a stick between the spokes while it was in motion; however, it wasn’t tested at very high speeds, probably because any failure in the theory could lead to a disaster for the experimenter, which would create an ungrateful situation for the potential sponsor of this book, making it impossible to finish it.111
If some ambitious cyclist will kindly complete these experiments, the writer will gladly incorporate an account of them in future editions of this work, together with an appropriate obituary notice in large type.
If any ambitious cyclist is willing to carry out these experiments, the author will happily include a summary of them in future editions of this work, along with a fitting obituary notice in bold print.
CHAPTER XIII.
This familiar phrase means simply that the number of revolutions made by the drive-wheel in proportion to the number made by the cranks is greater or less. Broadly, it varies the relative amount of motion of the pedals, and consequently of the feet of the rider in travelling over a given distance. In the simple crank device no change can be made in this respect except in the length of the cranks, but in all of the sprocket-chain devices it is also possible to change the amount of motion in the pedals by altering the size of one or the other of the sprocket-wheels. In lever machines and in those which have the sun and planet connection, either with an oscillating lever or full revolving crank, it is generally possible, by some alteration, to produce the same effect as that of changing a sprocket-wheel as mentioned. The variation in the length of crank produces an effect comparable to the change of gearing in so far as the distance through which the feet travel in covering a certain distance is concerned, but the difference lies in this, that altering the crank means a given number of revolutions in a circle of varying radius, while altering the gearing means a variable number of revolutions in a circle of given radius, in order to cover a given length of road.
This familiar phrase simply means that the number of revolutions made by the drive wheel compared to the number made by the cranks can be greater or less. In general, it changes the relative amount of motion of the pedals, and therefore the feet of the rider, as they travel a certain distance. In the basic crank design, the only way to adjust this is by changing the length of the cranks. However, in all sprocket-chain systems, it’s also possible to adjust the amount of pedal motion by changing the size of one of the sprocket wheels. In lever machines and those that use a sun and planet connection, whether with an oscillating lever or fully revolving crank, it’s usually possible to make some adjustments that create the same effect as changing a sprocket wheel. Changing the crank length has an effect similar to changing the gearing concerning the distance the feet travel over a set distance, but the key difference is that changing the crank creates a fixed number of revolutions within a circle of varying radius, while changing the gearing results in a variable number of revolutions within a circle of a fixed radius to cover a specific distance.
In popular language, if a rider wishes more power, he must lengthen the crank or decrease the size of the sprocket-wheel on the crank-axle; vice versa, if he desires greater speed and less power, he must shorten the crank or enlarge the sprocket-wheel connected113 therewith. It is needless to say that enlarging the gear-wheel on the crank-axle produces the same effect as decreasing the size of that on the drive-wheel.
In simple terms, if a rider wants more power, they need to lengthen the crank or reduce the size of the sprocket-wheel on the crank-axle; similarly, if they want more speed and less power, they should shorten the crank or increase the size of the sprocket-wheel connected113 to it. It's obvious that increasing the gear-wheel on the crank-axle has the same effect as decreasing the size of the one on the drive-wheel.
In a sprocket-crank machine the real question of gearing is whether to change the length of crank or proportion of the sizes of the gear-wheels; but you can’t by any combination get power and speed both with the same amount of work done by the rider.
In a sprocket-crank machine, the key issue with gearing is whether to adjust the length of the crank or the size ratio of the gear wheels; however, you can't achieve both power and speed with the same effort from the rider, no matter how you combine them.
Simple as all this matter of gearing is, it is probable that there is no feature in cycles so indefinitely understood, or, we might say, so persistently distorted. The only trouble is that riders will not stop to apply a most fundamental law of nature. If we gain speed, we lose power; if we gain power, we must lose speed. To apply this particularly to cycles, if you gear up for speed, you must push harder; if we gear down, we need not push so hard, but must kick faster or go more slowly, provided in each case the length of crank is the same. We cannot go fast and push easy unless we increase the strength of the man. To go over the same distance of given road, the same amount of work is required, no matter how the machine is arranged through which it is done.
As straightforward as the concept of gearing is, it's likely that no aspect of cycling is so widely misunderstood or, we could say, so consistently misrepresented. The main issue is that riders often overlook a fundamental principle of nature. When we increase speed, we lose power; when we gain power, we have to sacrifice speed. Specifically for bikes, if you gear up for speed, you'll have to push harder; if you gear down, you won't need to push as hard, but you'll need to pedal faster or go slower, assuming the crank length is the same in both cases. We can't go fast and push easily unless we improve the rider's strength. To cover the same distance on a given road, the same amount of effort is needed, regardless of how the machine is set up to achieve it.
This subject was better understood when no element but the length of the crank was to be considered; but now, since bicycles have appeared that are capable of being changed to a high or low gear, some riders persist in treating it as an entirely new problem. It has in one respect a new feature in that greater or less speed can be had without decreasing or increasing the length of the crank; that is, since the comparative speed of the pedal and rim of the wheel in space can be varied either by the length of the crank or the number of revolutions of the same, we can make one turn of a six-inch crank do the same work at the same foot-pressure as two turns of a three-inch crank at the same pressure. Now, this is a valuable feature, because it allows us to increase the vertical amplitude114 through which to transmit power without change in the velocity of the pedal through space.
This topic was easier to understand when only the length of the crank was taken into account. However, now that bicycles exist with the ability to switch between high and low gears, some riders insist on viewing it as a completely new issue. It has a new aspect in that riders can achieve different speeds without altering the crank length. Essentially, since the speed comparison between the pedal and the wheel rim can change based on either crank length or the number of revolutions, we can make one turn of a six-inch crank accomplish the same work at the same foot pressure as two turns of a three-inch crank at the same pressure. This is a beneficial feature because it allows us to enhance the vertical amplitude114 for transmitting power without changing the pedal's velocity through space.
A convenient standard has been adopted in gearing cycles by comparing the speed of the driver to that of a wheel and crank connected and revolving together, as in the Ordinary; that is to say, a thirty-inch wheel geared to sixty means that one turn of the crank will drive the thirty-inch wheel twice around, as it must do in order to cover the same distance as one turn of a sixty-inch wheel. To find how high the machine is geared, divide the number of teeth in the sprocket-wheel on the crank by the number in the sprocket-wheel on the driver, then multiply the result by the diameter in inches of the drive-wheel. In short, the speed indicated by the size of the drive-wheel of the geared machine is to the real speed as the number of teeth in the gear upon the wheel is to the number of teeth in the gear on the crank-axle.
A standard has been established for gearing bicycles by comparing the speed of the driver to that of a wheel and crank that are connected and rotating together, like in the Ordinary. In other words, a thirty-inch wheel geared to sixty means that one turn of the crank will make the thirty-inch wheel turn twice, which is necessary to cover the same distance as one turn of a sixty-inch wheel. To determine how high the machine is geared, divide the number of teeth on the sprocket wheel on the crank by the number of teeth on the sprocket wheel on the driver, and then multiply that result by the diameter in inches of the drive wheel. In essence, the speed indicated by the size of the drive wheel on the geared machine relates to the actual speed as the number of teeth on the gear of the wheel relates to the number of teeth on the gear of the crank axle.
When tricycles first appeared in which the power was transmitted through sprocket-wheels and chain, there was quite a cry for “high-geared” machines; but the mistake was soon discovered, and buyers eventually found that moderate gearing was best, and in fact many adopted a level gearing (equal-sized sprocket-wheels) with thirty-six- to forty-two-inch drivers. Notwithstanding this experience, when the geared bicycles came in there was still a great cry for fancied high speed. An English maker in 1885 complained to the writer that it was the bane of his existence,—this howl for high gears,—when it was well known to him that buyers would eventually be dissatisfied. It was of no use to make, said he, what is really needed; customers will not even try the machines, so sure are they that by their scheme “they can fly through the air with the greatest of ease,” which expression, when used by the ordinary man, means something like pulling a ten-horse load with one mule.
When tricycles first came out with power transmitted through sprocket wheels and chains, there was a big demand for "high-geared" machines. But that mistake was quickly realized, and buyers eventually found that moderate gearing was better. In fact, many switched to a level gearing setup (with equal-sized sprocket wheels) using thirty-six- to forty-two-inch drives. Despite this experience, when geared bicycles were introduced, there was still a strong demand for imagined high speeds. An English manufacturer in 1885 expressed to me that the call for high gears was a huge headache for him, knowing that buyers would end up unhappy. He said it was pointless to create what was actually needed because customers wouldn’t even try the machines, so convinced they were that they could "fly through the air with the greatest of ease." When an ordinary person says that, it’s like expecting to pull a ten-horse load with just one mule.
In the early days of gearing, few riders could be115 more easily offended than by intimating that they wanted a low-geared machine, say fifty to fifty-two; no less than sixty or seventy would satisfy their cravings for great speed, and in fact the writer has been asked seriously, “Why not gear her up to about a hundred?” But now that the idol of so many riders has been shattered, they will too complacently accept the word of the maker as to what they need, and hence there is a real substantial reason for investigating this matter. The advent of the gearing process has developed a new point, as a result of conditions spoken of, which is to make the machine suit the rider’s strength and physical peculiarities as well as to fit him in the length of leg,—a point to which insufficient attention has been paid. If one man wants a machine geared to fifty-six or sixty, there is no conceivable reason why another who happens to have the same length of inseam of his trousers should want the same; nor is it a matter simply of strength: if two men can make the same number of miles in a day, it is fair to presume that they are of nearly equal riding capacity, yet each may accomplish the work most easily on machines geared quite differently. An instance of this kind has occurred to the writer, in riding day after day on a machine geared to about forty-eight, with a man who preferred and could do his best work on a sixty. This difference held good on smooth or rough roads, and as a matter of my own experience it is a pleasure to ride a low gear, and distressing toil to use a higher. There are others whose experience is just the reverse, and it is useless to try to guess at what is wanted; it is best not to go to either extreme in buying unless you have proved the necessity by extended experience on the road. It would be well for all riders to avail themselves of any good opportunity to make a thorough trial of machines geared differently from each other, for it is possible to be unsuited and never know it. Even if you have been able to lead the van when you116 have been out on a run, you do not know but that you could have led it much easier on something else than that which you rode. The physical system in man may easily become adapted to a wheel which at first was not suitable, but there are those to whom certain gearing will always be wrong. It is safe to say that the prevailing mistake in the past has been the use of too high gears, though this has been much improved of late by the use of long cranks.
In the early days of gearing, few riders could be115 more easily offended than when it was suggested that they wanted a low-geared bike, say fifty to fifty-two; they believed that only sixty or seventy would satisfy their desire for speed. In fact, I've even been asked seriously, “Why not gear it up to about a hundred?” But now that the idol of so many riders has been shattered, they are too readily accepting the manufacturer's word on what they need, which is why it's important to look into this matter. The introduction of gearing has highlighted a new issue: machines should be tailored to the rider’s strength and body type, including leg length—a point that hasn't received enough attention. If one person wants a bike geared to fifty-six or sixty, there's no reason another person with the same inseam should want the same gearing; it also isn't just about strength. If two riders can cover the same distance in a day, it's fair to assume they have similar riding capabilities, yet each may find it easier on bikes with quite different gearing. I've experienced this myself, riding day after day on a bike geared to about forty-eight alongside someone who preferred and excelled on a sixty. This difference was evident on both smooth and rough roads, and from my own experience, I find riding in a low gear enjoyable while using a higher gear can be exhausting. Others may feel the opposite, and guessing what gear is best is pointless; it’s wise not to go to either extreme when buying unless you’ve tested it extensively on the road. All riders should take advantage of good opportunities to try different bikes with various gearing because it’s possible to be mismatched and never realize it. Even if you’ve been at the front on a ride, you don’t know if you could have performed better on a different bike. The human body can adapt to a bike that initially seems unsuitable, but some people will always find certain gears uncomfortable. It’s safe to say that the common mistake in the past has been using gears that are too high, although this has improved lately with the introduction of long cranks.
There is one subject which should be touched upon with great caution, since the prospects of some very worthy inventors might be unjustly interfered with; it is that of multiple or two speed-gears. I have tried to impress upon the reader the importance of gearing to suit his strength, yet when once suited it is extremely doubtful if he should ever change it; at least it is doubtful if he should do so on the same trip or even during the same season. When a rider transfers his base of operations from a level to a hilly country permanently, a change in his gear may not be out of the way; but to fix the machine for more or less power alternately as hills and levels are met with is, in the light of my experience, more tiresome than the necessary variation in the effort of the man.
There's a topic that should be approached very carefully, as it could unfairly impact the prospects of some deserving inventors: the idea of multiple or two-speed gears. I've tried to highlight for the reader how crucial it is to have gears that match their strength, but once they find the right fit, it's highly questionable whether they should ever change it; at least it's uncertain whether they should do this on the same journey or even within the same season. When a rider permanently moves their riding base from flat terrain to hilly areas, adjusting their gear might be reasonable; however, constantly switching the machine for varying power needs as they encounter hills and flat sections is, in my experience, more exhausting than the natural changes in effort required by the rider.
CHAPTER XIV.
As machines of this general type bid fair to engage the attention of cyclists to a marked degree, it seems in place to give them more than a passing notice in the general discussion. It is fair to presume that more than one-half of all the machines sold in the immediate future will be more or less after this general pattern.
As machines of this kind are likely to capture the interest of cyclists significantly, it’s appropriate to give them more than just a brief mention in the overall discussion. It’s reasonable to assume that over half of all machines sold in the near future will follow this general design.
The introduction of the Rover has afforded us one of the most amusing incidents in cycling history. The writer of these pages happened to be in Coventry during the summer of ’85, and he had a fortuitous opportunity, fondly accepted, of inventing fun at the expense of the “Crocodile” and of joining in the general laugh at the (alleged) ridiculous attempt of a Coventry firm to “foist” (sic) this most extraordinary freak of cycling inventive genius, under a new name, upon the market.
The introduction of the Rover has given us one of the funniest moments in cycling history. The author of this piece happened to be in Coventry during the summer of '85, and he gladly took the chance to poke fun at the “Crocodile” while joining in the collective laughter at the (supposed) absurd effort of a Coventry company to “shove” (sic) this most unusual creation of cycling innovation, under a new name, onto the market.
In the fall of the same year a notable Washington agent, allured by the attractive notices of a great prize for a hundred-mile race, imported one of these self-same incongruous specimens into this country. After a few weeks of hilarious humor, followed by a sullen contempt for the thing, this Washingtonian shipped it to a great American manufacturer, who made sport over it for a year or two before we all began to scramble around and make ready to prove that each one of us individually “saw it all the time.” It has been a hard pull, however, and it is still uncertain on whom it did first begin to dawn that somebody had been guilty of colossal stupidity.
In the fall of the same year, a prominent agent from Washington, attracted by the exciting announcements about a major prize for a hundred-mile race, brought one of these strange specimens into the country. After a few weeks of laughing and joking about it, followed by a dismissive attitude toward it, this Washington agent sent it to a big American manufacturer, who poked fun at it for a year or two before we all started scrambling to claim that we each had “seen it all the time.” It’s been a tough struggle, though, and it’s still unclear who first realized that someone had made a huge mistake.
One thing the Rover accomplishes, previously118 touched upon, is the location of the rider as nearly over the work as he chooses to be; which has been the end and aim of all our efforts in that direction. Had this machine been offered to the public, in good shape, at the end of the old bone-shaker régime, it is questionable if the Ordinary would ever have acquired the prominence it did. In early times, when learning to ride a tall machine was considered quite a feat of gymnastic exercise, such as only the young and sprightly could ever perform, many, who afterwards by force of circumstances did accomplish the feat, would never have tried it if there had been anything else, such as the present Safety, to learn upon. Every accident on the Ordinary would have told heavily against it in the market, and every severe casualty would have made a new Safety rider; as it was, however, there was only one of three things to do,—take to a three-track machine, stop riding, or try the old mount again. It is needless to say that, almost to a man, the last condition was accepted, and the result is that now we have a class of men who can handle an Ordinary with such dexterity that many of them conscientiously aver that there can be nothing safer. However, among those most devoted to it at the present time there are few, if any, of the close observers who would have stood sponsor for their favorite machine had the rear-driver made its appearance in its present form prior to the advent of the Ordinary. To say that the latter would ever have obtained a footing above the level of a fad or a curiosity, would be equal to denying that the Safety will now ever hold an enviable place among us.
One thing the Rover achieves, as mentioned earlier118, is positioning the rider almost directly over the work, which has been the goal of all our efforts in that direction. If this machine had been introduced to the public in good condition at the end of the old bone-shaker era, it’s doubtful that the Ordinary would have gained the popularity it did. In the early days, learning to ride a tall machine was seen as quite a challenging feat, something only the young and agile could manage. Many who later, due to circumstances, succeeded in mastering it would have never attempted it if there had been alternatives, like the current Safety, available to them. Every accident with the Ordinary would have weighed heavily against it in the market, and every serious injury would have created a new Safety rider. However, at that time, there were only three options—switch to a three-track machine, stop riding altogether, or try the old bike again. It goes without saying that almost everyone chose the last option, resulting in a group of people who can maneuver an Ordinary with such skill that many genuinely claim there’s nothing safer. However, among those most committed to it today, there are few—if any—keen observers who would have supported their favorite machine if the rear-driver had come out in its current form before the Ordinary's arrival. Saying that the Ordinary would have ever secured a status beyond being just a trend or curiosity is about the same as claiming that the Safety will never hold a respected position among us.
In the minds of many the sprocket-wheels and chain stood much against the introduction of the rear-driver; true, many good tricycles were implanted firmly on the market with such devices for conveying power to its necessary locality, but there was always such a vast chasm lying between the single- and double-track machines that riders did not care to get down to minute119 details of differences. To an Ordinary rider the idea of sprocket-wheels was, and is yet, for that matter, an abomination, only second to that of being dropped down from his elevated position to the humble plane in which his fellow on the Safety is wont to revel; but nothing in the way of change in the cycle art is unbearable after we become accustomed to it.
For many people, the sprocket wheels and chain were a big hurdle to accepting the rear-driver. Sure, lots of great tricycles with those power transmission systems were solidly available, but there always seemed to be a huge gap between single- and double-track bikes that kept riders from caring about the nitty-gritty differences. To a traditional rider, sprocket wheels were—and still are, really—a nightmare, just barely less terrifying than the thought of being dropped from their high perch down to the basic level where their companions on the Safety bike enjoy themselves. However, no change in cycling technology is truly unbearable once we've gotten used to it.
No doubt the old Kangaroo, as bad a failure as it was, led us up to endure more complacently the rear-driver in respect to the sprocket-chain; yet in no type of machine could the subject have been brought to our notice in a worse form. The tricycles using a single chain did away with one of the great evils which appertain to this system as found in the Kangaroo, in which we have two chains working entirely independently. The evil of such an arrangement is easily seen: no old Kangaroo rider, or rider of any other double-chain device, is ignorant of the annoyance caused by reversing the slack in each at every half-revolution of the pedal. Keep the chains ever so tight, this slack will be felt as the pedal crosses the dead-centre line at the top and the bottom. In spite of all this, some reputable makers persist in constructing rear-drivers having the double chain, and as a matter of course justly fail to meet with much approval from the riders thereof.
Without a doubt, the old Kangaroo, despite being a major failure, taught us to tolerate the rear-driver better when it comes to the sprocket-chain. However, there’s no other machine where this issue could have been highlighted in a worse way. Tricycles that use a single chain eliminate one of the biggest problems associated with this system, as seen in the Kangaroo, which has two chains working completely independently. The downside to this setup is obvious: no old Kangaroo rider, or rider of any other double-chain system, is unaware of the frustration caused by the slack reversing with every half-pedal revolution. No matter how tight you keep the chains, you’ll still feel that slack when the pedal crosses the dead center at the top and bottom. Despite all this, some well-known manufacturers continue to make rear-drivers with double chains, and understandably, they don’t receive much approval from the riders.
A word in regard to the nature of sprocket-wheels and chain. It is perhaps not generally understood how important it is that they should be well made, with especial view to resist stretching and alteration of pitch, any tightening device, no matter how deftly made, being an inconsistency in mechanics. To be sure, the spreading of the wheel-centres cannot do much harm, and it saves some annoyance, but it does not cure the real evil, nor is it any better to take a link out; it is the length of each and every link that is wrong, and it can only be cured by either changing each link or by altering the sizes of the sprocket wheels.
A note about sprocket wheels and chains. It may not be widely recognized how crucial it is for them to be well-made, especially to prevent stretching and changes in pitch; any tightening mechanism, no matter how skillfully crafted, is inconsistent in mechanics. Sure, spreading the wheel centers may not cause much harm and can save some frustration, but it doesn't fix the underlying problem. Similarly, removing a link doesn't solve it either; the actual issue is the length of each and every link, which can only be resolved by either replacing each link or changing the sizes of the sprocket wheels.
120
120
Two gear-wheels cannot run properly together unless they are proportional in size to the number of teeth. Now, the stretching of a sprocket-chain alters the pitch in a manner similar to that of retaining the same number of teeth in each of two intermeshing wheels, and then altering the size of one. A sprocket-chain acts substantially as an idle wheel; when it stretches we have, as it were, this idle wheel made larger while the size of the others and the number of teeth in each remain the same. Increasing the distance between the centres does not affect the size of the wheels, and when a sprocket-chain stretches or becomes longer by wear the wheels should either be larger or else the number of teeth diminished. It is a general idea among mechanics that chain gearing is about the most undesirable of all means of transmitting power we have. This is perhaps an exaggeration, and I think the cycle art has proved it to be so; but the idea no doubt is fostered by this constant tendency of the chain to stretch, and when this stretch takes place a very considerable amount of friction must result. There is another annoyance felt by patrons of the small wheel: the chains being low down and well oiled, as they should be, especially if once they become stretched, have a superlative capacity for accumulating and holding dirt, causing a grinding second only to that of a finely-set quartz-crusher. This feature is not so much to be deplored if the dirt can be kept out of the chain-link bearings, since it is not the wear of the link against the tooth of the wheel, but that within the link, which makes it longer, alters the pitch, and causes great friction.
Two gear wheels can't work together properly unless they're sized right for the number of teeth. When a sprocket chain stretches, it changes the pitch similarly to keeping the same number of teeth on two intermeshing wheels and just changing the size of one. A sprocket chain essentially acts like an idle wheel; when it stretches, it's as if this idle wheel has gotten bigger while the others' sizes and tooth counts stay the same. Increasing the distance between the centers doesn't change the wheel sizes, and when a sprocket chain stretches or wears out and gets longer, either the wheels need to be larger or the number of teeth reduced. Mechanics generally think that chain gearing is one of the least desirable ways to transmit power. This might be an exaggeration, and the cycling industry has shown this to some extent; however, the idea likely comes from the chain's tendency to stretch, which leads to a significant amount of friction. There's another issue for users of small wheels: the chains are positioned low and, when properly oiled, especially after stretching, tend to collect dirt, creating a grinding noise only surpassed by a finely-tuned quartz crusher. This isn't as much of a problem if dirt can be kept out of the chain link bearings, since it's not the wear of the link against the wheel's tooth that makes it longer, alters the pitch, and causes friction, but the wear within the link itself.
We shall, however, have to accept this chain arrangement for the present in Safeties, as it cannot be helped. Some ingenious inventor will no doubt ere long come to our assistance; but until then we can tolerate it with a good grace, since it is a necessary concomitant of so valuable an acquisition to our assortment of mounts.
We will have to accept this chain setup for now in Safeties, as there's no way around it. Some clever inventor will surely help us out soon; but until then, we can handle it gracefully since it’s a necessary part of having such a valuable addition to our collection of mounts.
121
121
There is apparently little difference in the construction of the crank Rover Safeties, yet there is more than a cursory glance would lead us to suspect. To begin with, there is quite a variation in the slant of the neck or front fork, many makers giving a considerable curve to the fork, thus throwing the neck much straighter up. Then we have the telescope head, where the front fork revolves inside the tubular front extension of the main frame; and lastly, the swing-joint or Stanley head.
There seems to be only a small difference in how crank Rover Safeties are built, but there's more going on than it first appears. First, there’s a noticeable variation in the angle of the neck or front fork, with many manufacturers adding a significant curve to the fork, which makes the neck stand much more upright. Next, we have the telescope head, where the front fork rotates within the tubular front extension of the main frame; and finally, there’s the swing-joint or Stanley head.
No very startling difference in the durability of these two heads has as yet developed itself. The telescope is often hung in balls, which makes it work as freely as the Stanley, if not more so; it has also a little advantage in appearance; still, a large majority of the makers have adopted the Stanley, probably because it is a little cheaper and quite as efficient. There seems to be less disadvantage in the slant of the front fork than might have been expected. According to an old theory in the Ordinary, the more nearly vertical the head, the less “sensitive” the steering; but experience demonstrates that by practice all machines are so easily steered that the point is really not so vital.
No significant difference in the durability of these two heads has emerged yet. The telescope is often hung on balls, allowing it to operate as smoothly as the Stanley, if not better; it also has a slight advantage in appearance. However, most manufacturers have chosen the Stanley, probably because it's a bit cheaper and just as effective. The slant of the front fork seems to have fewer downsides than expected. An old theory in the Ordinary suggests that the more vertical the head, the less "sensitive" the steering is; but experience shows that with practice, all machines are easy to steer, making that point less crucial.
The original Rover machine as put upon the market has everything combined to give it a full slant in the neck; that is to say, it has a large thirty-six-inch front wheel and no curve to the fork, while in other machines of the same general pattern a thirty-inch front wheel is used with considerable curve to the fork, which taken together make the neck almost vertical; riders, however, are equally satisfied with either style.
The original Rover machine that was released has everything designed to give it a noticeable tilt in the neck; meaning it features a large thirty-six-inch front wheel and a straight fork, while other machines of a similar style use a thirty-inch front wheel with a noticeable curve in the fork, which combined makes the neck nearly vertical; riders, however, are just as happy with either design.
It will be well to notice here that though I speak of the curve of the fork in relation to steering, it really has necessarily nothing to do with it, since a perfectly straight fork could have a more vertical head bearing than one much curved.
It's important to note that while I refer to the curve of the fork in terms of steering, it doesn't really affect it, since a perfectly straight fork could have a more vertical head bearing than a more curved one.
The slant of the pivotal line is the important feature,122 and this may be varied in either by bending the fork or, in the Stanley, by setting back the lower bearing.
The slope of the key line is the main feature,122 and this can be adjusted either by bending the fork or, in the Stanley, by repositioning the lower bearing.
The four drawings below show necks of equal slant and considerable variation in the curve or shape of the forks.
The four drawings below show necks that have the same slope but vary significantly in the curve or shape of the forks.

Any of the four patterns above work exactly the same in the hands of the rider.
Any of the four patterns above work exactly the same for the rider.
So much for the manner of obtaining slant of the head or pivotal connection, as we shall call it; but as123 to the amount of this slant it is desirable to obtain much more can be said.
So that's how you get the tilt of the head or pivotal connection, as we’ll call it; but when it comes to how much this tilt is, there’s a lot more to discuss.
The great system of castering, so knowingly discussed by some expounders of cycling faith, has in it really something of substantial importance. It is asserted that if the machine is so constructed that the line of pivotal connection strikes the ground in front of the point of contact of the wheel (see Fig. 1), a castering element comes into play which will cause the machine to retain its forward course, and enables the rider to go “hands off.” Note that the line a b strikes at c in front of d.
The important system of castering, which some advocates of cycling discuss so insightfully, actually has significant relevance. It's claimed that if the bike is designed in such a way that the line of pivotal connection meets the ground ahead of where the wheel makes contact (see Fig. 1), a castering effect occurs that helps the bike maintain its forward direction, allowing the rider to go “hands off.” Note that the line a b intersects at c in front of d.

I have observed many rear-drivers, and cannot see that this makes much difference; the various kinds seem to be equally well ridden, with respect to easy steering, if only the riders happen to be thorough experts; of course all sorts of theories in regard to the action of the steering have been advanced.
I have seen many rear-drivers and can’t say that it makes much of a difference; the different types seem to be equally easy to ride when the riders are skilled experts. Naturally, various theories about how steering works have been proposed.
I take it that there is only one truly tenable theory of castering; this when applied will obviate “sensitiveness” completely and under all circumstances; it is as follows: The pivotal connection must be such that the line a b strikes in front of the point of support, as before spoken of, and it must also be so constructed and placed in such a position that no motion of the handle-bar124 will cause the machine to lower its centre of gravity. If by turning the handles any weight is lowered, you can depend upon it that the force of gravity, always tending to lower this weight, will inversely cause the handle-bar to turn. It will be noticed that when the machine stands upright the steering apparatus is not in a state of stable equilibrium; that is to say, the weight of the machine tends to shift the wheel, and it can hardly keep straight by means of such castering element as results simply from the line of the pivotal connection striking in front of the point of contact.
I believe there's only one valid theory of castering; when applied, it will completely eliminate “sensitiveness” in all situations. Here it is: The pivotal connection must be designed so that the line a b hits in front of the support point, as mentioned earlier, and it must be constructed and positioned so that no movement of the handlebar124 will lower the machine's center of gravity. If turning the handles lowers any weight, you can be sure that gravity, always trying to pull this weight down, will cause the handlebar to turn in response. You'll notice that when the machine is upright, the steering system isn't in stable equilibrium; in other words, the weight of the machine tends to shift the wheel, and it can barely stay straight just from the castering element created by the line of the pivotal connection hitting in front of the contact point.
The necessary conditions are as follows (see Fig. 2): The pivotal line a b must strike at c in front of d, and the line a b c must be vertical in order that no motion on its axis can lower any weight when the machine stands upright. Now, it follows from these conditions that the head must be vertical and no part of the pivotal line in the rear of a vertical through the centre of the wheel.[6]
The required conditions are as follows (see Fig. 2): The pivotal line a b must hit c in front of d, and the line a b c has to be vertical so that no movement on its axis can reduce any weight when the machine is upright. Now, it follows from these conditions that the head must be vertical and no part of the pivotal line can be behind a vertical line through the center of the wheel.[6]
The automatic steering devices do not work as successfully on a bicycle as on the leading wheel of a tricycle. There are two principal plans which have been in use; in one of which a spring forces the steering-bar into a position for running straight ahead; the other plan for the same purpose consists in a V slot and pin. In the latter the weight of the rider keeps the wheel straight by forcing the pin into the bottom of the V slot, and it will rest there until forced out by the action of the handle-bar. Either of the above devices is objectionable in a bicycle, because the constant working of the steering-bar for the purpose of balancing is so continuous, as compared with that of steering pure and simple, that any force tending to hold it in any one position will soon tire the arms and make riding more laborious.
The automatic steering devices don't work as effectively on a bicycle as they do on the front wheel of a tricycle. There are two main designs that have been used; one involves a spring that pushes the steering bar to keep it going straight ahead, while the other uses a V slot and pin for the same purpose. In the second design, the rider's weight keeps the wheel aligned by pressing the pin into the bottom of the V slot, where it stays until the handlebar moves it. Both of these devices are problematic on a bicycle because the constant adjustments to the steering bar needed for balance are much more continuous compared to simple steering. Any mechanism that tries to hold it in one position will quickly tire the arms and make riding more difficult.
A new form of the rear-driving Safety was shown125 in the season of 1887, invented by a German. I give herewith a cut of the same, citing what he claims.
A new version of the rear-driving Safety was introduced125 in the year 1887, created by a German inventor. Here’s a picture of it, along with his claims.

“Can be ridden any distance and on any road without using the handle-bar. The new principle—pedals on the rear wheel and saddle on the front wheel—is just the reverse of the construction of the ordinary bicycle, and is the only true principle for a Safety; the fault of the common rear-driving Safeties being that both saddle and pedals are fixed on the rear wheel, so that the front wheel must be controlled by the arms of the rider.”
“You can ride it for any distance and on any road without using the handlebars. The new design—where the pedals are on the back wheel and the saddle is on the front wheel—is the complete opposite of a standard bicycle setup and is the only real design for a Safety; the problem with traditional rear-driven Safeties is that both the saddle and pedals are attached to the rear wheel, which means the rider has to control the front wheel with their arms.”
I have tried the principle, but could not get much out of it. If there is anything in it at all it would be quite valuable; but I am inclined to the opinion that the inventor relied rather too much on his theory and not enough on actual practice. Notice that the handle-bar, trunk of the body, arms, and saddle are all within one system, there being no power to steer except in the action between the trunk and feet, instead of between the arms and trunk, as in other machines.
I’ve tried the principle, but I couldn’t get much from it. If there’s anything to it at all, it could be quite valuable; but I think the inventor relied too heavily on his theory and not enough on practical use. Notice that the handlebar, body trunk, arms, and saddle are all part of one system, with no steering power except in the interaction between the trunk and feet, rather than between the arms and trunk like in other machines.
126
126
A new machine has been favorably noticed of late which strikes me as a modification of the German’s principle, or rather as a combination of that with the old plan of steering. In this device there is some motion between the saddle and the handles, as of old, and in addition thereto we find a motion between the saddle and the pedals, which is intended possibly to combine all of the good elements. The cut explains itself.
A new machine has recently caught attention, which I think is a variation of the German principle, or more accurately, a mix of that and the traditional steering method. In this design, there’s some movement between the seat and the handlebars, like before, and additionally, there’s a movement between the seat and the pedals, likely aiming to combine all the best features. The illustration speaks for itself.

But to return to our mutton. The important features which have compelled us to recognize with favor this most homely and awkward-looking machine—the modern rear-driving Safety—are, first, the safety element, and, secondly, the advantage of being more nearly over the work, these two features including many minor characteristics. Then there are a number of independent peculiarities which can hardly be said to necessarily belong to this type of machine, but which are still adopted in it, such, for instance, as gearing up127 and down, foot-rests for coasting, etc. Until recently there did not seem to be any great fault in the machine except its looks, but a controversy has arisen which is not only extremely important but is so far unsettled; I refer to the discussion of the side-slip, which, in showing the number of explanations that different observers will give for the same set of facts, has been not unmixed with an element of the humorous.
But back to our main point. The key features that have made us appreciate this rather simple and awkward-looking machine—the modern rear-driving Safety—are, first, its safety aspect, and second, the benefit of being more directly over the work, with these two aspects encompassing several smaller characteristics. Additionally, there are several independent quirks that don’t necessarily belong to this type of machine but are still incorporated, such as the ability to gear up and down, footrests for coasting, and so on. Until recently, there didn’t seem to be any major issues with the machine other than its appearance, but a debate has emerged that is not only very significant but also remains unresolved; I'm talking about the discussion of the side-slip, which, by highlighting the various explanations that different observers provide for the same situation, has added a touch of humor to the debate.
CHAPTER XV.
The question of side-slip is not entirely new; it was first mooted in connection with the Safety of the Kangaroo type, which had a driver of from thirty-six to forty inches in front of a rear wheel of eighteen or twenty inches, as will be noticed in the cut of this machine given hereinafter. Now, to come to the specific features supposed to account for the side-slip, note that, in order to make room for the sprocket-wheels, the cranks had to be unusually wide apart and, by the necessary construction of the machine, also very low down; in other words, the machine had a very wide tread, swinging very close to the ground. The slip of this wheel was something fearful to behold, and its cause was supposed to be fully explained by the peculiarities of construction just noted, in accordance with a theory which, though religiously believed in at the time, has of late been somewhat shaken, and which we now proceed to develop.
The issue of side-slip isn't entirely new; it was first raised regarding the Safety of the Kangaroo type, which had a driver positioned between thirty-six to forty inches in front of a rear wheel measuring eighteen or twenty inches, as you’ll see in the illustration of this machine provided later. Now, turning to the specific features thought to cause the side-slip, it’s important to note that in order to accommodate the sprocket wheels, the cranks had to be spaced unusually wide apart and, due to the machine's construction, also very low to the ground; in other words, the machine had a very wide tread, pivoting very close to the surface. The slip of this wheel was quite alarming to witness, and its cause was believed to be fully explained by the construction characteristics just mentioned, in line with a theory that, while widely accepted at the time, has recently faced some challenges, which we will now explore.
In order to compare the different machines in respect to this theory, suppose we take, first, the Ordinary with a fifty-inch wheel and cranks, say, eight inches apart, or four inches from the centre of the wheel to either crank. Now, if the pedal b (Fig. 1) is four inches long, the distance from the centre of the pedal to the centre of the axle of the drive-wheel is six inches, and the diameter of the wheel fifty inches; then, when the crank is extended horizontally out in front, this being the position when it is supposed to be subjected to the greatest strain, we have the following conditions (see Fig. 2):
To compare the various machines based on this theory, let's first take the Ordinary bike with a fifty-inch wheel and cranks positioned eight inches apart, or four inches from the center of the wheel to each crank. Now, if the pedal b (Fig. 1) is four inches long, the distance from the center of the pedal to the center of the axle of the drive wheel is six inches, and the diameter of the wheel is fifty inches. Then, when the crank is extended horizontally out in front, which is the position where it’s believed to face the greatest strain, we have the following conditions (see Fig. 2):


Let a b represent the distance of the centre of the129 wheel from the centre of the pedal, a c the vertical height of the pedal from the ground, and W the weight of the man. Then W applied vertically downward at b will create a horizontal side-slip pressure, R at c, in the direction of the arrow, such that R = W abac. If, then, W = 150 pounds and a b and a c = 6 and 25 inches respectively, we have R = 150 × 625 = 36 pounds. Supposing the theory to be correct, the above may be said to represent the side-slip resultant in the fifty-inch Ordinary. In the Kangaroo the cranks, being below130 the centre of the wheel, average about twelve inches from the ground when power is applied. The pedals are about a foot apart, so that ab = 8, ac = 12, and W = 150, whence R by the same formula equals one hundred pounds. The above, though perhaps slightly exaggerated in its application to some of the Kangaroo patterns, is substantially correct, showing the difference to be sixty pounds against it. According to this theory, then, the greater the tread and the less the distance of the pedals from the ground, the greater should be the side-slip.
Let a b represent the distance from the center of the129 wheel to the center of the pedal, a c the vertical height of the pedal from the ground, and W the weight of the person. Then W applied straight down at b will create a horizontal side-slip pressure, R, at c, in the direction of the arrow, such that R = W abac. If W = 150 pounds and a b and a c = 6 and 25 inches respectively, we find R = 150 × 625 = 36 pounds. Assuming the theory is correct, this can be considered the side-slip resultant in the fifty-inch Ordinary. In the Kangaroo, since the cranks are below130 the center of the wheel, they are about twelve inches from the ground when power is applied. The pedals are about a foot apart, so ab = 8, ac = 12, and W = 150, which results in R by the same formula equaling one hundred pounds. While this may be slightly exaggerated for some Kangaroo models, it is essentially correct, indicating a difference of sixty pounds against it. According to this theory, then, the greater the tread and the shorter the distance of the pedals from the ground, the greater the side-slip should be.
Appertaining to this matter, I have used a machine with the same sizes of wheels as those found in the Kangaroo, but in which the power devices were very close together, and I have found it comparatively free from slip; and I am also informed by riders of the machine called the Facile, in which the pedals are closer together, that it is remarkably free from the same difficulty. But these facts cannot be taken as a proof of the theory under consideration, for the reason that the application of the formula R = W abac to the two machines just spoken of, at best, still gives, as a result, a large amount of side pressure, which in actual practice does not exist. What difference it may make in the Facile or other treadle machines that the point of application of power is in the rear of the driving axle, I cannot say, or what difference a lever motion would show as compared with the simple crank is also not apparent; in fact, there is very little of established data from which to draw a conclusion, and a good reason which would now deter any cautious man from offering much experience or any theory in the matter will be readily surmised after reading the following extracts from the Cyclist on the subject.
Regarding this matter, I have used a machine with the same wheel sizes as those on the Kangaroo, but with the power devices placed much closer together, and I found it to be relatively slip-free; I’ve also heard from riders of the machine called the Facile, where the pedals are closer together, that it has the same benefit. However, these observations cannot be considered proof of the theory in question because applying the formula R = W abac to the two machines I just mentioned still results in a significant amount of side pressure, which doesn’t actually occur in practice. I can't say what impact it might have on the Facile or other treadle machines that the power application point is behind the driving axle, nor is it clear what difference lever motion would make compared to a simple crank; in fact, there is very little established data to draw conclusions from, and there is a good reason that would prevent any cautious person from sharing much experience or theory on the subject, which will be apparent after reading the following excerpts from the Cyclist on the topic.
131
131
“SIDE-SLIPPING ON SAFETIES.
“SIDE-SLIPPING ON SAFETIES.
“One of the principal causes of the falling out of favor of the ‘Kangaroo’ type of Safety was the great proneness it had to side-slipping upon greasy roads, and it was confidently and freely asserted when the rear-driver was introduced that this defect was, in its construction, overcome. That this is not the case every one who has had any extensive experience with this class of machine will admit; indeed, the side-slipping of the Safety is its one great fault. As our readers know, the forks of a Safety of this type are considerably sloped,—some more so than others. It matters not whether the forks are straight or curved, so far as the point we are dealing with now is concerned. The sloping of the fork places the wheel, unless travelling in an absolutely straight line, more or less on its side. The result is manifest. There is a strong force behind pushing it forward. So long as the ground gives enough frictional resistance to the wheel, well and good; but so soon as the surface is lubricated, as it is, by the slippery mud, then the tendency is at once to push the machine over. This tendency is increased, as with the side-slipping upon other forms of machines, by a sloping road surface, the side of a rut, or the cant of the machine in turning a corner; and, moreover, the harder the rider pushes the more chance there is of the machine slipping. Having, then, pointed out the cause of side-slipping, it remains for those who devote their time and talents to invention to overcome it. So far as we can see, a vertical steering-fork should do that which is needed.”[7]
“One of the main reasons the ‘Kangaroo’ type of Safety fell out of style was its tendency to slide on slippery roads. It was confidently claimed when the rear-driver was introduced that this issue had been addressed in its design. However, anyone with considerable experience with this type of bike will agree that side-slipping is its biggest problem. As our readers know, the forks of a Safety of this kind are noticeably sloped, with some being more so than others. It doesn't matter whether the forks are straight or curved regarding the current matter. The slope of the fork positions the wheel, unless it's moving in a perfectly straight line, at an angle. The result is clear. There’s a strong force pushing it forward. As long as the ground provides enough friction for the wheel, everything is fine; but as soon as the surface is slippery, like muddy roads, the bike is likely to tip over. This problem worsens on sloped road surfaces, on the sides of ruts, or when the bike leans while turning a corner; also, the harder the rider pushes, the greater the chance of slipping. Having identified the cause of side-slipping, it is now up to inventors to find a solution. As far as we can see, a vertical steering fork should be what’s needed.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
“[1113].—Your leader in last week’s issue re the side-slipping of rear-driving Safety bicycles is, in my opinion, somewhat calculated to mislead. I cannot for one moment think you are right in stating that the cause of side-slipping in this class of machine is the sloping fork of the steering-wheel. You conclude with the following remark: ‘So far as we can see, a vertical steering-fork should do that which is needed.’ Here again I must say I emphatically disagree with you. Had you tried one of the old ‘B.S.A.’ Safeties, you would not say this. These machines were far worse than any sloping-forked machine. I gave one an extensive trial, and found that the side-slipping was one of its worst features. Further, you have only to take one of the old ‘Humber’ Safeties, for example, with the perpendicular fork. Was side-slipping impossible on these?
“[1113].—Your article in last week’s issue regarding the side-slipping of rear-driving Safety bicycles is, in my opinion, somewhat misleading. I can't believe you're correct in saying that the cause of side-slipping in this type of bike is the sloping fork of the steering wheel. You conclude with the following remark: ‘So far as we can see, a vertical steering fork should do what’s needed.’ Again, I must say I strongly disagree with you. If you had tried one of the old ‘B.S.A.’ Safeties, you wouldn't say this. Those bikes were much worse than any with a sloping fork. I gave one an extensive test and found that side-slipping was one of its biggest problems. Furthermore, just look at one of the old ‘Humber’ Safeties, for example, with the vertical fork. Was side-slipping impossible on these?
132
132
“In my humble opinion, sir, you have entirely overlooked the real cause of side-slipping on rear-driving Safeties, which is the absence of sufficient weight on the driving-wheel. My argument is still further proved by the fact that the ‘Scout’ Safety (two-chain rear-driver), on which machine the weight of the rider is thrown as near as possible over the centre of the axle, will not slip sideways on the most greasy surface; and again, the American ‘Star,’ I am told by experienced riders of this machine, possesses a like good quality. Here, again, the weight is almost entirely on the driver.
“In my opinion, sir, you've completely missed the real reason for side-slipping on rear-driving bikes, which is the lack of enough weight on the driving wheel. My point is further supported by the fact that the ‘Scout’ Safety (two-chain rear-driver), where the rider's weight is positioned as close as possible to the center of the axle, does not slide sideways on the slickest surfaces; and I've also heard from experienced riders that the American ‘Star’ shares this good quality. Again, the weight is almost entirely on the driver.”
“The subject of side-slipping on the most popular machine of the day—viz., the rear-driving Safety—is so serious a one that I am sure you will see your way to open your columns to a discussion on the same.
"The issue of side-slipping on the most popular bike of the time—the rear-driving Safety—is so important that I’m sure you’ll be open to a discussion on it."
Sydney Lee.”[“The position of the weight doubtless forms an important factor in the question of side-slipping, and the thanks of the community are due to Mr. Lee for his experiments in that direction. We are bound to say, however, that our experience, so far as the question as to which wheel slips first, and also as to the stability of the tandem Safety on greasy roads, and on the point of safety at high speed, is exactly the reverse of that found by Mr. Lee.—Ed.”]
[“The placement of the weight definitely plays a significant role in the issue of side-slipping, and the community owes a debt of gratitude to Mr. Lee for his experiments in that area. However, we must say that our experience regarding which wheel slips first, as well as the stability of the tandem Safety on slippery roads and the question of safety at high speeds, is completely the opposite of what Mr. Lee found.—Ed.”]
“[1114].—I have read with great interest your article on side-slipping in Safeties, and, being a Safety rider myself, should be indeed thankful to see this very serious fault overcome. I am very much inclined to your opinion as to the cause,—viz., the canting over of the steering-wheel in turning,—which can only be obviated, as you suggest, by having a vertical steering-post.
“[1114].—I found your article on side-slipping in Safeties really interesting, and as a Safety rider myself, I'd be very grateful to see this serious issue fixed. I completely agree with your view on the cause—specifically, the steering wheel tilting while turning—which can only be resolved, as you mentioned, by using a vertical steering post.”
“Side-slip.”“[1131].—The ‘side-slip’ of the Safety seems to be the argument of to-day, and probably it is the great and all-important question to winter riders, as well as the members of clubs, near large towns, who attend the Saturday runs, and have to endure the double dose from our friend the ‘water-cart.’ Undoubtedly, the argument of The Cyclist is correct.
“[1131].—The issue of ‘side-slip’ in the Safety bike seems to be the hot topic these days, and it's likely the biggest concern for winter riders as well as club members near big cities who join the Saturday rides and have to deal with the extra hassle from our buddy the ‘water-cart.’ No doubt, the point made in The Cyclist is accurate.
J. Nicholson.”“[1132],—I have been trying experiments on the greasy wood and asphalt roads these last few days, and I have come to the conclusion that the nearer the rider can get to a vertical position over the centre of the driving-wheel the less liability to side-slip.
“[1132],—I’ve been testing out the slick wood and asphalt roads for the past few days, and I’ve concluded that the closer the rider can be to a vertical position over the center of the driving wheel, the less chance there is of side-slip.”
C. Leni.”
The above quotations explain themselves, and many other such, “from experience” (sic), might be given. The Cyclist editor and Mr. Lee are justly considered to be authorities in such matters. It is beyond all question that all of these writers are strictly honest and speak the truth so far as they know it, but we may well ask, under these circumstances, what is any individual experience worth? Certainly nothing, until it becomes verified and definitely settled by the general133 verdict of all sides. For such reasons the writer is loath to offer his own observations on this subject as of much value. It is a peculiar fact, and one worthy of notice by all who desire to form an accurate opinion in the matter of cycling or of any other art, that the experience of an interested party is generally as one-sided as his desires. A machine will do an enormous amount in the mind of the user, if he wants it to; and this is not said in a spirit of criticism or deprecation, for the writer has found himself just as liable to the same error as others. In being interested, I do not mean that it is necessary to be financially interested; all a man has to do is to take a side, and he is deeply enough interested for all practical purposes: let him set up an opinion and ten to one his experience will bear him out, not in the way of villanous, premeditated misrepresentation, but results will honestly appear to justify him. It does not appear that we must contend with this vicious tendency to any greater extent in connection with the cycle than in any other art. Almost every rider is prone to consider himself an expert in our pet subject, and it very often happens that he is; yet he may not be an observer capable of defending himself against himself in the delusions of experience.
The quotes above speak for themselves, and many more "from experience" (sic) could be shared. The Cyclist editor and Mr. Lee are rightly seen as experts on the topic. It's undeniable that all these writers are honest and share the truth as they see it, but it raises the question: how valuable is any individual experience? Certainly, it means nothing until it's verified and confirmed by the collective consensus from all perspectives. For this reason, the writer hesitates to offer personal observations on this topic as having much value. It’s interesting to note that anyone looking to form an accurate opinion on cycling or any other skill should realize that the experience from an interested party is often biased by their desires. A machine can create a significant impact in the mind of its user, if they want it to; and this isn’t said out of critique, as the writer has experienced the same bias himself. When I say "interested," I don’t mean someone has to be financially invested; all it takes is for a person to take a side, and they'll be interested enough for practical purposes. If they form an opinion, there's a good chance their experience will support it—not through intentional deception, but rather that their results will honestly seem to confirm their views. It seems we don't have to deal with this harmful tendency more in cycling than in any other skill. Nearly every rider tends to see themselves as an expert in our beloved topic, and often they are; however, they might not be observant enough to guard against their own biases stemming from personal experience.
Having probably confused the reader’s mind sufficiently by this time to go on with the subject, I may say that another fact why the reasoning and formula in regard to the side-slip are not correct is that the same rule applied to the Rover does not in any way justify the results we find by experience. The slipping of the Rover is much more than it should be, in the light of any conclusion based on our formula; in fact, I believe the entire theory is, and always has been, an unmitigated blunder. A well-known correspondent, Mr. Gerald Stoney, has thrown a little light on the subject by an article in the Irish Cyclist, which, though death to one theory, sets up another still of dubious tenability.
Having likely confused the reader enough by now to continue with the topic, I can say that another reason the reasoning and formula regarding side-slip are incorrect is that applying the same rule to the Rover doesn’t justify the results we see in practice. The Rover slips significantly more than expected based on our formula; in fact, I believe the entire theory is, and always has been, a complete mistake. A well-known correspondent, Mr. Gerald Stoney, has shed some light on the topic with an article in the Irish Cyclist, which, while debunking one theory, introduces another that is still quite questionable.
134
134
“SIDE-SLIPPING OF BICYCLES.
“SIDE-SLIPPING OF BICYCLES."
“Mr. Gerald Stoney, in last week’s Irish Cyclist, adds the following to this interesting and important discussion. It will be noticed his deductions differ both from those of Mr. Lee and ourselves.
“Mr. Gerald Stoney, in last week’s Irish Cyclist, adds the following to this interesting and important discussion. You will notice his conclusions differ from both those of Mr. Lee and ours."
“In a leader in The Cyclist of November 28, the reason that low machines of the Kangaroo type slip more than the high Ordinary is referred to the pressure of the foot being low down, pushing the bottom of the wheel to one side more than in a high machine when it is high up. We should wish to point out that no such effect can take place so long as the pressure of the foot does not cause the machine to wabble; since, so long as there is no change in the velocity or direction of motion of the machine, the position, direction, or amount of internal forces, such as the pressure of the foot, do not affect the position, direction, or amount of external forces, such as the pressure of the wheel on the ground. This is one of the first great elementary principles of mechanics. The reason why a small bicycle has, in general, more tendency to slip sideways than one in which the rider is seated high up is, that if the wheel slips off a stone or down the side of a rut, the distance sideways to which the wheel will slip is independent of the size of the wheel, and depends on the size of the stone or rut, the state of the road, the speed the machine is going at, etc. But the amount by which the machine is inclined to the vertical from a given side-slip will depend on how high the centre of gravity is, and, therefore, on how high the rider is seated, and accordingly it will be less the higher the saddle is. Now, it is a theorem in mechanics, which we will ask the reader to assume, that the greater this inclination the greater the tendency of the wheel to go on slipping, when it has hopped off the rut, stone, etc., and, therefore, the higher the saddle the less side-slipping there will be in similar machines.’”
“A leader in The Cyclist from November 28 pointed out that lower bikes like the Kangaroo tend to slip more than higher Ordinary bikes because the foot pressure is lower, which pushes the bottom of the wheel to one side more than in a higher bike where it's positioned higher up. We want to emphasize that this effect can't happen as long as the foot pressure doesn't cause the bike to wobble; as long as there's no change in speed or direction of the bike, the position, direction, or amount of internal forces, like foot pressure, do not affect the position, direction, or amount of external forces, like the wheel’s pressure on the ground. This is one of the fundamental principles of mechanics. The reason a smaller bicycle typically slips sideways more than one where the rider is seated high is that if the wheel slips off a stone or down the side of a rut, the distance it will slide sideways is independent of the wheel size and depends on the size of the stone or rut, the condition of the road, the speed of the bike, etc. However, how much the bike leans away from vertical due to a certain side-slip will depend on how high the center of gravity is, which is linked to how high the rider is seated, and it will be less the higher the saddle is. Now, it is a theorem in mechanics, which we ask the reader to accept, that the greater this lean, the more likely the wheel will continue slipping once it has gone off the rut, stone, etc., and therefore, the higher the saddle, the less side-slipping there will be in similar machines.”
I think the above sufficiently exposes the sophistry of the wide-tread theory, but lest some of the old adherents to the idea should not be willing to accept Mr. Stoney’s mechanical reasoning, I have had made a device to test the matter in this way (see Fig. 3).
I believe the above clearly highlights the flaws in the widespread theory, but in case some of the long-time supporters of the idea are reluctant to accept Mr. Stoney’s mechanical reasoning, I’ve created a device to test this (see Fig. 3).

135
135
We have an upright frame provided with two cross pieces, b c and e f, a saddle at a, rests for the feet at b and c, and a roller, d, placed under e f. Sitting upon the saddle a, I was totally unable to move the roller d by any pressure upon either pedal b or c. The above I consider conclusive proof and the result unbiased by prejudice in trying the experiment, because I tested the matter before looking carefully into Mr. Stoney’s article and becoming convinced that in this he is right. The laws applying to internal forces or forces within a system are very often disregarded, and especially are internal confounded with external forces, as in this case. In any machine where the rider throws his weight on and vertically over the pedal, the formula given for the side-slip does represent a force acting to swing the machine out of perpendicular and to cause it to “wabble,” as Mr. Stoney calls it, but not to slip it on the surface of the roadway, as many would suppose. The rider rarely, however, throws his weight directly over the pedal sideways, as he does in raising upon it in a forward direction in order to get over the work. The lateral or wabbling strain in a cycle of the foot-pressure in one direction is balanced by the pull on the handle-bars and pressure of the leg against the saddle. The only feasible connection the formula theory can possibly have in this matter is that the thrust on the pedal is so sharp and violent that the inertia of the man and other heavy parts of the system are not perceptibly affected sideways; hence we might get an action against the slight weight in the lower part of the wheel. I cannot, however, detect any slipping action of this or any other kind in the roller experiment.
We have a vertical frame with two crossbars, b c and e f, a saddle at a, footrests at b and c, and a roller, d, located under e f. While sitting on the saddle a, I couldn't move the roller d by pressing on either pedal b or c. I believe this proves my point and that my results are unbiased since I conducted the test before thoroughly reviewing Mr. Stoney’s article and being convinced that he is correct. The principles that govern internal forces or forces within a system are often overlooked, especially when internal forces are confused with external ones, as is the case here. In any machine where the rider puts their weight directly over the pedal, the formula for side-slip does indicate a force that acts to tilt the machine out of vertical alignment and cause it to "wabble," as Mr. Stoney describes it, but it does not cause it to slide on the road, as many might think. However, the rider usually does not apply their weight directly sideways on the pedal; instead, they press down on it in a forward motion to move the machine. The sideways or wobbling strain caused by foot pressure in one direction is countered by the pull on the handlebars and the pressure of the leg against the saddle. The only reasonable link the formula theory might have in this situation is if the force on the pedal is so abrupt and forceful that the inertia of the rider and other heavy components of the system do not significantly shift sideways; thus we could see an effect on the slightly lighter lower part of the wheel. Nevertheless, I can’t find any evidence of slipping or any other type of movement in the roller experiment.
The futility of an effort to slip the machine sideways by a force upon the crank might be illustrated in this manner: Suppose the drive-wheel of an Ordinary is136 made rigidly fast to the front fork. Now, it would be impossible for the rider to slip the tire on the road-bed by pressure on the crank, as he can when the wheel is free to revolve in its bearings, no matter how long the crank may be; if the rider leans out over it, the machine could be rolled forward, but not slipped on the surface. Loosen the wheel so that it can revolve as usual, then it can be slipped, as every good rider well knows. Suppose now that the drive-wheel is rigidly fixed in the frame of the bicycle so far as any lateral motion is concerned, and the wheel cannot revolve within the system about any horizontal line at right angles to the axle of the wheel, as it would have to do in order to make it slip in the manner it would in the other case, then it is easy to see that the machine and rider might be rolled over sideways by throwing the weight on one crank; but it cannot be slipped: the only slipping that can occur is when the machine is allowed to get out of perpendicular, but the angle at which it would begin to slip would be the same regardless of width of tread. If the wide tread does affect the slipping, it is the result of other forces than those generally supposed.
The pointlessness of trying to shift the machine sideways by applying force to the crank can be illustrated like this: Imagine the drive-wheel of an Ordinary is136 firmly attached to the front fork. In this case, the rider can't slide the tire on the road by pushing on the crank, unlike when the wheel can freely rotate in its bearings, no matter how long the crank is; if the rider leans out over it, the machine can roll forward, but it can't slide on the surface. If you loosen the wheel so it can rotate normally, then it can slide, as every experienced rider knows. Now, suppose the drive-wheel is securely fixed in the bike's frame so that it can't move sideways, and the wheel can’t rotate around any horizontal line perpendicular to the axle, which is necessary for it to slide like in the other scenario. Then, it's clear that the machine and rider could tip over sideways by putting weight on one crank, but it can’t slide: the only time slipping happens is when the machine is allowed to tilt, and the angle at which it starts to slip would be the same, irrespective of the width of the tread. If the wide tread does influence the slipping, it results from different forces than those typically assumed.
I do not believe that the extra weight on the drive-wheel will relieve the trouble. I have a Rover pattern machine in which the weight is almost entirely in the rear, and I can conscientiously aver that it is the worst slipper I was ever on. Now, this is in spite of the fact that there was every reason to believe, and to desire, that it should not slip at all.
I don't think adding extra weight to the drive wheel will fix the problem. I have a Rover-style machine where most of the weight is in the back, and I can honestly say it's the worst slipping machine I've ever used. This is despite the fact that there was every reason to believe, and wish, that it wouldn't slip at all.
One of the Cyclist correspondents mentions the American Star, and justly says that it does not slip; yet that fact could be explained by our formula, since it is a tall machine with narrow tread. I cannot see, after all, that any theory of wide or narrow tread could be applied to the Rover type, even if it were found to be valid in other cases, because there seems to be complaint, and I have found it so in practice, that the machine will slip more than the old Ordinary, even when137 not pushing on the cranks at all. It seems to slip worse than any other in making a curve or in descending hills and upon cobble-stones, whether there is any pressure on the crank or not. This will apply against the Cyclist idea that the slanting fork breeds the mischief, since, if it slips in running a straight line, the slant of the fork could not possibly have anything to do with it.
One of the Cyclist contributors talks about the American Star and rightly points out that it doesn’t slip; however, this can be explained by our formula, since it’s a tall bike with a narrow tread. I don’t think any theory about wide or narrow treads can actually be applied to the Rover type, even if it proves valid in other cases, because there seems to be complaints—I've seen it myself in practice—that this bike slips more than the old Ordinary, even when137 you’re not pushing on the cranks at all. It really seems to slip worse than any other bike when turning or going downhill and on cobblestones, regardless of whether there’s any pressure on the crank. This counters the Cyclist idea that the angled fork causes the problem, since if it slips while going straight, the angle of the fork can’t possibly be to blame.
In answer to the idea advanced that the fault is due to the mere size of the wheel,—that a large one has more surface exposed to contact, etc., and will hold better,—the writer has noticed very little difference in his thirty-eight-inch narrow-tread front-driving pattern as compared with a fifty-two-inch Ordinary; if there is any difference caused by the size of the wheel, this fourteen inches ought to have shown itself more than it did.
In response to the suggestion that the issue is simply because of the size of the wheel—that a larger wheel has more surface in contact and will grip better—the author has observed very little difference between his thirty-eight-inch narrow-tread front-driving design and a fifty-two-inch Ordinary. If the size of the wheel had any significant impact, this fourteen-inch difference should have been more apparent than it actually was.
If the small wheel in a bicycle is a cause for slipping, we could naturally ask why it does not show itself more in the rear wheel of the Ordinary. It may be said, in answer to this, that there is but little weight on it, and that, not being a driver, whatever capers it might choose to cut are ignored by its regal, imperturbable leader; hence, if the rear wheel slips, it is immediately drawn up in line again. Another plea is that the lack of weight on the front wheel of the Safety makes it slip, and then it carries the rear wheel with it. To the last I can simply reply, as I would to the Cyclist’s notion of the slanting fork, that it is the rear wheel which slips first, last, and all the time, or else a large majority of riders are very much misled, and really can’t tell what is going on under them. Certainly we must say that if appearances and sensations of the riders are worth anything, the doctrine of the front wheel slipping first must go to the wall and carry several ingenious solutions with it. Still another bright speculation is, that the unusual bumping of the front wheel holds it back, and the rear pushing on, for the nonce, cannot go forward, hence it must go sideways.
If the small wheel on a bicycle causes slipping, we might wonder why it doesn't happen more with the rear wheel of the Ordinary. One answer is that there’s very little weight on it, so being non-driving, any antics it tries are ignored by the steady, unbothered front wheel; therefore, if the rear wheel does slip, it quickly gets back in line. Another argument is that the light load on the front wheel of the Safety causes it to slip, which then drags the rear wheel along. To that, I can simply respond, as I would to the Cyclist’s idea of the angled fork, that the rear wheel is the one that slips first, last, and all the time, or else the majority of riders are seriously mistaken and really can't tell what's happening beneath them. Clearly, if the riders' experiences and feelings mean anything, the theory that the front wheel slips first should be discarded along with several clever explanations. Another interesting idea is that the unusual bouncing of the front wheel holds it back while the rear wheel, pushing forward, can’t move ahead, so it ends up going sideways.
138
138
If we admit that the American Star does not slip, then the theories of small weight on the front wheel, the slanting fork, and front bumper must all go for naught. There are some other qualifications, however, which would modify or exclude the Star as a reference. The fork is slanting to a greater extent than in any other machine, but the small front steerer is swung from a point directly above the centre, which, it is said, gives the wheel a better chance to caster. To our ingenious front-bumper friend, I would also suggest the trial of a first-class anti-vibrator to the fork, which will let it spring back a good way.
If we accept that the American Star doesn’t slip, then the ideas about low weight on the front wheel, the angled fork, and the front bumper become irrelevant. However, there are a few other factors that could change or rule out the Star as a standard. The fork is angled more than in any other machine, but the small front steerer is positioned directly above the center, which reportedly helps the wheel to caster better. To our clever front-bumper friend, I would also recommend trying a high-quality anti-vibrator for the fork, which will allow it to spring back effectively.
And again, it has been stated, in regard to the Rover slip, that the large rear wheel swings from side to side, or wabbles, humorously likened by some to the wagging of a duck’s tail. This feeling of disturbance in the rear part of the machine is felt in the Ordinary when supplied with the large rear wheel advocated by some, and it may have something to do with the slip, though it is hardly possible that it would in the well-built, steady machines of the present time.
And once again, it has been mentioned about the Rover slip that the large rear wheel sways from side to side, or wobbles, with some humorously comparing it to a duck’s tail wagging. This unsettling sensation in the back of the machine is experienced in the Ordinary when equipped with the large rear wheel recommended by some, and it could be related to the slip, although it’s unlikely to affect the well-built, stable machines of today.
As to the high-up saddle or centre of gravity, true, an inch side-slip at the ground, of a machine with a low-down centre of gravity, will cause it to assume a greater slant or angle from the vertical than a higher; hence our friend could well say that when the Safety starts to slip it will be more certain to go on down. It is to be noted, however, as against this idea, that other machines with low-down saddles do not slip.
As for the high saddle or center of gravity, it’s true that a one-inch side slip on the ground of a machine with a low center of gravity will make it lean more away from vertical than a higher one. That’s why our friend could accurately say that when the Safety starts to slip, it’s more likely to keep going down. However, it's important to note that other machines with low saddles do not slip.
Taking all the theories and experiences, pro and con, into consideration, I am inclined to believe that no one cause can account for the entire difficulty; it is probably a combination of smaller elements partly belonging to several of the theories advanced. The elements which have been most strongly urged are, first, the driver being small; second, the driver being in the rear; third, the weight being in the rear; fourth, the work being done between the wheels. All these seem to139 work to the same end. Again, any drive-wheel will slip worse than a non-driver, since a sliding force in any direction will tend to loosen the hold of the rubber tire from the surface of the road more than any rolling action. A short slide from a stone is felt more when the weight is upon the wheel, and the drop in rolling off so distinctly felt in connection with the small wheel is much sharper than a similar action of a large one. A rider can certainly manage himself better and more surely when he drives, steers, and leads with the same wheel and has his weight upon it. This is what he does on the Ordinary and just what he does not do on the rear-driver.
Considering all the theories and experiences, both positive and negative, I believe that no single cause can fully explain the issue; it's likely due to a mix of smaller factors that relate to several of the theories presented. The main factors that have been highlighted are: first, the driver being small; second, the driver being at the back; third, the weight being at the back; fourth, the work happening between the wheels. All these seem to point to the same outcome. Additionally, any drive wheel will slip more than a non-drive wheel, since a sliding force in any direction will loosen the grip of the rubber tire on the road surface more than rolling does. A brief slide from a stone feels more pronounced when weight is on the wheel, and the drop when rolling off is much sharper with a small wheel than with a larger one. A rider can definitely manage themselves better and more confidently when they drive, steer, and balance with the same wheel while keeping their weight on it. This is what they do on the Ordinary and exactly what they do not do on the rear-driver.
The deepest and most profound explanation of all side-slip was recently proposed to the writer by a mathematician of great ability; but it is so complex that he has not worked it out himself yet, though expecting daily to hand in the solution. He says it is all from the relation of the points, first, of the centre of gravity, second, of the centre of oscillation, and third, of the transmission of power, to each other. Just where and how they ought to be is, as yet, not fully determined.
The most thorough explanation of side-slip was recently shared with me by a very skilled mathematician; however, it's so complicated that he hasn't figured it out yet, though he expects to submit the solution any day now. He states that it all hinges on the relationship between the points: first, the center of gravity; second, the center of oscillation; and third, the transmission of power. The exact placement and interaction of these points are still not completely understood.
To remedy the evil of the side-slip in the most obvious ways would be to make the rear-driving Safety no longer the same machine; it would ruin, to a great extent, the very qualities for which it is prized, and therefore, if any such theories as before enumerated should prove tenable, the only clear way out of the difficulty would be in the use of non-slipping tires, if such can be produced.
To fix the problem of side-slip in the most straightforward ways, we would need to change the rear-driving Safety into a different kind of vehicle altogether. This would significantly diminish the qualities that make it desirable in the first place. Therefore, if any of the previously mentioned theories are valid, the only clear solution would be to use non-slipping tires, assuming they can be manufactured.
In regard to the angle at which any machine will slip in rounding a corner, some, who have advanced the idea that the Safety slipped because it had to lean more, do not appear to be aware of, or take into account, the fact that the angle at which the cycle, or any other machine, must lean under such circumstances is entirely independent of the height of the centre of gravity. The angle is a function of the speed and radius of curvature only.
In terms of the angle at which any machine will skid while taking a turn, some people who suggest that the Safety slipped because it had to lean more don't seem to realize or consider that the angle at which the bike, or any other machine, needs to lean in those situations is completely unrelated to the height of the center of gravity. The angle depends solely on the speed and the radius of curvature.
CHAPTER XVI.
Probably the most daring innovation the ladies have made in the domain of sports and pastime within the past decade consists in their riding the bicycle. There is no earthly reason why they should not ride a bicycle if they wish to; that is to say, those bicycles of the modern type especially made for them. At least no objection can be urged that would not equally apply to tandem and single tricycles.
Probably the most daring innovation that women have made in the world of sports and hobbies over the past decade is riding bicycles. There’s no reason they shouldn’t ride a bike if they want to; specifically, the modern bikes designed for them. In fact, there’s no objection that could be raised that wouldn’t also apply to tandem and single tricycles.
Notwithstanding the above fact, there is and has been a reluctance on the part of the ladies to take up the two-wheeler, and probably a greater reluctance on the part of the community at large to countenance the step. It is needless to discuss the propriety of ladies riding tricycles; the question has been settled by themselves by simply riding; and there is the end of it,—they came, saw, rode, and conquered.
Despite this fact, there has been a reluctance among women to ride bicycles, and probably an even greater reluctance from the community as a whole to accept this change. It’s unnecessary to debate whether it’s appropriate for women to ride tricycles; they have already settled that by simply getting on and riding. That’s the end of it—they came, saw, rode, and conquered.
Granted that a woman may ride a tricycle with propriety, it would seem a shame to deny her the right to the less cumbersome and much neater mount. The ladies’ bicycle certainly is the more modest appearing, if we were used to both, and it takes much less work to run it; if it does not thrive, it will mean simply that the entire system of ladies’ cycle riding must go. Common prejudice cannot long sustain such a senseless discrimination as to keep her on the “trike.” Tandems, of course, have an advantage in that the spectators can imagine that the man is doing all the work, which is generally about as true as that he does all the work when the family cook-stove is to be moved. No better illustration of the change of public opinion141 in the matter of ladies’ cycle riding can be had, than in the little story told of Mr. James K. Starley, relating an event which is said to have occurred some years back on the streets of Coventry.
Granted that a woman can ride a tricycle with dignity, it seems unfair to deny her the right to the less cumbersome and much neater option. The ladies’ bicycle definitely looks more modest, especially if we're familiar with both, and it's much easier to operate; if it doesn't succeed, it would simply mean that the entire system of ladies’ cycling has to go. Common bias can't sustain such a foolish discrimination to keep her on the “trike.” Tandems, of course, have an advantage because onlookers can assume that the man is doing all the work, which is usually about as accurate as saying he does all the work when it’s time to move the family stove. No better example of the shift in public opinion141 regarding ladies’ cycling can be found than the little story about Mr. James K. Starley, which recounts an incident that supposedly happened several years ago on the streets of Coventry.
This indefatigable genius of modern cycle art was pumping one of his early tricycles about the nooks and corners of Smithford, Hereford, Jordan Well, Little and Much Park, in the ancient city, amid the jeers and contemptuous sneers of the lusty silk weavers and cynical watchmakers; whereupon, being goaded to desperation by their taunts, he rose and exclaimed, “Why, the time will come when ladies will ride these things through your streets.” And ladies have long since ridden them through the streets of Coventry, as well as through the streets of many other towns, without compromising themselves or exciting undue comment, while the noble city of its birth has become the centre of modern cycledom.
This tireless genius of modern cycling was cruising one of his early tricycles through the nooks and crannies of Smithford, Hereford, Jordan Well, Little and Much Park, in the ancient city, amid the mockery and scorn of the boisterous silk weavers and skeptical watchmakers. Driven to frustration by their jeers, he stood up and declared, “One day, women will ride these things through your streets.” And indeed, women have long since cycled through the streets of Coventry, as well as many other towns, without compromising their dignity or attracting excessive attention, while the noble city of its origin has become the hub of modern cycling.
Social forms stick, often in spite of reason, and it may be a long time before it will be generally conceded that woman is in her legitimate sphere when perched upon the saddle of either a tricycle or bicycle, and if the lack of physical development continues to be one of the chief angelic characteristics of womankind in the mind of man, the time will be very remote indeed. But should it be discovered that less seraphic and more muscular tissue tends to make us all happier, then perhaps the time and doctors’ bills will be shorter.
Social norms can be pretty stubborn, often ignoring logic, and it might take a while before most people accept that women belong in their rightful place when they're riding either a tricycle or a bicycle. If the idea that women are supposed to be physically delicate continues to be one of the main traits associated with them in men's minds, it will be a long time before things change. However, if it turns out that being less delicate and more muscular leads to greater happiness for everyone, then maybe the wait and the medical expenses won't be as long.
It is scarcely necessary to explain the construction of the bicycle intended for ladies’ use; suffice it to say, that a modern Rover Safety is used in which the backbone drops down to a level with the cranks, and the rider can step between the wheels and rise into the saddle by the pedal mount; not a difficult task, to judge from the grace and ease with which women accomplish the feat every day. It is not within the province of this book to pass encomiums upon any tribe, class, or individual, nor to compliment any sex, but it would be142 heinous selfishness not to give the ladies some credit when it is so justly their due, as in this matter of the “bike.” When, on the streets of Washington, I see apparently timid girls make the pedal mount and move off so naturally and adroitly, the feeling of comparative superior physical dexterity, generally accredited to our sex, suffers a tremendous blow within me. In meeting these fair riders at their homes it is quite evident that they still retain the old-time graces and accomplishments common to the sex which men delight to honor. All this proves once for all and conclusively that some of the ideas entertained by mankind about womankind approach very nearly to the sphere of unmitigated humbug. Below will be found an energetic opinion of one of the ladies, as chronicled in the Bicycling World.
It’s hardly necessary to explain how a bicycle designed for women works; it’s enough to say that a modern Rover Safety is used, where the frame drops down to the level of the pedals, allowing the rider to step between the wheels and get on the saddle via the pedal. It’s not a difficult task, judging by the grace and ease with which women do it every day. This book doesn’t aim to praise any group, class, or individual, nor to compliment either gender, but it would be completely selfish not to give ladies some acknowledgment when it’s clearly deserved, especially regarding the bike. When I see seemingly shy girls in the streets of Washington confidently mount their pedals and ride off so smoothly, it really undermines the idea that our sex typically has superior physical skills. Meeting these skilled riders at home shows they still possess the old-world elegance and talents that men love to appreciate. All this convincingly demonstrates that some notions people have about women are almost entirely ridiculous. Below you’ll find a strong opinion from one of the ladies, as noted in the Bicycling World.
“WOMEN, BICYCLES, AND DOCTORS.
“WOMEN, BICYCLES, AND DOCTORS.
“Being a member of the L. A. W., I naturally see the World, and I have beside me a copy of your paper, in which I notice an article on ‘Why a woman should ride.’ I agree with the writer in that the ladies should ride, and from my own experience I have found it improves my ‘health and complexion’ very much. I have only been riding since last June, but I am stronger now, and enjoy living much better than I ever did before that time. The pains and the doctors have both gone, where, I don’t know and care less, so long as they have gone and so long as I still have my bicycle and can take my ride every day. It seems to give me life, and I feel the life-giving exhilaration born of this splendid exercise after I take a five-mile run around the city, or, perchance, the country. It is such sport to leave far behind fast-trotting horses, and men and women who are obliged to take the street-car every place they go. And what could be more amusing than to see some or all in a car rush to that side to see a ‘lady riding a bicycle.’ I sometimes get just a trifle angry when I hear some old feminine fuss and feathers say, ‘Oh, isn’t that disgraceful to see a woman riding a man’s bicycle!’ They, I suppose, never read the papers, as they would scarcely ever have time after working, worrying, and scolding their husbands (if they are lucky enough to have one). If they could just for an hour have the pleasure of riding as I do, I think the cross, fretful, and worrying fits would be few and far between. I could not do without my bicycle now. Sometimes when I have been out I come home laughing, and as I trot my five-year-old baby on my143 knee, she sometimes says, ‘What’s happened that’s so funny? tell me.’ And as I take her little hands and we fly around the room together, I feel that no woman on earth is as happy as I. Even after riding ten miles I do not feel tired, but come home feeling better than when I started. My husband is very much pleased that I ride, and here I will mention that the advantage in having a lady’s Safety is that either can ride. I actually think sometimes that my bicycle is keeping me too young in actions, and that I am not growing old gracefully as I ought to.
“As a member of the L. A. W., I naturally read the World, and I have your paper right here, where I see an article titled ‘Why a woman should ride.’ I agree with the author that women should ride, and from my own experience, it really boosts my ‘health and complexion.’ I only started riding last June, but I feel stronger now and enjoy life much more than I did before. The aches and doctors are both gone, and honestly, I don’t care where they went, as long as they have gone and I still have my bicycle to ride every day. It gives me energy, and I feel the invigorating rush of this amazing exercise after I take a five-mile loop around the city or maybe the countryside. It’s such a thrill to leave behind fast-trotting horses and people who have to take the streetcar everywhere. And what could be funnier than watching a bunch of folks in a car rush to the window to see a ‘lady riding a bicycle?’ I sometimes get a bit annoyed when I hear some old-fashioned woman say, ‘Oh, isn’t that disgraceful to see a woman riding a man’s bicycle!’ I guess they’ve never read the papers, as they probably don’t have time after working, worrying, and nagging their husbands (if they’re lucky enough to have one). If they could just enjoy an hour of riding like I do, I think their frowning and fretting would happen a lot less often. I can’t imagine life without my bicycle now. Sometimes when I come back from a ride, I’m laughing, and as I bounce my five-year-old on my143 knee, she often asks, ‘What’s so funny? Tell me.’ And as I take her little hands and we whirl around the room together, I feel like no woman on earth is as happy as I am. Even after riding ten miles, I don’t feel tired; I come home feeling better than when I started. My husband is very pleased that I ride, and I should mention that one advantage of having a lady’s Safety is that either of us can ride it. Sometimes I actually think my bicycle is keeping me too youthful in spirit and that I’m not aging gracefully like I’m supposed to.”
“Now I don’t want any one to infer from this that I am one of those strong-minded women that want to vote, and keep the men in petticoats. Oh, no, indeed! I am very well satisfied to let the men run this government as it is, or as it will be after March next.
“Now, I don’t want anyone to think I’m one of those strong-minded women who wants to vote and make men wear skirts. Oh, no, not at all! I’m perfectly happy to let the men run this government as it is or as it will be after March next.”
“Grace E. S.”
“Grace E. S.”
CHAPTER XVII.
The Tandem is a cycle in which two riders are mounted, one in front of the other, upon the same machine. We have the tandem tricycle, which is a two- or three-track machine on the tricycle principle, and the tandem bicycle, or single-track machine with two wheels.
The Tandem is a bike where two riders sit one behind the other on the same ride. We have the tandem tricycle, which is a two- or three-wheeled setup based on the tricycle design, and the tandem bicycle, which is a single-track bike with two wheels.
Of the tandem tricycle I shall have little to say, as my experience does not justify the attempt; also of the single tricycle I cannot give much of an account. This book does not pretend to treat of man-motor carriages so generally as to include all of the two- or three-track devices, nor of the three- or four-in-hand. Latterly remarkable records have been made on a “triplet,” and we hope this machine is all that is claimed for it. But there is too great a step from a single-track machine to the double or triple to treat of them all, so for the present I shall confine myself principally to that class in which the rider is maintained in an upright position by means of steering.
I won't say much about the tandem tricycle since I don't have enough experience to back it up; also, I can't provide much information on the single tricycle either. This book doesn't aim to cover all types of man-powered vehicles, whether two-track or three-track, or those with three or four horses. Recently, there have been impressive records set on a “triplet,” and we hope that this machine lives up to the claims made about it. However, the leap from a single-track machine to double or triple is too significant to cover them all, so for now, I'll focus mainly on the type where the rider is kept upright by steering.
The only single-track tandem which now bids fair to attain any conspicuous position is that built upon the Rover Safety principle, where two low wheels support two saddles and the rear wheel is made the driver by means of a series of sprocket-chains and cranks. No lever-motion machine, for two, of any pattern, has as yet made an appearance in the market. It is quite probable that the rear-driving tandem will acquire an enviable place in the sphere of cycling, and it certainly deserves to be enthusiastically welcomed among us. Very few cyclers care to take a spin all alone, and it145 takes two riders at least to make company: why not then mount them sociably upon one vehicle? Surely the tandem method must steadily gain favor, and when it is finally and securely launched in our midst, we shall derive much pleasure from its use, and for touring it must become invaluable. No doubt a very little increase of weight of parts and cost can and will finally serve two happy cyclists. When this is accomplished it will take but little palaver to sell to touring parties at once, since one machine, even if of double weight, can be handled, in many cases, by two men much more easily than each can handle a light one alone. The Tandem takes up less space in a railroad car than two separate machines, and any store-room can be made to accommodate an increased number of saddles. The machines will mostly be made for each to accommodate both a lady and gentleman or two gentlemen, as may be preferred, and on this account they will, at some not far distant time, partially supplant single mounts. Some will also be made convertible; that is, capable of being divided into two single cycles. It is hardly probable that machines for more than two will ever become general, at least not for social riding; no better reason can be given than the old saw, “two’s company and three’s a crowd.” We do not, however, venture to prophesy positively about multiple riding (that is, more than double), since it has a start now, and there is no telling where it will end.
The only single-track tandem that seems poised to gain any notable recognition is the one built on the Rover Safety principle, where two low wheels support two seats and the rear wheel is driven through a series of sprocket chains and cranks. So far, no lever-action tandem for two has appeared in the market. It's quite likely that the rear-driving tandem will earn a respected spot in the cycling world, and it truly deserves an enthusiastic welcome among us. Very few cyclists prefer to ride alone, and it takes at least two riders for company: so why not have them ride together on one vehicle? The tandem method is bound to become more popular, and once it’s firmly established among us, we’ll enjoy using it, especially for touring, where it will be invaluable. A slight increase in weight and cost will ultimately benefit two happy cyclists. Once that happens, it won’t take much effort to sell to touring groups since one bike, even if it’s heavier, can be handled much more easily by two people than if each had a lighter bike. The tandem occupies less space in a train car than two separate bikes, and any storage area can accommodate more saddles. Most bikes will be designed to hold either a lady and a gentleman or two gentlemen, depending on preference, and for this reason, they will likely start to replace single bikes in the not-too-distant future. Some will also be designed to convert into two single bikes. It seems unlikely that bikes for more than two people will ever become common, at least not for social riding; after all, there’s an old saying, “two’s company, three’s a crowd.” However, we’re not ready to completely rule out the idea of more than two riding together since it’s already begun, and who knows where that might lead?
In experimenting on tandem bicycles, I have found one difficulty which, so far, has been very serious; it is the tendency of switching between the riders; that is to say, the twist of the machine. It is difficult to make a frame strong enough to prevent this, since the rear end has to be kept perpendicular by means of a direct twist on a long backbone. Both riders cannot be uprighted as the same weight can be when it is all centred in one spot. It is the distribution of the weight more than the amount of it that causes the146 trouble. It is well known that a man of two hundred and fifty pounds avoirdupois can ride without much trouble, but two men of one hundred and twenty-five pounds each, sitting two feet apart, will strain a single-track machine tremendously; this annoyance will not be finally escaped by means of mere strength of parts. Some novel arrangement of the wheels, saddles, or other mechanism will have to be called into play to modify the unsightly length of the present tandem bicycles, though it is not right to disparage them on account of it. Much objection has been raised to the “shape of the thing,” but since the advent of the Safety bicycles, appearance must take a second place to that which it held when we sat perched upon the noble old Ordinaries. If we must slip along the ground like beetles, let us not be too fastidious as to just how we look.
In my experiments with tandem bicycles, I've encountered a significant issue: the tendency for the riders to switch positions, which causes the bike to twist. It's tough to design a frame strong enough to prevent this since the back needs to stay upright through a direct twist on a long frame. Both riders can’t stay upright like a single, centered weight can. It's the way the weight is distributed, rather than the total weight itself, that creates the trouble. It's well known that a person weighing two hundred and fifty pounds can ride without much difficulty, but two people weighing one hundred and twenty-five pounds each, sitting two feet apart, will put a tremendous strain on a single-track bike. Just adding strength to the parts won’t solve this annoyance. We’ll need some innovative arrangement of the wheels, seats, or other mechanisms to change the awkward length of today’s tandem bikes, though it’s not fair to criticize them because of this. Many people have complained about the “shape of the thing,” but since the introduction of Safety bicycles, how they look should matter less compared to when we used to ride the grand old Ordinaries. If we have to crawl along the ground like beetles, let's not be too picky about how we look.
Let the Tandem come on; and be received with open arms. Those of us who are a little weak want to make a combination with some flyers, to make up our deficiencies in scorching runs. If we can get on the rear seat and eat doughnuts part of the time, so much the better.
Let the Tandem come on; and be welcomed with open arms. Those of us who are a bit weak want to team up with some flyers to cover our shortcomings in grueling races. If we can sit in the back seat and eat donuts part of the time, even better.
THE RATIONAL ORDINARY.
As the above term seems to be indigenous to England, and emanates indirectly from the fertile brain of the distinguished editor of the Cyclist, I append below a quotation from that journal by way of introduction to this subject.
As the term mentioned above appears to be native to England and indirectly comes from the creative mind of the notable editor of the Cyclist, I’ve included a quote from that journal below to introduce this topic.
“THE FUTURE OF THE ORDINARY.
“THE FUTURE OF THE ORDINARY.”
“‘The Ordinary is doomed,’ we very frequently hear people say, but we are not of that opinion. True, it has ‘had its nose put out of joint’ by the Safety lately, but this only shows us the correctness of the opinions we have always held, and proves to us that, if the makers will only look after the safety and comfort of Ordinary riders a little more, the old love for the high wheel will return, and good business will result. In the introduction to the ‘Indispensable Bicyclists’ Hand-Book’ this year we say; ‘The Ordinary bicycle, for the young and active, is the most delightful form of cycle to possess, and the youth of England147 and other active nations will ever select it in preference to its perhaps safer, yet more cumbrous rival. To retain its hold as a touring machine, however, I feel certain that more attention must be paid to the comfort and comparative safety of the rider, and I hope to see in the near future a gradual inclination towards larger back wheels, more rake, longer cranks, and the addition of foot-rests, when the ordinary and original machine will, with common care, be equal in safety to any form of cycle extant.’...
“People often say that the Ordinary is finished, but we don’t agree. Yes, it’s been overshadowed by the Safety recently, but this only reinforces our long-held belief. If manufacturers pay more attention to the safety and comfort of Ordinary riders, the old love for the high wheel will revive, and good business will follow. In the introduction to this year’s ‘Indispensable Bicyclists' Hand-Book’, we state: “For the young and active, the Ordinary bicycle is the most enjoyable type of cycle to own, and the youth of England147 and other active nations will always prefer it over its possibly safer, but bulkier alternative. However, to keep its reputation as a touring machine, I’m convinced that more focus must be placed on rider comfort and relative safety. I hope to see a gradual shift toward larger back wheels, more rake, longer cranks, and the addition of footrests soon, so that the ordinary and original bike, with proper care, will be just as safe as any type of cycle on the market.”...
“This being so, we ask makers, in their own interests and in the interests of the Ordinary as a type, to deal with the matter and give attention to the points enumerated above. We are sure it would pay any maker, who has the proper facilities for doing so, to place a machine built as described vigorously on the market, and we hope next season to see it done, when we feel assured the rationally-built Ordinary will gradually work its way back into the public estimation.”
“In light of this, we encourage manufacturers, for their own benefit and for the benefit of the Ordinary as a category, to tackle this issue and focus on the points mentioned. We believe it would be a great opportunity for any manufacturer with the right resources to actively promote a bike built as described, and we hope to see this happen next season. We are confident that a well-designed Ordinary will eventually win back public favor.”
In spite of the laudatory notices of subsequent writers in the Cyclist, I am not disposed to treat this subject seriously. If not already consigned to oblivion, no doubt the ideas advanced in the foregoing quotation will be by the time this book reaches the reader; something must be said about it, however, since the importance of the question is now quite generally felt. To long cranks little objection can be made, but as to increased rake and large rear wheels, this is a thrust at the heart of all we have to admire in the Ordinary. We are willing to take the old mount with all its dangers, for the sake of its neat appearance and ease of running, but when we get back nearly off the large wheel; when we reach out to the end of a longer crank; when we get over and drag along after us a great ungainly rear wheel to wag about over the road; and lastly, when we strike at the life of easy steering, pray what have we left? Why not go back to the old bone-shaker, curl up like a sleeping chimpanzee and kick up in the air as we used to do, and be done with it? No! If we propose to stick to the old high perch, let us be men and take it as it has been perfected, neat and comfortable, with the rider upon the front wheel and within a reasonable distance of the point over his work. If not that, then let us gracefully accept our place148 down among the dogs, and take the Safety, depending upon having so little else to attend to that we can kick off the festive canines and take up the time we would otherwise spend in patching up our skin with sticking plaster, in wiping off the accumulated dust from our machines.
Despite the praise from later writers in the Cyclist, I’m not inclined to take this topic too seriously. If it hasn’t already been forgotten, the ideas from the previous quote likely will be by the time this book reaches you; still, it’s important to mention it since the significance of the issue is widely recognized now. Little can be said against long cranks, but increasing rake and having large rear wheels strikes at the core of what we appreciate about the Ordinary. We accept the old bike with all its hazards for its clean look and smooth ride, but when we’re almost off the big wheel, reaching for a longer crank, dragging along a bulky rear wheel that bounces on the road, and losing the ease of steering—what do we have left? Why not just go back to the old bone-shaker, curl up like a sleepy chimp, and kick our legs in the air like we used to? No! If we want to stick with the old high seat, let’s be reasonable and embrace it as it was refined: tidy and comfortable, with the rider on the front wheel and close enough to their work. If not, then let’s accept our place148 down with the dogs, riding a Safety, relying on the fact that we have so little else to manage that we can ignore the pesky dogs and devote our time to fixing our scrapes with band-aids and cleaning the dust off our bikes.
No man can edit a journal without making mistakes, and I shall probably find that books cannot be written without incurring the same liability, but for all this we cannot excuse the Rational. The more generally correct an editor is the more keenly we feel his freaks; so let this be my defence in noticing this little idiosyncratic perturbation of Mr. Sturmey’s otherwise infallible intellect.
No one can edit a journal without making mistakes, and I’ll probably discover that writing books comes with the same risks, but that doesn’t excuse the Rational. The more accurately an editor does his job, the more we notice his quirks; so let this be my justification for pointing out this small, unusual mistake in Mr. Sturmey’s otherwise flawless reasoning.
CHAPTER XVIII.
Unfortunately, it is next to impossible to practically test the durability and general excellence of a wheel before purchasing. The buyer therefore has to depend upon his skill in judging of workmanship. It is impossible to give many set rules that would be of much assistance to a prospective buyer, but of one thing he can be reasonably certain,—if he finds a single poorly made or undeniably botched part, it is a valid cause for a rigid examination into all others. A first-class manufacturer is not liable to botch a single part, but if you find that he has done so, it is well to be very cautious in patronizing him. It is generally a safe plan to examine a machine that has been in use in order to judge of the durability of a maker’s work, though durability will generally accompany good workmanship and finish when new. A cheap quality of nickel-plating often gives the appearance of a good job, but it will peel and rust; and to prevent this good platers put on a coat of copper under the nickel as a base upon which to plate. It is difficult to determine in a new machine the amount of the nickel deposit, or whether it is upon a copper base; hence it will be seen that the maker’s work in the past is the only standard from which such matters can be judged. With enamel and paint it is much more easy to determine the quality, though a glossy surface is not necessarily a true gauge of good work. It is the finish of the under surfaces that takes the labor. A good job of painting is to my mind superior to enamel or japan, but it is attended with150 considerable labor. In olden times, when paint was more common, a maker could be identified by the finish and striping of his machines; there was such a difference in the quality of the work. Now, however, since the dead-black japan rules the day, it is more difficult to judge between makers by the outward finish of their wares. There cannot be much difference in the amount of labor put upon the work by the various manufacturers, for the reason that a certain process has to be gone through before it can be done at all. À propos of striping, it may be considered gaudy, but an artistic job sets off a machine as compared with a plain black now in vogue.
Unfortunately, it's nearly impossible to practically test the durability and overall quality of a wheel before buying it. Therefore, buyers have to rely on their ability to judge craftsmanship. While there aren't many clear rules that could significantly help a potential buyer, one thing is certain—if you spot a single poorly made or obviously botched part, it's a good reason to closely inspect the rest. A top-notch manufacturer is unlikely to mess up just one part, but if you find that they have, it's wise to be cautious about choosing them. It's usually a safe approach to check out a machine that's been used to assess the durability of a manufacturer's work, although durability typically comes with good craftsmanship and finish when new. Cheap nickel plating often looks impressive but tends to peel and rust; to prevent this, quality platers apply a layer of copper underneath the nickel as a base. It's hard to assess the thickness of the nickel plating on a new machine, or whether it has a copper base; thus, the manufacturer's past work is the only benchmark for judging such issues. With enamel and paint, it's easier to determine quality, although a shiny surface isn't always a reliable indicator of good work. The finish of the undersides is what takes the most effort. To me, a well-done paint job is better than enamel or japan, but it requires significant labor. In the past, when paint was more common, you could identify a maker by the finish and striping of their machines, as there was a distinct difference in quality. Now, since the flat black finish is in style, it's harder to differentiate between manufacturers based on the external finish of their products. There likely isn't much variation in the amount of labor put into the work by different manufacturers because a specific process must be followed before it can be completed at all. Speaking of striping, it may be considered flashy, but an artistic design really enhances a machine compared to the plain black that's currently fashionable.
The quality of rubber in the tire of a bicycle affords a splendid field for an expert; only those who have to use rubber in other connections realize the great differences in its quality. Rubber can be made absolutely useless by adulteration; and when we see how easily some tires cut, we cannot doubt that makers often sacrifice quality for the sake of price. Buyers should notice carefully the old tires of different makers, and see how they have stood the test.
The quality of rubber in a bicycle tire provides a great opportunity for an expert; only those who work with rubber in other areas understand the significant differences in its quality. Rubber can become completely ineffective due to adulteration; and when we observe how easily some tires wear down, it's clear that manufacturers often compromise quality to reduce costs. Buyers should closely examine the old tires from different brands and assess how they have performed over time.
In the matter of quality of tubing of which machines are made there is little difficulty at present, as nearly all of the firms buy from one or the other of two great English factories, but when the industry of weldless tube-making becomes more disseminated, and small concerns with inadequate facilities enter the field, we can expect more trouble. About the brazing of the tubes it is utterly impossible to tell anything except from the way it stands.
In terms of the quality of tubing used in machines, there's not much trouble right now, since almost all companies source from one of two major English factories. However, as the industry of weldless tube-making becomes more widespread and smaller companies with limited resources start to participate, we can anticipate more issues. Regarding the brazing of the tubes, it's completely impossible to say anything definitive other than judging by its appearance.
The screws and nuts about a machine should be provided with sharp, deep threads, and work easily though not loosely. A maker can almost always be judged by the kind of screws he cuts. The nuts and screw-heads should be case-hardened and be neat and square on the corners, and not rounded by the nickel polisher. In all cases where it is practicable some device151 for preventing the nuts from coming loose, or being entirely lost, is a great boon; this point will have to be looked after now since complicated machines are becoming more popular. The device generally used on the outer end of pedals should become more common, especially on tricycles, tandems, and chain Safeties, where there are so many parts. A good practical jam-nut has never yet been invented, and the cycle-builders are therefore not to blame for not having provided some means against loose nuts generally.
The screws and nuts on a machine should have sharp, deep threads and should function smoothly without being loose. You can usually tell what kind of maker someone is by the screws they produce. The nuts and screw heads should be case-hardened and have clean, square corners, not rounded off by polishing. Whenever possible, it's helpful to have a device151 that prevents nuts from coming loose or getting lost, especially now that complex machines are becoming more common. The device typically used on the outer end of pedals should be used more often, particularly on tricycles, tandems, and chain Safeties, where there are many components. A reliable jam-nut hasn’t been invented yet, so cycle builders can’t be blamed for not having a solution for loose nuts in general.
In the matter of saddle and other springs, we are somewhat at a loss for a guide; there is not so much carelessness in quality of the steel used as in the tempering, and in this the buyer has again to rely on reputation and observance of other machines of the same make. The quality of leather often used in saddles is simply an insult to the judgment of the fraternity, and if we will go on in blindly taking any and everything that is offered, the imposition will continue. If buyers scrutinize closely, the makers will be proportionately careful, thus making it harder for unscrupulous tradesmen to foist poor work upon the market, an evil which has existed and will increase as the industry advances.
When it comes to saddles and other springs, we’re somewhat unsure of what to follow as a guide. It's not so much about the quality of the steel used, but more about the tempering process. Here, buyers have to rely on the reputation of the brand and the performance of other machines made by the same manufacturer. The quality of leather often used in saddles is a real insult to the community's judgment, and if we keep accepting whatever is offered without question, these unfair practices will persist. If buyers examine things closely, manufacturers will be more mindful, making it harder for dishonest sellers to push low-quality products into the market—an issue that's been around and will only grow as the industry evolves.
ABOUT ENGLISH AND AMERICAN MAKERS.
One of the most frequent questions asked by the would-be purchaser of either a two- or three-wheeler is, “What make shall I buy?” And before he settles down to a matter of comparison between individual firms he must first settle whether he will buy an English or American mount. This difficulty is, however, of less importance than he is apt to imagine, because, beyond all question, there are wheels good enough for any one made in either country. The chief trouble will lie in choosing between the different makers, especially if he concludes to try an English wheel. This,152 as regards the English builders, arises from no general lack of capability among them, but it is simply due to the fact that the industry is so much more widely disseminated there than here. That is to say, there are so many more factories already established and new ones starting there, that, as a natural consequence, some incompetent people, with inadequate plant and machinery, will be certain to creep into the field. This is a temporary condition of affairs as between the two countries, for it will not be long until the same conditions will apply here in America. Now, the reader might infer that we condemn new and small makers, but by no means is this so. There are many small shops that turn out the best of work, some of them do not make the entire machine, but purchase many parts from manufacturers of specialties; but, as a general rule, it is a little safer to buy of a larger concern, that makes, as nearly as possible, the entire machine. This will apply in any line of business, especially if the buyer is not an expert in judging of the goods. On the other hand, there is this fact to contend against with the larger manufacturers,—when they make a mistake at all it is almost sure to be one comparable to the size of their business. In the small shops an error will be discovered more quickly, and, as a rule, will be rectified before many machines go on the market.
One of the most common questions asked by someone looking to buy a two- or three-wheeler is, “Which brand should I choose?” Before diving into comparisons between specific companies, they first need to decide if they want an English or American model. However, this decision is less critical than they might think, because without a doubt, both countries produce bikes that are good enough for anyone. The main challenge will be choosing between the various manufacturers, particularly if they decide to go with an English bike. This situation, concerning English manufacturers, doesn’t stem from a general lack of quality, but rather from the fact that the industry is much more widespread there than here. In other words, there are many more established factories and new ones popping up, which naturally leads to some less competent people with inadequate facilities and equipment entering the market. This is a temporary situation between the two countries, as it won’t be long before similar conditions arise in America. Now, one might think that we are criticizing new and smaller manufacturers, but that’s not the case at all. There are many small shops that produce excellent work; some don’t make the entire bike but source many parts from specialized manufacturers. However, as a general rule, it’s a bit safer to buy from a larger company that makes the majority of the bike themselves. This principle applies across any business, especially if the buyer isn’t an expert at assessing the products. Conversely, larger manufacturers tend to make mistakes on a scale that aligns with their size. In smaller shops, errors are usually spotted more quickly and tend to be fixed before many bikes reach the market.
In America the larger concerns are so vastly predominant over the small that the buyer has only to decide between articles of established reputation; the American factories do not seem to have ever been small. In a large majority of cases there are certain peculiarities about the machines which not only settle the matter nationally, but as to individual makers. Some little point at once takes the eye or the heart of the buyer, and that settles it all; and perhaps it is best it should be so. Nationally considered, the English have had much larger and more varied experience in the cycle industry than we have had; they have more153 experts in the line and are nearer to the fountain head of supplies, particularly in regard to tubing, and no matter how soon we on this side may have tube-works, it will be some time before we can depend upon them. The English have taken advantage of their good fortune, and, together with the natural precedence in this art which we all agree has been allotted to them, they have gone ahead without the erroneous veneration generally felt in favor of their grandfather’s method, which has blinded them so often in their advancement in other arts. It was a marvellous sight to the writer to see a bicycle firm, flush with the times in all their work, in a factory almost nestling against other places devoted to making fusee watches with “Granddaddy winding-apparatuses,” making watch-cases by gradually punching them into a conical cast-iron cavity, cutting alleged screw bezels with a chaser in a lathe pulled back by a hickory spring, and such eocenic appliances.
In America, the bigger companies dominate the smaller ones so overwhelmingly that buyers only have to choose between well-known products. American factories don't seem to have ever been small. In most cases, there are specific features of the machines that not only determine choices nationally but also between individual manufacturers. Sometimes a small detail grabs the buyer’s attention and makes the decision for them, and maybe that's for the best. When looking at it nationally, the English have had a lot more experience and variety in the cycling industry than we have. They have more experts in this field and are closer to the source of materials, especially when it comes to tubing. No matter how soon we may establish tube factories here, it will take time before we can rely on them. The English have capitalized on their good fortune and, along with the natural advantage in this industry that we all agree they've earned, they’ve progressed without the misguided reverence often held for outdated methods that has hindered their progress in other areas. It was remarkable for me to see a bicycle company completely in tune with modern practices, located almost next to facilities that made fusee watches with "Granddaddy winding mechanisms," using outdated processes to create watch cases by punching them into conical cast-iron molds and cutting supposed screw bezels with tools in a lathe powered by a hickory spring, and other archaic equipment.
In Coventry there stood, wet and rusting in an old botanical conservatory, one of the finest of American watch-case tools, which some ambitious English watch-maker, in a fit of sanity, had taken over; but his men could not, or probably would not, use it. Yet a great cycle firm had just bought, and was using, one of the very finest Brown & Sharp lathes, merely, I suppose, to make sure that no Yankee should get the better of them in tools. This is not an admission on their part that all English tools are immature affairs; they need not admit anything of the kind, for among the number of tons of cast iron in a twelve-inch screw lathe which you see in every cycle shop, a small part of one ton, at least, is fixed to do some work, and accurate work at that. It was a fortunate thing for our mother country in the cycle business that it was clogged by no fettering precedents or mediæval rules of mechanics. The English cycle-makers are abreast of the times in their line, and there is no better illustration of the total absence of all effect of surroundings upon this great industry than the154 fact that the lightest cycles in the world are made with such ponderous tools. It must have been a great feat, in view of their proclivities for substantial machinery, to shave off the last superfluous ounce in a bicycle. In short, it has been impressed very forcibly on the writer’s mind that the famous Yankee ingenuity is simply unchained English genius. In our heated discussions as to whether the American manufacturer, with a higher rate of wages, could hold his own against the English without a discriminating tariff duty, there may be two sides in regard to watch-making and some other industries, but when applied to cycles it is nonsense to suppose that we could compete.
In Coventry, there was an old botanical conservatory where a top-notch American watch-case tool sat, wet and rusting, after an ambitious English watchmaker had brought it over, likely in a moment of insight; however, his team couldn’t or probably wouldn’t use it. Meanwhile, a major bicycle company had just purchased and was using one of the finest Brown & Sharp lathes, probably just to ensure that no American outperformed them in tool quality. This doesn’t mean they believe all English tools are inferior; they don't have to admit that, because among the tons of cast iron in a twelve-inch screw lathe found in every bike shop, at least a small part of one ton is put to work, and it’s precise work. Luckily for our home country in the bicycle industry, it wasn't held back by outdated traditions or medieval mechanical rules. English bike manufacturers are in line with modern practices, and the fact that the lightest bicycles in the world are made using such heavy machines perfectly illustrates that this important industry isn’t influenced by its surroundings. It must have been quite a challenge, considering their preference for substantial machinery, to shave off that last unnecessary ounce in a bicycle. In short, I've come to firmly believe that Yankee ingenuity is simply unrestrained English talent. In our heated debates about whether the American manufacturer, with higher wages, could stand up against the English without a protective tariff, there may be valid arguments regarding watchmaking and some other industries, but when it comes to bicycles, it’s ridiculous to think we could compete.
As to American machines, that which would strike us as remarkable in the English would be, to a large extent, natural to our institutions; that all machine parts should be accurately made and be interchangeable would be taken for granted when coming from one of our factories, but it is a little odd to find it approached by others. The absolute regularity and similarity with which work is turned out by us is sometimes an objection; if a part is too hard or brittle, or in any way bad in its construction and form, a part for the same purpose, from the same factory, will be sure to be just like the one you want to replace; in fact, if you have one bad part, depend upon it there have been thousands made just like it, and you will be pretty certain to get one of them. It is generally conceded that the American maker is more careful to test his new plans before placing the product upon the market; anyhow, since the customer in this country is able to get to head-quarters more easily with his complaint, he generally favors buying at home, though it is often a very close contest in his mind just what to do.
When it comes to American machines, what seems remarkable about the English approach is mostly typical for us. We expect all machine parts to be made precisely and to be interchangeable when they come from our factories, but it's a bit surprising to see this emphasized by others. The consistency and uniformity of our production can sometimes be seen as a drawback; if a part is too hard, brittle, or poorly made, a replacement part from the same factory will likely be just like the one you need to replace. In fact, if you have a faulty part, you can bet that thousands just like it were produced, and you'll probably end up with one of them. It's generally accepted that American manufacturers are more diligent in testing their new designs before releasing them to the market; after all, since customers here can easily reach out to the company with complaints, they usually prefer to shop locally, even though they often face a tough decision on what to do.
However a cyclist may feel in regard to this question of English or American machines, it would be best in the long run to settle the question entirely upon the155 merits and quality of the work. It is a bad plan to implicitly take the word of a salesman regardless of one’s own judgment. The variety of machines has become so great that it is more than likely the customer will generally have to buy from the maker who has adopted the special style of machine the buyer is determined to have. But let this not deter him from insisting on a high grade of workmanship and excellence of material.
However a cyclist may feel about the issue of English versus American bikes, it's better in the long run to base the decision solely on the merits and quality of the products. Relying completely on a salesperson's word, without trusting one’s own judgment, is a bad approach. The range of bikes has grown so vast that it's likely the customer will usually have to buy from the manufacturer that offers the specific style of bike they want. However, this shouldn't stop them from demanding high quality craftsmanship and excellent materials.
CHAPTER XIX.
The subject of cranks and levers has been touched upon from a philosophical stand-point, but an ingenious squib in a maker’s catalogue on the subject has suggested the propriety of treating its mechanical features more fully. The squib referred to runs as follows:
The topic of cranks and levers has been discussed from a philosophical perspective, but a clever note in a maker’s catalog on the topic has suggested that we should explore its mechanical aspects in more detail. The note says:
“CRANKS VS. LEVERS.
“CRANKS VS. LEVERS.”
“The question of a motive power for cycles is as old as the first idea of wheel riding. Inventors, after having persistently tried and abandoned every other known motor,—steam, electricity, etc.,—have made every effort to discover the best way of applying leg-power.
“The debate about power sources for bicycles dates back to the very start of cycling. Inventors have tried and given up on every possible motor—steam, electricity, and more—while tirelessly searching for the best way to harness leg power.”
“While nine-tenths of the cycles have always been driven by cranks, in a few cases the attempt has been made to show that power could absolutely be created by the use of levers, and that if the power could be applied on one side only of the axle, avoiding the return stroke of a crank, the result would equal a man’s lifting himself over a fence by his boot-straps.
“Although ninety percent of bikes have always relied on cranks for power, there have been a few attempts to show that power could theoretically be generated using levers. If power could be applied only on one side of the axle, removing the backward motion of a crank, it would be like a person lifting themselves over a fence by their bootstraps.”
“In their eager pursuit of this one idea its advocates have lost sight of the fact that the question is of the economical use of the power we have, and that it is as impossible to create a power as to overcome the laws of gravitation. For hundreds of years the machinery of the world, practically speaking, has been driven by cranks. In this fact we have the testimony of the highest mechanical genius the world has known.
“In their enthusiastic quest for this idea, its proponents have missed the point that the challenge is to use the power we have efficiently, and it’s just as impossible to create power as it is to defy the laws of gravity. For hundreds of years, most of the world's machinery has been driven by cranks, as confirmed by the greatest mechanical genius ever known.”
“Engineers agree that the crank is the only economical method of applying power—that it transmits to the driving shaft ninety-nine per cent. of the power applied. In no class of machinery except cycles is the attempt made to use levers where cranks could be used.
“Engineers agree that the crank is the most economical way to transfer power—that it transfers ninety-nine percent of the power used to the driving shaft. No other machinery, besides bicycles, attempts to use levers when cranks could be used.”
“Careful experiments have shown that the use of a lever is misleading, in that, while power can be converted into speed and speed into power, the development of either is at the expense of the other. It is at once evident that with levers we have more friction, more weight, and more complication than with cranks, and that absolutely more power is required, as the springs which157 are used to return the levers must be forced down at the expenditure of power which should be applied to the propulsion of the machine. Several years ago lever-power was tried in England on bicycles and tricycles and extensively introduced, but has been so generally abandoned that there is to-day no machine of importance so driven. The worst feature of the lever action, however, is that the movement of the foot does not become automatic, as is the case in the use of the crank. There is absence of regularity, and a consequent loss of momentum. A rotary motion is more natural to the feet, being more like walking, while a lever motion is like treading water while swimming, or like constantly climbing up stairs. Not only does the mechanical use of the legs require a regular movement, but it is better to use always the same length of crank, never varying the throw.
“Careful experiments have shown that using a lever can be misleading. While you can convert power into speed and speed into power, developing one means sacrificing the other. It’s clear that levers create more friction, add extra weight, and introduce more complexity compared to cranks, which actually require more power. This is because the springs that return the levers must be compressed, using power that could be better spent on moving the machine forward. A few years ago, lever power was tested in England on bicycles and tricycles and was widely promoted, but it has since been mostly discarded, and today there are no major machines using this approach. The biggest drawback of lever action, however, is that the foot movement isn't automatic, unlike with a crank. This results in inconsistency and loss of momentum. Rotary motion is more natural for the feet, similar to walking, while lever motion feels more like treading water or continuously climbing stairs. Not only does the mechanical use of the legs require regular movement, but it’s also best to consistently use the same crank length without changing the throw.”
“A special set of muscles can be trained to such work as the use of the lever action; but such development is abnormal and at the expense of other parts of the body.”
“A specific group of muscles can be trained for functions like operating a lever; however, this kind of training is uncommon and can negatively impact other areas of the body.”
There is little doubt in the minds of reasonable people that a good machine can be made either with cranks or levers; and this possibility makes it an interesting point in cycle discussion. It is hardly fair, however, to hold a maker responsible for matter written for the purpose of advertising his wares, nor do I wish to do so. The article above quoted puts, in unique form, the opinions of a large class of observers, and for that reason it is given here. I take up the lever side of the question simply because there is more to talk about on that side, and also perhaps for the reason that I have had large experience at considerable cost in experimenting on different forms of levers.
There’s no doubt in the minds of reasonable people that a good machine can be made with either cranks or levers, and this possibility makes for an interesting topic in discussions about cycles. However, it’s not fair to hold a manufacturer accountable for material written to advertise their products, nor do I intend to do so. The article quoted above presents, in a unique way, the opinions of many observers, which is why it’s included here. I’ll focus on the lever side of the discussion simply because there’s more to discuss in that area, and perhaps also because I have had significant experience and incurred considerable costs in experimenting with different types of levers.
Some of the remarks about “creating power” are true, but might be applied equally well to some of our crank theorists.
Some of the comments about "creating power" are accurate, but they could just as easily apply to some of our unconventional theorists.
To say that the machinery of the world is driven by cranks, is hardly tenable; even though the engine generally has a crank. But now, since we must reduce our comparisons down to the human motor, in combination with the crank of a bicycle, let us say the pitman rod represents the man’s leg. This rod has to push and pull, which a man cannot do with one leg; but for this you say he has two legs; admitting, then,158 that two legs represent the pitman, we are still out a fly-wheel and an evenly-running resistance. (See chapter on “Connecting Link.”)
Saying that the world runs like a machine driven by cranks isn’t really valid, even though most engines do have a crank. However, if we simplify our comparison to the human body along with the crank of a bicycle, we can think of the man's legs as the pitman rod. This rod has to push and pull, which a person can’t do with just one leg; but if we say he has two legs, then we can consider them as the pitman. Still, we’re missing a flywheel and a consistent resistance. (See chapter on “Connecting Link.”)
A great deal of the power of machinery is transmitted through pulleys and belts; now I take it that this is much more similar to some of the drum and lever machines than to a simple crank. There is, however, a form of lever and crank combined, of which I have spoken elsewhere, that is really worse than any simple form of either, but we have just as much right to say the crank ought to make it good as to say the lever makes it bad; if the crank is such a great cure for all evils, as the maker quoted seems to imply, it ought not be so bad in any combination.
A lot of the power from machines is transmitted through pulleys and belts; I believe this is more similar to some of the drum and lever machines than to a basic crank. However, there's a type of lever and crank combined that I've mentioned before, which is actually worse than any simple version of either. Still, we have just as much right to claim that the crank should improve things as to say that the lever makes them worse; if the crank is such an effective solution for all problems, as the quoted maker seems to suggest, it shouldn’t be so ineffective in any combination.
There is no loss of power in pushing down a spring if it is only just strong enough to lift the leg, since the leg would otherwise have to be lifted by the expenditure of muscular energy. In using a spring we press down with a little more weight than is required to run the machine, so that a storage of power is the result which is given out in lifting the leg. In fact this is done to some extent in the crank machines; the rider not only puts enough power on each crank to turn the wheel, but also enough to lift the other leg; this is true at least when the rider is quite tired. Examples are known wherein a racer on long distances could no longer lift his legs, even with the aid of a spring, though at the same time, he still had strength enough left to propel the machine. In fine, this difference between the crank and spring lever is that in the former, a little extra power is exerted to lift the other leg, while, in the latter, energy is stored to be used in raising the same leg.
There’s no loss of power when pushing down a spring if it’s just strong enough to lift the leg, since otherwise, the leg would need to be lifted using muscular energy. When using a spring, we apply a bit more weight than what’s necessary to operate the machine, resulting in stored power that helps lift the leg. This happens to some extent in crank machines; the rider puts enough power on each crank to turn the wheel and also enough to lift the other leg, especially when the rider is really tired. There are cases where a racer on long distances couldn’t lift his legs anymore, even with a spring's help, but still had enough strength left to drive the machine. In short, the key difference between the crank and spring lever is that in the former, a little extra power is used to lift the other leg, while in the latter, energy is stored to lift the same leg.
In a perfectly fresh man I have found, by the registers of the cyclograph, that the rider lifts all weight from a returning crank, but this does not happen when he becomes tired. Evidently, if the spring is strong enough to more than lift the leg, a loss of power will159 result, since the rider would have to hold it in check even in coming up in order to keep it from stopping with a bang, as is sometimes noticed when he jumps from a treadle machine. The winding and unwinding of the spring involves no loss of power except in heat incident to motion and imperfect elasticity, which is quite small. This loss from heat within the molecular structure, I am constrained to think, is not what is popularly meant by loss of power in springs.
In a completely new bike rider, I've found through cyclograph records that when pedaling, they lift all the weight from a returning crank, but that doesn't happen when they get tired. Clearly, if the spring is strong enough to lift more than just the leg, there will be a drop in power since the rider will have to control it even while coming up to avoid it stopping suddenly, like when they jump off a pedal machine. The winding and unwinding of the spring doesn’t lose power except for the heat generated by motion and minor elasticity issues, which is pretty minimal. This heat loss within the molecular structure, I believe, isn't what most people mean by loss of power in springs.
Coming back to our quotation, true, in England levers have been tried and expunged. A prominent American, I believe, assisted some little in enlightening our too susceptible English brethren on the subject, yet some attempts have been made with them in this country which no fair person can call unsuccessful.
Returning to our quote, it's true that levers have been tried and removed in England. A notable American, I believe, helped shed some light on the matter for our overly receptive English counterparts, yet there have been some attempts with them in this country that no reasonable person can deem unsuccessful.
A little printer’s ink will answer the last sentence of our quotation. Simply change the words “lever-action,” and substitute “cranks,” and you will have the following: “A special set of muscles can be trained to such work as the use of cranks, but such development is abnormal and at the expense of other parts of the body.” So the reader can see how a little slip in the type would have changed the whole argument. This discussion could be continued with great interest to both sides if we could only find in some maker’s catalogue of lever machines an attempt to “down” the crank machine on general principles. As it is, it must close for lack of antagonism in so far as broad principle goes.
A little bit of printer's ink will clarify the last sentence of our quote. Just change the words “lever-action” to “cranks,” and you’ll get this: “A specific set of muscles can be trained for using cranks, but this kind of development is unusual and comes at the expense of other parts of the body.” This shows how a small mistake in the type could have altered the entire argument. We could continue this discussion with great interest from both sides if we could find any maker’s catalog of lever machines trying to criticize the crank machine on general principles. As it stands, this must wrap up due to a lack of opposing viewpoints in terms of broader principles.
As to the construction of crank machines, the subject is so familiar to every one, and the device is so simple, that it is impossible to write much of an essay on it. With regard to levers, however, the subject is inexhaustible. The most salient features claimed for the clutch machines now in the market are, first, non-dead centre,—that is, even, continuous power; second, entire rest of the legs when power is not required. The objections are chiefly, first, insecurity and entire160 dependence on the brake found in the absence of all back pedalling; second, non-support of the legs, springs being insufficient to sustain their weight. To the above objections appertaining to the lever and clutch machine, a third may be added,—viz., the complexity of parts, liability to breakage, and danger of accidents therefrom. At one time the advantage of safety was found in the clutch machine almost exclusively, but at the present time we have complete safety elements in certain forms of crank-wheels.
When it comes to building crank machines, the topic is so well-known and the design so straightforward that it’s hard to write a lengthy essay about it. However, when it comes to levers, the topic is endless. The key features promoted for the clutch machines currently available are, first, non-dead center—meaning they provide smooth, continuous power; second, complete rest for the legs when power is not needed. The main criticisms are mainly, first, insecurity and total reliance on the brake since there's no back pedaling; second, the legs lack support, as the springs aren’t strong enough to hold their weight. In addition to the concerns related to the lever and clutch machines, another issue can be added: the complexity of parts, risk of breakage, and potential accidents resulting from that. At one time, the clutch machine was considered the safest option almost exclusively, but now we have completely safe alternatives in certain types of crank wheels.
Much difficulty has been experienced by makers of lever cycles in finding a suitable clutching device, a difficulty with which most of the experience the writer has had is concerned. In conducting experiments in this line I have found that the rattle of the old ratchet was annoying, and it was quite a problem in my mind why makers used them; but any one who undertakes to make a bicycle clutch will soon discover the reason, though at what cost “deponent sayeth not.” A neophyte in the bicycle experimenting ranks might justly suppose that the matter of clutches is a well-developed art in mechanics; to a certain extent it is, but not in the direction he will need. Clutches may be divided into three classes,—first, the common ratchet and pawl, either spring or gravity; second, the ratchet and friction pawl; third, surface-friction clutches proper. The first two grip on corrugated surfaces, the last on a perfectly plain or smooth surface. The first class rattles according to the pressure on the pawl or the weight of the same, and also to the amount of drop. The second class rattles only under certain conditions; that is, when both ratchet and pawl are in motion in the same direction, one moving a little faster than the other. The third class is entirely noiseless. Let us pass over the first class, as being familiar to everybody. The second class is not so well known and has never been used in any of the arts in this country so far as I know, except as recently applied to bicycles. This clutch is very161 similar in appearance to a regular ratchet, the difference being that in the former the pawl is held out of contact by friction against some of the moving parts, and when the motion is reversed the friction in a certain direction throws the pawl into action. A good mechanic would have hardly conceded such an arrangement as practicable in any machine, much less in a bicycle, for the reason that when the motion is reversed the pawl plunges into the teeth with so much force that damage would be supposed to result. Several patents are registered in England upon the noiseless ratchet; they are all alike in general principle, but it is due to the energy of an American maker that it has been made a success in cycle construction, and I am inclined to think it is the first time such a ratchet has ever been used to any extent in any kind of machinery.
Many bike manufacturers have faced challenges in finding a suitable clutching device, which is a topic I've dealt with extensively. While experimenting in this area, I've noticed that the noise from the old ratchet was quite bothersome, and I often wondered why manufacturers still used them. However, anyone who attempts to create a bicycle clutch will soon understand the reason, though at what cost, I won’t say. A beginner in bicycle experimentation might think that the issue of clutches is a well-established field in mechanics; to some extent, it is, but not in the areas they will require. Clutches can be categorized into three types: first, the common ratchet and pawl, whether spring or gravity; second, the ratchet and friction pawl; and third, proper surface-friction clutches. The first two types grip onto ridged surfaces, while the last one grips onto a perfectly flat or smooth surface. The first category rattles based on the pressure or weight on the pawl and also the amount of drop. The second category only rattles under certain circumstances, specifically when both the ratchet and pawl are moving in the same direction, one slightly faster than the other. The third category operates completely silently. Let's skip over the first category, as that is familiar to everyone. The second category isn't as well-known and hasn't been used in any of the arts in this country, as far as I know, except recently in bicycles. This clutch is very161 similar to a standard ratchet, with the key difference being that in this design, the pawl is held out of contact due to friction with some moving parts, and when the motion is reversed, the friction in a specific direction engages the pawl. A skilled mechanic would hardly consider such a design feasible in any machine, let alone in a bicycle, because when the motion reverses, the pawl forces its way into the teeth with such impact that damage would likely occur. Several patents for the silent ratchet have been registered in England; all share a general principle, but it's thanks to an American manufacturer that it has become successful in bicycle production, and I believe this is the first time such a ratchet has ever been widely used in any kind of machinery.

As to the third class of clutches, much of interest can be said for the benefit of those particularly concerned. “A friction clutch” to mechanics is a familiar term, since the name is applied to all pulley clutches, that grip on a smooth surface. Many of these clutches are a success for the purpose for which they are intended. The most common form used on machines where the requirements are similar to those of a cycle, is the “Roller.” The cycle experimenter nearly always strikes upon this clutch first, and with sufficiently good reason. It has been adopted in many arts, and is used in England162 upon tricycles in combination with cranks, with moderate success, but just here allow me to call attention to a cardinal difference in the requirements of a clutch as used on crank tricycles and successfully in the arts heretofore. In the crank-clutch cycles the clutch is used for the purpose of detaching the cranks from the spindle when the machine requires no driving, as in running down grade, but when once the clutch is gripped, it remains so till further power ceases to be required. Now, this is also just the action of all belt-pulley clutches, and between such action and that required in a lever-clutch cycle the difference is exceedingly conspicuous. In the crank-clutch cycle, as in other uses, the immediate solid grip is a matter of little concern; if a half turn of the parts takes place before clutching, it does little harm, since it is so small a fraction of the entire number of revolutions to be made before the grip is released. But if a grip is to be taken at every down stroke of the foot, as in a lever-clutch cycle, the least slip or lost motion is fatal.
Regarding the third type of clutches, there's a lot to discuss that will benefit those specifically interested. “A friction clutch” is a well-known term among mechanics, as it's used for all pulley clutches that grip onto a smooth surface. Many of these clutches work effectively for their intended purpose. The most common type used in machines with similar requirements to bicycles is the “Roller.” Experimenters in cycling often encounter this clutch first, and for good reason. It's been adopted in various fields and is used in England162 on tricycles in combination with cranks, achieving moderate success. However, I want to highlight a major difference in the requirements for a clutch used on crank tricycles versus those used successfully in other applications. In crank-clutch cycles, the clutch is meant to disconnect the cranks from the spindle when the machine doesn't need to drive, like when going downhill. Once the clutch is engaged, it stays engaged until more power is needed. This action is similar to all belt-pulley clutches, but the difference between that and what's needed in a lever-clutch cycle is quite noticeable. In the crank-clutch cycle, the immediate solid grip isn't a huge concern; if the parts turn half a turn before engaging, it doesn't cause much trouble, as it's such a small fraction of the total revolutions that will happen before the grip is released. However, if a grip is needed with every downward stroke of the foot, as in a lever-clutch cycle, any slip or lost motion can be disastrous.
This incessant clutching action, together with the great weight the parts have to sustain, and the repeated concussion of one piece upon another under this weight, makes up a combination of disturbing elements which will cause mischief against which it is almost impossible to provide.
This constant grip, along with the heavy load the parts have to bear, and the repeated impact of one piece against another under that weight, creates a mix of troubling factors that leads to problems that are nearly impossible to prevent.
In a form of roller-clutch I have tried, the inner frame or carrier is made loose upon a spindle.
In a type of roller-clutch I've experimented with, the inner frame or carrier is loosely mounted on a spindle.
In the drawing herewith annexed we have first a spindle in the centre, then a little open space around it, and then the clutch frame b b, which is connected loosely, not rigidly, to the drum. By this arrangement the pressure is distributed evenly upon the three rollers d, d, d, outwardly at three points against the casing, and in no event is the work done by a single roller. This device worked as well as any of this class I have tried; but the patterns are for sale at a very reasonable price. The main trouble I found in163 this contrivance and all other roller clutches was, that the great pressure disintegrated the oil, making a paste that would cause the rollers to slip in spite of everything.
In the attached drawing, we first see a spindle in the center, then a small open area around it, and next the clutch frame b b, which is loosely connected, not rigidly, to the drum. This setup evenly distributes pressure across the three rollers d, d, d, pushing outward at three points against the casing, ensuring that no single roller does all the work. This device performed just as well as any other in this category that I've tried; however, the patterns are available for a very reasonable price. The main issue I encountered in163 this mechanism and all other roller clutches was that the high pressure broke down the oil, turning it into a paste that caused the rollers to slip despite all efforts.
If it were not that another American, a cycle-maker, has apparently made a success of a roller-clutch, I should be tempted to warn all experimenters against it as a thing that “stingeth like a serpent and biteth like an adder.”
If it weren't for another American, a bike maker, who seems to have successfully created a roller-clutch, I would feel compelled to caution all inventors to steer clear of it as something that "stings like a serpent and bites like an adder."

Under a bench in a shop not far from the geographical centre of England may still be found about a bushel of friction-clutches of various and ingenious forms, which future historians in the art will find very interesting. Should any one wish to enter the arena as a searcher for the true friction-clutch, let him first examine these specimens, and he will start several years ahead. The nearest approach to a success which the writer has fallen upon is illustrated below for the purpose of helping those who may wish to carry on the search, or experiment in clutch-cycles,—if any should think it worth while in view of the alleged success of the American above referred to. The clutch illustrated below was contrived by a fellow-laborer in the field.164 The drawing represents the device in a crude form; some improvements having been necessary to complete it.
Under a bench in a shop not far from the geographical center of England, you can still find about a bushel of friction clutches in various and clever designs that future historians in the field will find very interesting. Anyone wanting to dive into the search for the true friction clutch should first look at these examples; they’ll be years ahead. The closest thing to a successful design that I’ve come across is shown below to assist those who might want to continue the search or experiment with clutch cycles—if they think it’s worth it given the alleged success of the American design mentioned earlier. The clutch illustrated below was created by a fellow worker in the field.164 The drawing shows the device in a basic form; some improvements were needed to finalize it.
B is a cog-wheel within another, A, the latter fast to the wheel-hub, and the former to the clutch-drum. A wedge, E, follows between the wheels, whence it will be seen that they can revolve, in relation to each other, in one direction only.
B is a gear inside another gear, A, which is attached to the wheel hub, while B is connected to the clutch drum. A wedge, E, is positioned between the gears, meaning they can only rotate in one direction relative to each other.

For those who wish to study this question more minutely, Kempe, on link motion, will be found a valuable work in connection with the construction of levers in any art, when it is desired to obtain a motion in a straight line from an oscillating or circular.
For those who want to explore this question in more detail, Kempe's work on link motion is a valuable resource related to the construction of levers in any field, especially when aiming to achieve straight-line motion from oscillating or circular motion.
In the way of conclusion, reverting to the possibilities of direct application of these remarks to the actual purchase and use of cycles, I wish to say, in regard to the mechanical difficulties in this matter of lever and clutch machines, that so long as the use of oil is necessary, I have very grave doubts if a thoroughly satisfactory, noiseless friction-clutch for use on cycles will ever be invented.
In conclusion, returning to how these comments directly apply to the buying and using of bicycles, I want to express my serious concerns about the mechanical challenges with lever and clutch systems. As long as oil is needed, I have strong doubts that a completely satisfactory, silent friction clutch for bicycles will ever be developed.
165
165
TANGENT VS. DIRECT SPOKES.
The subject of Tangent vs. Direct Spokes, or Direct vs. Partial Tangent, is one on which so much has been written and said within the last few years that it is probably well understood in the main by all enthusiastic wheelmen, but a few points may not come amiss to the beginner. In the first place, there is no such thing as partial tangency. A tangent spoke is tangent, and that is all there is about it. A tangent is a definite thing, and means a line normal to a radius at the circumference; at least, we can accept this definition as well enough suited to the cycle art. And, in speaking of tangency, we ought rather to say tangent hub than tangent wheel, since the spokes are not tangent to the rim of the wheel, but to the hub. All cyclists know very well, nevertheless, what is meant by partial tangency in the cycle art, and I will therefore use the term. If a long spoke went straight from one point in the rim to another nearly opposite, and just touched166 the outside circumference of the hub in one place, it would make two purely tangent spokes. (See cut.) As, for instance, a b and c d make all together four spokes, a f, b f, d e, and c e. If a spoke runs from any point, a, c, b, or d, to any point on the circumference of the hub between f and e, it will not be a full tangent spoke. The distinctive characteristic of a full tangent spoke is that, when the force tending to revolve the wheel is applied, it pulls from the point on the hub which would recede most rapidly from that point in the rim to which the other end of the spoke is affixed. Hence, the common expression that “a tangent hub gives a direct end-pull on the spokes;” but so does any other hub, if the spoke is swivelled into it. With a direct spoke screwed into the hub, the weight of the man is sustained by a direct end-pull, and a slight power is transmitted to the rim by the resistance to flexure or bending in the spoke tending to revolve the wheel, and it will be found in practice that any hub with a direct spoke will turn independently of the rim far enough to increase the distance slightly between the ends of the spokes so as to really make an end-pull as in the tangent spoke, but evidently the hub must revolve a great way in order to increase the length a very little. Here comes in the advantage of the tangent spoke, for, in order to turn the hub within the rim, the spoke has to stretch an amount equal to the distance a point on the circumference of the hub moves. To represent this in popular terms, if the hub turns one-eighth of an inch, the spoke has to stretch that amount if tangent, whereas the necessary increase in length of the direct spoke is almost imperceptible.
The topic of Tangent vs. Direct Spokes, or Direct vs. Partial Tangent, has been extensively discussed in recent years, so most enthusiastic cyclists probably have a good understanding of it. However, a few points could be useful for beginners. First off, there’s no such thing as partial tangency. A tangent spoke is either tangent or it’s not; that’s the bottom line. A tangent is a specific concept that describes a line that’s perpendicular to a radius at the edge; we can accept this definition as fitting for cycling. And, when we talk about tangency, it’s more accurate to refer to a tangent hub rather than a tangent wheel, since the spokes connect to the hub and not the rim of the wheel. Still, every cyclist is familiar with what’s meant by partial tangency in the cycling world, so I’ll use the term. If a long spoke runs straight from one point on the rim to another nearly opposite, and just touches the outside edge of the hub in one spot, it creates two purely tangent spokes. (See cut.) For example, a b and c d together make four spokes: a f, b f, d e, and c e. If a spoke goes from any point, a, c, b, or d, to any point on the edge of the hub between f and e, it won’t be a full tangent spoke. The main feature of a full tangent spoke is that when force is applied to turn the wheel, it pulls from the point on the hub that would move away the fastest from the corresponding point on the rim where the spoke is attached. This is why we say that “a tangent hub gives a direct end-pull on the spokes,” but the same applies to any other hub if the spoke is connected to it. With a direct spoke screwed into the hub, the rider's weight is supported by a direct end-pull, and a small amount of force is transferred to the rim due to resistance against bending in the spoke attempting to turn the wheel. In practice, any hub with a direct spoke will rotate independently of the rim enough to slightly increase the distance between the ends of the spokes, creating an end-pull like a tangent spoke, but clearly, the hub has to turn quite a bit to elongate the spokes even a little. This is where tangent spokes have an advantage; to rotate the hub within the rim, the spoke must stretch an amount equal to how far a point on the circumference of the hub moves. To put it simply, if the hub shifts one-eighth of an inch, the tangent spoke has to stretch that much, while the necessary length increase for the direct spoke is almost unnoticeable.

One point must not be forgotten in this matter, which redounds to the credit of the absolute direct spoke. It is that the driving strain passes through every spoke from the hub to the rim, whereas, in a tangent or partial tangent spoke, the strain is resisted by only one-half of the entire number. This defect167 is partially remedied by the late plan of soldering the spokes together at the points of crossing, this binding together being what really makes the tangent spokes so strong in resisting buckling, to which they were very liable before the soldering process was used. I am inclined to think that the midway or partial tangent hubs are the best, as they seem to combine all of the possible advantages, but the plan of crossing the spokes just once is, in the light of my experience, very bad, as it seems to combine the faults of both with the advantages of neither; they should be more nearly full tangent than direct if varied from the midway position at all. The small eighteen- or even thirty-inch wheel is good enough, if well made, with either direct or tangent hubs, especially in the one not used as a driver.
One thing shouldn't be overlooked in this discussion, which highlights the advantages of the completely direct spoke. The driving strain travels through every spoke from the hub to the rim, while in a tangent or partially tangent spoke, the strain is only supported by half of the total number. This issue167 is somewhat resolved by the recent method of soldering the spokes together at their crossing points, making the tangent spokes much stronger against buckling, which they were quite susceptible to before soldering was introduced. I believe that midway or partial tangent hubs are the best option, as they seem to combine all potential benefits, but crossing the spokes just once is, in my experience, quite poor; it tends to combine the downsides of both designs without gaining any advantages. If there's any variation from the midway position at all, they should be more nearly full tangent than direct. A small eighteen- or even thirty-inch wheel can perform well enough if it's made properly, with either direct or tangent hubs, particularly in the one not used as a driver.

The soldering of the spokes together, and other difficulties in the way of screwing them into tangent hubs, has led makers to adopt the plan of screwing them into the rim; this seems unavoidable, but is not very desirable, if for no other reason than that the wheel getting wet, the screw threads are apt to rust off and strip. With brass, aluminum, or bronze nipples,168 however, this difficulty can be to a great extent overcome.
The process of connecting the spokes and other challenges involved in attaching them to tangent hubs has pushed manufacturers to screw them into the rim instead. This seems necessary, but it's not ideal because if the wheel gets wet, the screw threads can easily rust and strip. However, using nipples made of brass, aluminum, or bronze can largely solve this problem.168
Tangent wheels are as old as the industry of cycling. Starley, of Coventry, is said to have experimented and shown, many years ago, that a tangent wheel with silk spokes would resist the revolving strain on the hub equal to a direct wire spoke, and the Scientific American gave an illustration of a tangent hub in their issue of September 1, 1877.
Tangent wheels have been around as long as cycling itself. Starley from Coventry is credited with having experimented and demonstrated many years ago that a tangent wheel with silk spokes could handle the spinning pressure on the hub just as well as a standard wire spoke. The Scientific American featured an illustration of a tangent hub in their September 1, 1877 issue.
The cross bar in the old bone-shaker made practically two tangent spokes, and pulled from the rim, so to speak, as will be noticed in our essay on hobbies.
The crossbar in the old bone-shaker created almost two tangent spokes and pulled from the rim, so to speak, as you will see in our essay on hobbies.
CHAPTER XX.
The cycle art has developed the use of antifriction, or, we might say, rolling-friction bearings, to an extent never before attained; these bearings are in the form of balls and rollers; the former are made in several styles and the latter in at least two, but all are more or less old in the arts.
The cycle industry has advanced the use of antifriction, or rolling-friction bearings, to a level never seen before. These bearings come in the form of balls and rollers; the balls are made in various styles, while the rollers have at least two types. However, all of these designs are somewhat dated in the field.

The first prominent patent in the American office, upon balls or rollers, is dated June 18, 1861, No. 32,604. There are some three hundred drawings of roller and ball-bearing patents on file at the United States office; this, however, does not represent the entire number issued. All of the more recent patents are substantially modifications of former patterns, such as No. 29,570, 1860; 37,765, 1863; 58,739, 1866; 63,609, 1867; 82,665, 1868; 113,867, 1871; 202,271, 1878, and Peter’s, November 20, 1877, No. 197,289.
The first notable patent in the American office for balls or rollers is dated June 18, 1861, No. 32,604. There are about three hundred drawings of roller and ball-bearing patents on file at the United States office; however, this doesn’t include all the patents issued. Most of the recent patents are basically modifications of earlier designs, including No. 29,570 from 1860; 37,765 from 1863; 58,739 from 1866; 63,609 from 1867; 82,665 from 1868; 113,867 from 1871; 202,271 from 1878, and Peter’s, dated November 20, 1877, No. 197,289.
One of the most useful variations and the one best adapted to the cycle art, is the lateral adjusting bearing of this style.
One of the most useful variations, and the one best suited for the cycle art, is the lateral adjusting bearing of this type.
170
170

Below find selected figure and claim from a prominent patent over which there has been much contention.
Below find a selected figure and claim from a well-known patent that has been the subject of much debate.
J. H. HUGHES, BEARING FOR WHEELS, NO. 227,632, PATENTED MAY 18, 1880.

“What I claim, and wish protected by Letters Patent is,—
“What I am claiming, and want to be protected by Letters Patent is,—
“In bearings for bicycles, tricycles, or carriages, the combination of hardened conical or curved surfaces, hardened spherical balls, and the means, substantially as shown and described, of adjusting or setting up the parts, for the purposes set forth.
“For bearings used in bicycles, tricycles, or carriages, the combination of hardened conical or curved surfaces, hardened spherical balls, and the method, primarily as shown and described, for adjusting or setting up the components, for their intended purposes.”
“Joseph Henry Hughes.”
“Joseph Henry Hughes.”
171
171
Other forms, such as the disk pattern with an annular groove upon its face, have their special uses.
Other forms, like the disk pattern with a ring-shaped groove on its surface, have their specific uses.
As to friction, ball-bearings may be said to reduce this to nothing, since in mathematical calculations, rolling friction on hard surfaces is usually neglected, as compared with sliding friction. In actual practice this would not quite hold good, since oil and dirt will make a difference. The balls, in the ordinary bearings in the market, roll upon conical, spherical, or cylindrical surfaces. In either of the last two cases the radius of curvature of the box is so much greater than that of the ball that the effect is the same as upon the cone, and in all cases where a bearing is well constructed the action is the same as that of a ball rolling upon a flat surface. True, some friction results from the contact of the balls with each other, but as there is no force driving them together, it is very slight.
When it comes to friction, ball bearings can be said to reduce it to almost nothing. In mathematical calculations, rolling friction on hard surfaces is usually ignored compared to sliding friction. However, in real life, this isn't entirely true, as oil and dirt can make a difference. The balls in standard bearings available on the market roll on conical, spherical, or cylindrical surfaces. In the last two cases, the radius of curvature of the housing is much larger than that of the ball, so the effect is similar to that on a cone. In well-constructed bearings, the action is the same as a ball rolling on a flat surface. It's true that some friction occurs from the balls coming into contact with each other, but since there's no force pushing them together, it's minimal.

So long as the bearings are new and properly made, each ball touches and rolls along what may be considered a mathematical line, and there is, in fact, no friction worthy of consideration. Nevertheless there is some, and in time a small groove is worn, or rolled, into the bearing, which groove just fits the ball. The friction is greater now than before, and increases with the deepening groove until, finally, when the depth of172 the groove equals the radius of the ball, the friction reaches its maximum and would be at that time nearly equal to one-fourth of the amount of friction engendered if the ball actually slid in the groove. The ball would then roll on lines along the groove through points c, c thirty-eight and one-fourth degrees around from E towards D, as shown in the annexed diagram. (Fig. 1.)
As long as the bearings are new and well-made, each ball touches and rolls along what can be seen as a mathematical line, and there isn’t any significant friction to consider. However, some friction does occur, and over time a small groove is created in the bearing that perfectly fits the ball. The friction is now greater than before and increases as the groove deepens until, finally, when the groove's depth equals the radius of the ball, the friction peaks, becoming nearly one-fourth of the friction that would occur if the ball actually slid in the groove. The ball would then roll along the groove through points c, c thirty-eight and one-fourth degrees from E toward D, as shown in the attached diagram. (Fig. 1.)

The reader can form a tolerably clear idea of the amount of friction caused by the ball sliding without rolling; let this then be the unit. Also let the radius of the ball be the unit depth of groove. The following table gives roughly in these units the frictions for the groove depths expressed in tenths.
The reader can get a fairly clear understanding of the friction created by the ball sliding without rolling; let's use this as the unit. Also, let's use the radius of the ball as the unit depth of the groove. The following table provides an approximate measure of the frictions for the groove depths expressed in tenths.
Groove Depths | 0 |
.1 |
.2 |
.3 |
.4 |
.5 |
.6 |
.7 |
.8 |
.9 |
1.0 |
Frictions | 0 |
.01 |
.02 |
.03 |
.05 |
.07 |
.09 |
.12 |
.15 |
.18 |
.21 |
173
173
To what is this friction due? Look at this diagram (Fig. 2), representing a transverse section of the groove and ball.
To what is this friction caused? Check out this diagram (Fig. 2), showing a cross-section of the groove and ball.

Is it not evident that the ball really rolls on two parallel lines in the groove somewhere between D and E, say the lines through c c perpendicular to the plane of the paper? This granted, it follows that points on the ball-surface touching the groove above c are going faster, while those touching below c are going slower than points touching at c. Hence, no wonder there is friction. The position of c c is such that the sum of the moments of friction above c c balances the sum of the moments of friction below c c. Take axes O X, O Y, as indicated; let the x of c c be a, and that of D D, b; put d s for an element of arc, and let A be the angle between the radius to d s and O Y. Then174 the friction on d s is proportional to d s cos A = d y, and its moment about c c is proportional to d y (x − a), or, d y (a − x), according as d s is above or below c c.
Isn't it clear that the ball rolls along two parallel lines in the groove between D and E, specifically through c c which is perpendicular to the plane of the paper? Given that, it follows that points on the ball's surface contacting the groove above c are moving faster, while those in contact below c are moving slower than points at c. So, it's no surprise that there is friction. The position of c c is such that the total moments of friction above c c balance the total moments of friction below c c. Consider axes O X and O Y, as shown; let the x coordinate of c c be a, and that of D D be b; denote d s as an element of arc, and let A be the angle between the radius to d s and O Y. Then174 the friction on d s is proportional to d s cos A = d y, and its moment around c c is proportional to d y (x − a), or d y (a − x), depending on whether d s is above or below c c.
Therefore, ∫√1 − a2(x − a) dy0 = ∫√1 − b2 (a − x) dy√1 − a2
Therefore, ∫√1 − a2(x − a) dy0 = ∫√1 − b2 (a − x) dy√1 − a2
The ball’s radius being unity, the solution of the above equation is,—
The ball's radius is one, so the solution to the equation above is,—
a = 1⁄2(arc cos b√1 − b2 + b √1 − b2),
a = 1/2(arc cos b√(1 − b2) + b√(1 − b2))
which determines a for all values of b; that is, determines the points c, c. It was stated above that d s was proportional to the friction upon itself. Of course, we meant that it was proportional so long as a remained constant. In terms of the unit given at the beginning of this discussion, the friction is ds2a √1 − a2, and the total friction upon the ball is therefore
which determines a for all values of b; that is, determines the points c, c. It was mentioned earlier that d s was proportional to the friction acting on itself. Of course, we meant that it was proportional as long as a stayed constant. In terms of the unit provided at the beginning of this discussion, the friction is ds2a √1 − a2, and the total friction on the ball is therefore
4 ∫√1 − a2(x − a) dy0 2a √1 − a2 = arc cos a√1 − a2 = 1,
4 ∫√1 − a2(x − a) dy0 2a √1 − a2 = arccos a√1 − a2 = 1,
which is the formula used to calculate our table above.
which is the formula used to calculate the table above.
As to the weight balls can safely carry in any bearing, below will be found results of experiments and calculations made by Professor Robinson, of the Ohio State University. This article is the result of careful, exhaustive work, and I am under great obligations for the privilege of introducing it here, as it has never before been in print.
As for the weight that balls can safely support in any bearing, below are the results of experiments and calculations conducted by Professor Robinson from Ohio State University. This article is the outcome of thorough and detailed research, and I am extremely grateful for the opportunity to present it here, as it has never been published before.
“To find the load which a single hardened steel ball will safely carry in any ball-bearing, either when running between two flat175 surfaces or between two equally grooved surfaces of hardened steel, in each case the following formula may be applied,—viz.: Load in pounds = 190 d2 √1 + dd′ − d, where d equals the diameter of the ball in inches and d′ equals the diameter of the groove in which the ball runs, either top or bottom. For flat surfaces, for top and bottom bearing of ball d’ = ∞ and dd′ − d = 0, so that, for a ball between hardened flat plates, Load = 190 d2. For n balls in a nest, all in equally fair bearings, the load equals n 190 d2 √1 + dd′ − d; for example, a one-inch ball between flat surfaces will carry one hundred and ninety pounds safely.
“To find out how much weight a single hardened steel ball can safely hold in any ball-bearing arrangement, whether it’s between two flat surfaces or two similarly shaped grooves of hardened steel, use this formula: Load in pounds = 190 d2 √1 + dd′ − d, where d is the diameter of the ball in inches and d′ is the diameter of the groove the ball runs in, on either the top or bottom. For flat surfaces, since both top and bottom bearings of the ball have d’ = ∞ and dd′ − d = 0, we find that for a ball between hardened flat plates, Load = 190 d2. For n balls in a nest, all in equally fair bearings, the load equals n 190 d2 √1 + dd′ − d; for instance, a one-inch ball between flat surfaces can safely carry one hundred ninety pounds.”
“Again a one-half-inch ball will carry 1904 = 47.5 pounds; and again a one-inch ball in a groove of one and one-eighth-inch diameter top and bottom will carry 190 √1 + 11′ (8 − 1) = 570 pounds. So that there is great advantage in supplying grooves for the balls to run in. Again, suppose the ball be one inch and the grooves one and one-eightieth inches in diameter; then the load equals seventeen hundred and ten pounds. Again, if the ball is one-half-inch diameter, and the groove nine-sixteenths-inch diameter, the load equals 142.5 pounds, etc.
“Similarly, a half-inch ball can support 1904 = 47.5 pounds; and once again, a one-inch ball in a groove that is one and one-eighth inches in diameter at the top and bottom can handle 190 √1 + 11′ (8 − 1) = 570 pounds. So, there’s a significant advantage in having grooves for the balls to roll in. Furthermore, if the ball is one inch and the grooves are one and one-eighth inches in diameter, the load is seventeen hundred and ten pounds. If the ball is half an inch in diameter and the groove is nine-sixteenths of an inch in diameter, the load is 142.5 pounds, and so on.”
“Hundreds of experiments in all were made on this subject, and the above formula deduced by theory was found to agree almost exactly with the experimental results for hardened steel for balls and track for same. When a much greater load than the above is attempted to be carried, the balls will indent a groove of their own until the necessary bearing surface is obtained.
Hundreds of experiments were conducted on this topic, and the formula derived from theory closely matched the experimental outcomes for hardened steel used for balls and their corresponding tracks. When a significantly heavier load is applied, the balls will create their own groove until they establish the necessary bearing surface.
“I am not aware that the coefficient of friction for ball-bearings is definitely known. Experiments made with the Lick telescope, in which the weights of some parts had to be guessed at, gives .00175 for the value of friction coefficient for one-inch balls; but this, though the best I have, is not a reliable figure. It is for hardened steel on hardened steel.”
“I’m not entirely sure if the coefficient of friction for ball bearings is definitively established. Experiments conducted with the Lick telescope, where the weights of some components had to be estimated, indicated a friction coefficient of .00175 for one-inch balls; however, this, while the best figure I have, isn’t completely reliable. It pertains to hardened steel on hardened steel.”
Mr. Robinson here shows an advantage in the groove so far as capacity for resisting strain is concerned, but he would hardly construct a ball-bearing with grooves fitting the balls after a careful perusal of our section on grooves and friction.
Mr. Robinson here demonstrates an advantage in the groove regarding the ability to withstand strain, but he would probably not create a ball-bearing with grooves that fit the balls after thoroughly reviewing our section on grooves and friction.
As to ball-heads to bicycles, they have been highly recommended by a few makers and much admired by some riders. As before said, the balancing of the bicycle176 is accomplished by means of the steering apparatus, and the easier the head swivels the less work the rider has to do to effect his object. If simple steering—that is, changing the general course of the rider’s progress—happened to be all for which the head is swivelled, it would make little difference whether it moved very easily or not; nay, it would be better to have it move a little stiff, since it would then stay in place. But when it comes to balancing, the head is constantly moving, and every resistance is work to be overcome by the rider’s muscular exertion. To say that a head cannot swivel too easily, would be a valid axiom in the art of balancing; hence a ball-head could do no harm, and might do some good. In the Rover or Safety pattern, ball-heads are quite common and are rather a valuable acquisition, especially in the telescope. In the Stanley head, however, it is very questionable whether the advantage gained is sufficient to justify the extra complication and weight of the parts. Conical heads can be, and are, made to work so smoothly and the amount of motion is so small that the same question in regard to friction does not apply as in the case of other bearings about the machine. It is the opinion of the writer that every other part about a wheel should be about perfect, and of the very highest grade, before the question of ball-heads should be considered at all.
As for ball-heads on bicycles, they’ve been recommended by some manufacturers and praised by certain riders. As mentioned earlier, the balance of the bicycle176 is managed by the steering system, and the easier the head turns, the less effort the rider needs to put in to achieve balance. If the only function of the head spinning was to change the direction of travel, it wouldn’t matter much how easily it moved; in fact, it might be better if it moved a bit stiffly since it would then hold its position. However, when balancing, the head is always in motion, and any resistance adds to the effort the rider has to exert. Saying that a head can’t swivel too freely would be a sound principle in the art of balancing; thus, a ball-head wouldn’t be harmful and might even be beneficial. In the Rover or Safety design, ball-heads are quite common and are considered a valuable addition, especially in the telescope. However, with the Stanley head, it's debatable whether the benefits are worth the added complexity and weight of the components. Conical heads can be, and are, designed to function very smoothly, and since the amount of movement is minimal, the same concerns regarding friction don’t apply as they do with other parts of the bike. The writer believes that every other component of a wheel should be nearly perfect and of the highest quality before considering the option of ball-heads at all.
In regard to the patents on, and general use of, ball-bearings in cycles, I think the necessity of using the prominent lateral adjusting bearings is really not so absolute as many suppose; of course this is the most artistic form and the most easily-made pattern of all, and is in every way adapted to cycle use; but it would not be policy to throw aside any other advantage in a wheel to gain the lateral adjustment in the bearings. There are some other styles of ball-bearing boxes which answer the purpose very well, the chief difficulty being that a greater amount of work is necessary for their adjustment. If the boxes are split in a plane through177 the geometric axis of the axle, they will be slightly out of round after adjusting, but when it is taken into consideration that the weight is all on one side or, as in a bicycle, on the top, the fault will not be noticeable; it is more serious when the boxes revolve than when they are stationary.
When it comes to the patents on and general use of ball bearings in bicycles, I believe the need for using the prominent lateral adjusting bearings isn’t as crucial as many people think. Sure, this is the most stylish and easiest design to make, and it works well for bikes; however, it wouldn’t be smart to ignore other benefits of a wheel just to achieve lateral adjustment in the bearings. There are other styles of ball-bearing boxes that also do the job quite well, though the main issue is that they require more effort for adjustment. If the boxes are split along a plane through the geometric axis of the axle, they may end up being slightly out of round after adjustment. But considering that the weight is all on one side or, as in a bicycle, on top, this problem isn’t very noticeable; it becomes more significant when the boxes are rotating than when they are stationary.
The patents now existing on lateral adjusting bearings have caused many attempts at other methods of taking up the wear. The validity of these patents is questioned by many, and considerable litigation has been the result, though in many cases makers prefer to use other devices to running the chance of a law suit. The happy medium adopted by others is to pay the royalty demanded; this is, perhaps, the best course to pursue if the said royalty is not made burdensome. Every maker, however, should assure himself, by special examination, if his particular bearing really infringes any patent before paying; the fact of it being a ball-bearing with a lateral adjustment is not an incontrovertible reason that it should infringe, since both of these elements are, in themselves, old. It is only a special ball-bearing with a special adjustment that is patented. Unhappily, however, the special adjustment is a screw. How the patent will stand, time alone can tell; its validity is certainly questionable.
The existing patents on lateral adjusting bearings have led to numerous attempts at alternative methods for addressing wear. Many people question the validity of these patents, resulting in significant legal battles; however, in many cases, manufacturers prefer to use other solutions rather than risk a lawsuit. A common approach taken by others is to pay the royalty that’s demanded; this is likely the best option if the royalty isn’t too burdensome. Each manufacturer should confirm, through a specific examination, whether their particular bearing actually infringes any patents before making any payments; just because it’s a ball-bearing with a lateral adjustment doesn’t automatically mean it infringes, since both features are, by themselves, well-known. Only a specific ball-bearing with a specific adjustment is patented. Unfortunately, the special adjustment is just a screw. Only time will tell how the patent will hold up; its validity is definitely questionable.
A word here in regard to paying royalties in general. Makers are too scrupulously averse to such payments, even when small, and buyers have the idea that any one who pays a royalty is naturally working at a disadvantage. This is not necessarily the case. Some would save more by the use of an ingenious machine for making the parts than several times the royalty often amounts to. In the manufacturing business there are so many ways of saving and losing money, that unless a careful watch is kept all round the little matter of royalty on some one part will fall into insignificance as compared with other leaks.
A note about paying royalties in general. Creators are often overly hesitant about such payments, even when they are small, and buyers tend to think that anyone who pays a royalty is at a disadvantage. This isn't always true. Some might save more by using an innovative machine for making parts than they would by avoiding several times the amount of the royalty. In manufacturing, there are so many ways to save or lose money that if you don't keep a close eye on everything, the small issue of royalties on one part will seem insignificant compared to other areas where money can slip away.
The advertisement of a maker that he pays no royalty178 gives us but little assurance that he can make a better machine for less money. When a patent is evaded by slight changes, such, for instance, as the increase or decrease of an inch in the diameter of a wheel, it shows not so much a great shrewdness on the part of the pirate as a frailty in the patent; this sort of evasion of royalties is considered to be perfectly legitimate, however, and means that either the attorney who took out the patent was incompetent, or that there was but little invention to be claimed.
The claim by a manufacturer that he doesn’t pay any royalties178 doesn't really guarantee that he can create a better machine for less money. When a patent is bypassed by making minor adjustments, like changing the diameter of a wheel by an inch, it highlights more of a weakness in the patent than any cleverness on the part of the copier. This kind of royalty evasion is generally seen as completely acceptable, indicating either that the attorney who processed the patent was not very competent or that there wasn't much genuine invention involved.
ROLLERS.
Theoretically there is less friction in roller- than in ball-bearings, as there need be no sliding action whatever in the former if well made. But in actual practice no bearing can be made in which there is no tendency of the rollers to run together; and if we place them in a frame to hold them apart we shall have about as much friction as when they rub against one another. The most perfect plan is to place a small roller between each of the larger; with this arrangement the friction is practically nothing. The action of rollers upon the boxes is always a pure rolling friction, which cannot be the case with balls after the slightest groove is worn in the casing.
Theoretically, there’s less friction in roller bearings than in ball bearings, since well-made roller bearings don’t require any sliding action. However, in reality, no bearing can be designed to completely eliminate the tendency of the rollers to come together. If we place them in a frame to keep them separated, we end up with about the same amount of friction as if they were rubbing against each other. The best solution is to put a small roller between each of the larger ones; this way, the friction is almost nonexistent. The interaction of the rollers with the boxes consistently results in pure rolling friction, which isn’t the case with balls once even a slight groove forms in the casing.
One reason for rollers being little used is that they tend to work out of line with the axle and box, which causes some ends to get a little in advance of the others, when they can no longer work perfectly. For an oscillating bearing,—that is, one that goes backward and forward, instead of continually around,—I have found rollers very good, since they cannot get much out of line; even when the bearing is a little imperfect, the rollers cannot multiply the imperfection, as they will in one that keeps going on in the same direction. The other great fault of the roller is its non-adjustability, although this can be rectified in the following way:
One reason rollers aren't used much is that they often get misaligned with the axle and box, causing some ends to advance ahead of others, which prevents them from working smoothly. For an oscillating bearing—that is, one that moves back and forth instead of continuously rotating—I’ve found rollers to be quite effective since they don’t easily go out of line. Even if the bearing isn't perfect, the rollers won't amplify the imperfection as they would in a setup that keeps moving in a single direction. Another major drawback of rollers is that they can't be adjusted, but this can be fixed in the following way:
179
179

The above cut shows a bearing and the construction lines that must be followed in its manufacture. The taper of the axle, roller, and box must all meet in a point, as at a; this arrangement is evident. The roller must be kept in proper position and roll around the large end in the same number of turns as the small end; hence the circumference of the small end of the roller must bear the same relation to the circumference of the larger as the relative ends of the axle and box bear to each other. The geometrical conditions are as follows: π being the relation of circumference to the diameter, referring to the diagram, we have b c : f g :: c d : g h :: b e : f i; hence π b c : π f g :: π c d : π g h :: π b e : π f i. Now, by virtue of the last formula, when the axle or box is revolved, each end of the roller will travel through exactly the same number of degrees around the axle and in the box, wherefore the axle rollers and box all keep straight.
The cut above shows a bearing and the construction lines that need to be followed during its manufacturing. The taper of the axle, roller, and box must all meet at a point, as seen at a; this setup is clear. The roller must stay in the correct position and roll around the larger end in the same number of turns as the smaller end; therefore, the circumference of the smaller end of the roller must have the same relationship to the circumference of the larger end as the respective ends of the axle and box do to each other. The geometric conditions are as follows: π is the ratio of circumference to diameter, referring to the diagram, we have b c : f g :: c d : g h :: b e : f i; hence π b c : π f g :: π c d : π g h :: π b e : π f i. Now, based on the last formula, when the axle or box rotates, each end of the roller will travel through exactly the same number of degrees around the axle and in the box, causing the axle, rollers, and box to stay aligned.
CHAPTER XXI.
“We really thought that we were going to pass over a period of three months without having to chronicle the discovery (?) of a method of producing aluminum at a cost of not more than that of first-class steel. The periodical inventor has appeared, and this time he hails from Melrose, Mass., and his name is Washburn. Next!!”—Bicycling World.
“We genuinely thought we could go three months without hearing about a way to create aluminum for about the same price as top-quality steel. The usual inventor has come forward, and this time he’s from Melrose, Mass., and his name is Washburn. Next!!”—Bicycling World.
Inventors do little harm in periodically making cheap aluminum or increasing its strength without adding to its gravity, but when a large corporation is started, as was done some months ago, with a lot of money and aluminum medals issued, the same being made out of copper, then the matter becomes serious. Probably, next to the hobby of separating water and creating enormous power thereby, the aluminum hobby holds undisputed sway. But as there really is something of interest to cyclists and cycle makers in the subject, there seems a need to touch upon it. Among the articles in the manufacture of which aluminum can be satisfactorily used we find in the catalogue of a well-known smelting firm mention made of bicycles, tricycles, etc. The idea exists in the minds of many that a bicycle made from pure aluminum would be a practical machine and much lighter than one of steel. This notion arises from the fact that aluminum in the pure state has a specific gravity of only 2.5, or about one-fourth the weight of steel. Below we print a letter181 from the Cowles Smelting and Aluminum Company on the subject.
Inventors usually don't cause much harm by occasionally making cheap aluminum or enhancing its strength without increasing its weight. However, when a large corporation was launched a few months ago, backed by significant funds and issuing aluminum medals made from copper, the situation turns serious. Right after the hobby of splitting water to generate massive power, the aluminum hobby is clearly in the spotlight. Since there’s real interest for cyclists and bike manufacturers in this topic, it’s worth discussing. In the catalog of a well-known smelting company, we see bicycles, tricycles, and other items that can effectively use aluminum. Many people believe that a bicycle made from pure aluminum would be practical and much lighter than one made of steel. This belief comes from the fact that pure aluminum has a specific gravity of only 2.5, which is about one-fourth the weight of steel. Below, we are printing a letter181 from the Cowles Smelting and Aluminum Company on the topic.
“Lockport, N.Y., U.S.A., August 20, 1888.
“Lockport, N.Y., U.S.A., August 20, 1888.
“R. P. Scott, Esq., Baltimore Md.:
“R. P. Scott, Esq., Baltimore, MD:”
Dear Sir,—Replying to your favor of August 16, you can obtain the book on Aluminum, by Richards, from Philadelphia. Aluminum has a great many uses in its commercial state, but a simple pure aluminum casting has not sufficient strength to make it desirable for small parts. If you could have it rolled or hammered to shape, so as to make it rigid, it would become much more tenacious, but to secure strength desired in bicycle parts, your castings would necessarily be so large as to be ungainly, and we doubt if you would attain the most desirable end,—viz., light weight. The alloys of copper and aluminum are much better adapted to your requirements than the pure metal could possibly be.
Dear Sir,—In response to your message from August 16, you can obtain the book on Aluminum by Richards from Philadelphia. Aluminum has various uses in its commercial form, but pure aluminum castings aren't strong enough for small parts. If you could have it rolled or hammered into shape to make it more rigid, it would be much tougher. However, to get the strength you need for bicycle parts, your castings would probably have to be so large that they would be impractical, and we doubt you would achieve the best outcome—specifically, a lightweight design. Alloys of copper and aluminum are far better suited to your needs than pure metal could ever be.
“Yours very truly,
“The Cowles E. S. and Al. Co.
“Tucker.”“Sincerely,
“The Cowles E. S. and Al. Co.
“Tucker.”
It will be seen that the metal in its pure state lacks strength, and can only be used in the arts to any extent when alloyed with copper about in the proportion of nine of copper to one of aluminum. When alloyed as above, it is about as heavy as steel.
It’s clear that pure metal is weak and can only be used in practical applications when mixed with copper in a ratio of roughly nine parts copper to one part aluminum. When combined this way, it has a weight similar to steel.
Pounds per square inch. |
|
---|---|
Cast brass | 23,000 |
Annealed brass wire | 49,000 |
Cast copper | 24,000 |
Annealed copper wire | 32,000 |
Gun bronze of copper and tin cast | 39,000 |
Average American cast iron | 16,000 |
Good wrought iron | 50,000 |
Best American wrought iron (exceptional) | 76,100 |
Iron wire ropes | 38,000 |
Malleable iron castings | 48,000 |
Steel plates (rolled) | 81,000 |
Cast steel average Bessemer ingots | 63,000 |
182
182
ALUMINUM BRONZE. | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
Per cent. of aluminum. |
Grade. | Tensile strength per square inch. |
Elongation. | Ingots per pound. |
A 1 | 90,000 lbs. and over. | 0 to 5 per cent. | $0.45 |
|
A 2 | 75,000 to 90,000 lbs. | 10 per cent. and over. | .40 |
|
10 | A 3 | 65,000 to 75,000 lbs. | 25Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.” | .37 |
71⁄2 | B | 47,500 to 65,000 lbs. | 20It seems there was a mistake, as there are no phrases provided for me to modernize. Please provide the phrases you would like me to work on.” | .33 |
5 | C | 35,000 to 47,500 lbs. | 25”It seems there isn't any text provided for me to modernize. Please provide a phrase for me to work on. | .26 |
21⁄2 | D | 27,500 to 35,000 lbs. | 30"Below is a short piece of text (5 words or fewer). Modernize it into contemporary English if there's enough context, but do not add or omit any information. If context is insufficient, return it unchanged. Do not add commentary, and do not modify any placeholders. If you see placeholders of the form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_x__, you must keep them exactly as-is so they can be replaced with links."The text appears to be incomplete. Please provide a complete phrase for modernizing. | .20 |
11⁄2 | E | 20,000 to 27,500 lbs. | 15”Sorry, there seems to be no text provided for me to modernize. Please provide a short piece of text of 5 words or fewer for assistance. | .16 |
The specific gravity of the A grade is 7.56, that of steel being 7.88. Its coefficient of expansion is small at ordinary temperatures; its electrical conductivity is about 9, and with the lower grades the expansion by heat, specific gravity and heat and electrical conductivity increases the nearer the metal approaches to pure copper. With more than eleven per cent. of aluminum the bronze rapidly becomes brittle. In color, aluminum bronze of the C and D grades is the nearest to gold of any known metal, the higher grades being lighter in hue than the lower. The A grade melts at about 1700° F., a little higher than ordinary bronze or brass. Aluminum bronze shrinks about twice as much as brass.
Grade A has a specific gravity of 7.56, while steel has a specific gravity of 7.88. Its thermal expansion coefficient is low at normal temperatures, and its electrical conductivity is around 9. For the lower grades, the expansion due to heat, specific gravity, and both thermal and electrical conductivity increase as the metal approaches pure copper. If the aluminum content exceeds eleven percent, the bronze becomes brittle quickly. In terms of color, aluminum bronze grades C and D are the closest to gold of any known metal, with higher grades being lighter in color than the lower ones. Grade A melts at about 1700°F, which is slightly higher than the melting points of typical bronze or brass. Aluminum bronze shrinks about twice as much as brass.
In working aluminum I have found it to be a splendid substitute for malleable iron, especially in many cases where the iron could not be procured in time, or when it came so warped as to be unfit for use. I have never been able, however, to get castings which would come quite up to the strength claimed for it; the most satisfactory grade was that of ten-per-cent. aluminum, which by the way is very hard to work, especially in drilling. There is no doubt, however, that it can be made to take the place of steel in many instances.
In working with aluminum, I’ve found it to be a great alternative to malleable iron, especially in situations where iron isn’t available quickly or arrives warped and unusable. However, I’ve never managed to get castings that fully meet the strength it’s said to have; the best results I had were with ten-percent aluminum, which is quite difficult to work with, especially when drilling. Still, there's no doubt it can replace steel in many cases.
A knowledge of aluminum is a great boon to experimenters, as it will probably come into quite general use with the manufacturer. The ten-per-cent. aluminum finishes very handsomely, and in olden times it would have been a splendid substitute for the183 brass hubs then so common. As an antifriction metal it is unsurpassed by any of the bronzes. It casts bright and sharp, but shrinks amazingly, although not dangerously; at least I have never had a part of the casting drop off, as in malleable it often does, and though the aluminum sometimes leaves a great depression in the heavy part of the casting, it causes no sponginess underneath. It can be readily bronzed or soldered.
Knowing about aluminum is really helpful for experimenters, as it’s likely to be widely used by manufacturers. The ten-percent aluminum finish looks great, and in the past, it would have made an excellent substitute for the brass hubs that were so common. As an antifriction metal, it outperforms any of the bronzes. It casts clearly and sharply, but shrinks quite a bit, though not dangerously; at least I’ve never had a part of the cast drop off, as can happen with malleable metal. While aluminum can sometimes leave a large dent in the heavier part of the casting, it doesn’t create any sponginess underneath. It can be easily bronzed or soldered.
Aluminum bronze drawn into wire will make very good spokes, and it has been used for this purpose to some extent in England. All tendency to rust is obviated, and it saves all nickeling; it resists corrosion sufficiently well to dispense with any covering, but it does not look as well as a nickel finish. No better authority on the subject can be had than that of the Cowles Catalogue; useful information also can be gathered from “Richards’s Aluminum,” and “Thurston’s Material of Engineering.” The last-named treatise speaks on the subject as follows:
Aluminum bronze made into wire is great for spokes, and it has been used for this purpose to some extent in England. It won’t rust at all, which eliminates the need for nickel plating; it resists corrosion well enough that no covering is necessary, but it doesn’t look as nice as a nickel finish. For authority on the subject, you can't do better than the Cowles Catalogue; useful information can also be found in “Richards’s Aluminum” and “Thurston’s Material of Engineering.” The latter mentions the topic as follows:
“The alloys of aluminum are very valuable. Its remarkable lightness, combined with its strength, makes it useful as a constituent of those alloys in which strength and lightness are the needed qualities. It has a pleasant metallic ring when struck, and confers a beautiful tone when introduced into bellmetal.
“Aluminum alloys are extremely valuable. Their impressive lightness, paired with strength, makes them essential for applications where both qualities are critical. When struck, they produce a pleasing metallic sound and enhance the tone when added to bell metal.”
“Aluminum may be added to bronzes and brasses with good results. The alloys (copper ninety per cent., aluminum ten per cent.) may be worked cold or hot like wrought iron, but not welded. Its tenacity is sometimes nearly one hundred thousand pounds per square inch. Its specific gravity is 7.7. In compression this alloy has been found capable of sustaining a little more than in tension,—one hundred and thirty thousand pounds per square inch (nine thousand one hundred and thirty nine kilos per square millimetre),—and its ductility and toughness were such that it did not even crack when distorted by this load. It is so ductile and malleable that it can be drawn down under the hammer to the fineness of a cambric needle.
Aluminum can be effectively mixed with bronzes and brasses. The alloys (90% copper, 10% aluminum) can be shaped both cold and hot like wrought iron, but they can’t be welded. Their strength can reach nearly 100,000 pounds per square inch. The specific gravity is 7.7. In compression, this alloy can support slightly more than in tension—130,000 pounds per square inch (9,139 kilos per square millimeter)—and its ductility and toughness are impressive enough that it doesn’t crack under such stress. It’s so ductile and malleable that it can be hammered down to the thickness of a cambric needle.
“It works well, casts well, holds a fine surface under the tool and when exposed to the weather, and it is in every respect considered the best bronze yet known. Its high cost alone has prevented its extensive use in the arts. These alloys are very uniform in character and work regularly and smoothly. Even one per cent. of aluminum added to copper causes a considerable increase184 in ductility and fusibility, and enables it to be used satisfactorily in making castings. Two per cent. gives a mixture used for castings which are to be worked with a chisel. It is softened by sudden cooling from a red heat. Its coefficient of expansion is small at ordinary temperatures.
“It processes easily, casts well, and has a smooth finish when machined. When exposed to the elements, it is considered the finest bronze available. The high cost is the only reason it hasn’t been more widely adopted in the arts. These alloys maintain consistent quality and work effortlessly. Even adding just one percent of aluminum to copper significantly boosts184 its ductility and fusibility, making it very effective for casting. Two percent creates a mixture suitable for castings that will be fine-tuned with a chisel. It can be softened by quickly cooling from a red heat. Its expansion coefficient is low at normal temperatures.”
“It has great elasticity when made into springs; it has been found useful for watches, and has the decided advantage over steel of being little liable to oxidization. Kettles of aluminum bronze are used in making fruit syrups and preserves. Steel containing but .08 per cent. of aluminum is said to be greatly improved by its presence.”
“It offers excellent flexibility for springs; it has proven useful for watches, and it has a clear advantage over steel as it’s less prone to rust. Kettles made from aluminum bronze are used for making fruit syrups and preserves. Steel containing only .08 percent aluminum is reported to have significant improvements due to its presence.”
Aluminum bronze, such as would be required for cycle castings, costs from thirty to fifty cents per pound, according to quality and quantity. A valuable alloy of aluminum and iron has recently been made, by which it is maintained that wrought-iron castings are possible. The factory is, I believe, at Worcester, Mass. In our endeavor to learn more upon the subject we have been referred to the United States Mitis Co., No. 26 Broadway, New York, which company has the exclusive right in this country to make Mitis castings, or of granting permission to those who desire to make these castings themselves.
Aluminum bronze, which is needed for cycle castings, costs between thirty and fifty cents per pound, depending on the quality and quantity. A valuable alloy of aluminum and iron has recently been developed, making it possible to produce wrought-iron castings. The factory is located in Worcester, Mass. In our efforts to learn more about this, we were directed to the United States Mitis Co., located at No. 26 Broadway, New York, which holds the exclusive rights in the country to produce Mitis castings or to authorize others who want to manufacture these castings themselves.
STRENGTH OF TUBES.
Metal in the form of tubes resists all strain liable to occur in cycle work better than in any other form. In regard to strain of compression, we find, in “Wood’s Resistance of Materials,” the following summary:
Metal in the form of tubes withstands all stress that can happen in cycling better than any other shape. Regarding compression stress, we find the following summary in “Wood’s Resistance of Materials”:
“Experiments heretofore made do not indicate a specific law of resistance to buckling, but the following general facts appear to be established: The resistance of buckling is always less than that of crushing, and is nearly independent of the length. Cylindrical tubes are strongest, and next in order are square tubes, and then the rectangular. Rectangular tubes
are not so strong as tubes of this form
.”
“Previous experiments haven't established a specific law about resistance to buckling, but the following general points are clear: The resistance to buckling is always less than that of crushing and is nearly independent of the length. Cylindrical tubes are the strongest, followed by square tubes, and then rectangular tubes. Rectangular tubes
are not as strong as these types
.”
There is, however, very little direct crushing strain on the tubes in a cycle; it is almost entirely a strain of185 flexure or bending; hence this is the only interesting feature pertaining to the subject in cycling work.
There is, however, very little direct crushing strain on the tubes during a cycle; it is almost entirely a strain of185 flexure or bending; therefore, this is the only interesting aspect related to the subject in cycling work.
Since a tube is stronger than a solid bar, for same weight the intuitive idea is to make the tube as large as possible, and the mathematical demonstration which we append shows this to be correct, generally speaking.
Since a tube is stronger than a solid bar, for the same weight, the basic idea is to make the tube as large as possible, and the mathematical proof we included shows this to be generally true.
Let R equal the strain per square inch of cross-section of the tube at the point farthest removed from the neutral axis at the instant of rupture.
Let R be the strain per square inch of the tube's cross-section at the point farthest from the neutral axis at the moment of rupture.

Suppose Fig. 1 to represent the half of the tube, and that you are trying to bend it down at the ends. The particles towards the top will be pulled apart, while those at the bottom are crowded together; somewhere between the top and bottom the particles are neither pulled apart nor crowded together. Were the tube solid, the line of these particles would be the neutral axis. In the tube an imaginary line through the centre of the hole does not vary much from said axis. Now the moment of rupture = Rπ4re(r4e − r4i), where re and ri (Fig. 2) are the exterior and interior radii; Rπ4 is a constant, which we will call K, whence we can write moment of rupture = K(re2 − ri2) (re2 + ri2) ÷ re. Here the factor (re2 − ri2) is proportional to the area of the annular cross-section and is constant, while the other factor, (re2 + ri2) ÷ re or, re + rire ri, though less than 2re, gets nearer and nearer to 2re as re gets large and ri approaches re.
Suppose Fig. 1 represents half of the tube, and you are trying to bend it down at the ends. The particles at the top will be pulled apart, while those at the bottom will be pushed together; somewhere between the top and bottom, the particles will be neither pulled apart nor pushed together. If the tube were solid, the line of these particles would be the neutral axis. In the tube, an imaginary line through the center of the hole doesn’t vary much from that axis. Now the moment of rupture = Rπ4re(r4e − r4i), where re and ri (Fig. 2) are the outer and inner radii; Rπ4 is a constant, which we will call K, so we can write the moment of rupture as K(re2 − ri2) (re2 + ri2) ÷ re. Here, the factor (re2 − ri2) is proportional to the area of the annular cross-section and is constant, while the other factor, (re2 + ri2) ÷ re or, re + rire ri, though less than 2re, gets closer to 2re as re gets larger and ri approaches re.
186
186
Therefore we have, that in resistance to flexure the tube should be as large in diameter as practicable, which means that it must be as thin as possible. This result is only modified in practice by the necessity of guarding against dinging and also against imperfections in the steel. A surface crack will ruin a very thin tube which otherwise may be harmless in a thicker, but it is safe to say that it is best to use reasonably large thin tubes.
Therefore, in order to resist bending, the tube should be as wide in diameter as possible, which means it needs to be as thin as it can be. In practice, this is only adjusted by the need to prevent dents and also to account for any flaws in the steel. A surface crack can damage a very thin tube that would be fine in a thicker one, but it's safe to say that using reasonably large thin tubes is the best approach.
Oval tubes are of an advantage only when the direction of the strain is positively known and when it invariably occurs in that direction. Since the tube finds its greatest limit of general resistance in cylindrical form, to alter that form must necessarily weaken it more in one direction than it strengthens it in another.
Oval tubes are only beneficial when the direction of the strain is clearly understood and consistently happens in that direction. Because the tube has its highest level of overall strength in a cylindrical shape, changing that shape will inevitably make it weaker in one direction more than it makes it stronger in another.
CHAPTER XXII.
No more important and interesting phase in the development of the wheel has recently occurred than the consideration and partial adoption of the cycle in military affairs. Already this subject has engaged the attention of English and continental war departments. At first the tricycle was adjudged the most promising form of man-motor carriage for the army, but latterly authorities have directed their attention to the more sensible and practical plan of adopting the Rover-type Safety. Some advantages could be named favoring the tricycle, but certainly, with the slight effort needful to master the rear-driver, if the cycle ever attains any prominent place in the military field, it will be in the form of a single-track machine. In all countries where reasonable roads can be expected the cycle must succeed in this warlike department of usefulness; not that we ever expect to hear of the charge of the cycle corps, or of a hand-to-hand sword combat upon the “festive bikes,” though such things are within the pale of possibility; what we do expect to hear of in the next war is the cycle scout and forager and of the cycle corps getting there ahead of the cavalry. With a light bicycle that can be lifted over small obstructions, an expert could go almost anywhere that it would be practicable to take a horse, and when you consider how much easier it would be to conceal your cycle, in case a little excursion on foot were necessary, and how much less danger there would be when no provender or shelter is required for the steed, certainly the idea is feasible. It has been said that a horse can go where a cycle cannot;188 while this is sometimes true, on the other hand, there are places where the cycle can be taken when the horse would have to be left behind. For instance, a steep rocky cliff might be surmounted by the man and his bicycle, since the latter could be easily drawn over after him; in fact, he could go with his machine over almost any place which it would be possible to clamber himself, while by no means would this apply to the horse; in short, we feel assured that war cycling promises great development in the armies of all civilized nations, and to this end the most solid, powerful, unbreakable, and at the same time light, wheel must be striven for by any maker who would advance the art in this direction, and reap the consequent substantial returns to his exchequer.
No more important and interesting phase in the development of the wheel has recently occurred than the consideration and partial adoption of the bicycle in military affairs. This topic has already caught the attention of military departments in England and other countries. Initially, the tricycle was seen as the most promising type of human-powered vehicle for the army, but more recently, officials have shifted their focus to the more sensible and practical Rover-type Safety bike. There are some advantages to the tricycle, but with the minimal effort required to master a rear-driver, if the bicycle ever plays a significant role in the military, it will likely be in the form of a single-track vehicle. In all countries where decent roads can be expected, the bicycle should succeed in this military application; although we don’t expect to hear about cavalry charges or hand-to-hand sword fights on “festive bikes,” such scenarios are possible. What we do anticipate in the next war is the use of bicycle scouts and foragers, with bicycle units arriving ahead of the cavalry. An expert on a lightweight bike that can easily be lifted over small obstacles could travel almost anywhere a horse could. Plus, consider how much easier it would be to hide your bike if you need to go on foot, and how much less risk there would be without needing feed or shelter for a horse—definitely a feasible idea. It’s been said that a horse can go places a bike can’t; while this is sometimes true, there are also places a bike can go that a horse cannot. For example, a steep rocky cliff could be conquered by a person and their bicycle since the bike can easily be pulled along after them; in fact, they could navigate almost any spot they could climb, which wouldn’t be the case for a horse. In summary, we are confident that war cycling shows great potential for growth in the armies of all civilized nations, and to achieve this, manufacturers must aim to create the most solid, powerful, unbreakable, and lightweight wheels to advance this field and reap the substantial financial rewards that come with it.
STEAM, ELECTRICITY, SPRINGS, AND COMPRESSED AIR AS MOTORS.
This heading is not entirely germane to the subject of man-motor locomotion, but we will take advantage of the fact that in all mechanical motors that will ever be applied to bicycles and tricycles there will have to be an auxiliary apparatus for the feet. This is obvious, since in any break-down the rider will need some means of getting home. As the ocean steamers retain some apologies for sails, so the cycler will have to retain his foot-power mechanism in any machine he might adopt for individual transportation, though the main motor power be steam or electricity, one of which may finally be adopted in cycles. That every rider will care for this extraneous assistance is doubtful, as the element of exercise would be eliminated to a great extent. For practical uses aside from exercise, as in the transaction of business, etc., other motors than that of human energy would be a boon in the present cycle, but they would never be used to the exclusion of the legs. Already many experiments have been made,189 some quite successful, both in steam and electricity, but the steam I think affords the greater prospect of success, because the necessary conditions are naturally more nearly complete. Whatever motor is used, it will be necessary to have supply-stations at intervals along the road, which would require but little effort to establish for steam, since oil and water can be obtained almost anywhere now, and positive arrangements could easily be made to have the necessary supplies kept at all the cross-roads stores. All that is required is that some one shall put a practical steam bicycle upon the market, with all parts as light as possible and with oil for fuel. The main principles have all been worked out separately, and what we need now is a combination of the most improved methods and a go-ahead man to push the business.
This heading isn't completely relevant to the topic of human-powered transportation, but we can take advantage of the fact that all mechanical motors eventually used in bicycles and tricycles will need an additional mechanism for the feet. This is obvious, since if something breaks down, the rider will need a way to get home. Just like ocean steamers still have some sort of sails as a backup, cyclists will need to keep their foot-powered mechanism regardless of the main power source being steam or electricity, which may eventually be adopted for bicycles. It's questionable whether every rider will prefer this additional support, as it would largely eliminate the aspect of exercise. For practical purposes outside of exercise, like conducting business, different motors beyond human power would be beneficial for current bikes, but they would never completely replace leg power. Many experiments have already been conducted, some quite successful, in both steam and electricity, but I believe steam holds more promise for success due to its more naturally complete conditions. Regardless of the motor used, we will need supply stations at intervals along the road, which would be easy to set up for steam, as oil and water are readily available nowadays. Arrangements could easily be made to keep the necessary supplies at crossroad stores. All that’s needed is for someone to bring a practical steam bicycle to market, with all components as lightweight as possible and using oil as fuel. The main principles have all been worked out separately; now we just need a combination of the best methods and a go-getter to drive the business forward.
Electricity is as yet too indefinite in its development, in this direction, to encourage the hope that it can, at present, be made available. The only prospective means of utilizing it as a road-motor is by the use of secondary or storage batteries, which would require dynamos scattered along the road for recharging them; but the slightest thought will show that this expensive arrangement is hardly a possibility considering the enormous distances and length of roads, especially in this country.
Electricity is still too uncertain in its development in this area to give hope that it can be used right now. The only potential way to use it as a road motor is by using secondary or storage batteries, which would need dynamos placed along the road for recharging; however, it’s clear that this costly setup is unlikely to be feasible given the vast distances and lengthy roads, especially in this country.
We have only to mention compressed air and springs, in order to dispose of them; the former does not promise much, and as to the latter, all efforts in that direction which have come under the writer’s notice have been quite nonsensical.
We just need to bring up compressed air and springs to dismiss them; the former doesn't offer much promise, and as for the latter, all the attempts I've seen in that area have been totally ridiculous.
CHAPTER XXIII.
The ever ubiquitous Yankee inventor fell upon an inexhaustible mine when he tapped the virgin soil of cycledom, and his English brother has not been much less fortunate; in fact, it is questionable whether Jonathan has been able to keep the start of Brother Bull in this matter, with three thousand patents on record in the American office against three thousand five hundred provisional in the English, thirteen hundred and twenty of the latter being sealed, up to March, 1889. Few fields of invention have ever developed so rapidly and interested so many inventors with as little apparent advance to the casual observer. As I have stated in a former chapter, the advance has been a sort of evolution, creditable to those who work the changes, yet with little chance at any time for what is termed a broad patent. When the saddle was raised up over the cranks and the front wheel enlarged, a great stride forward in the art was made, yet it is questionable whether such changes afforded sufficient ground for strong patent claims; twenty years ago they certainly would not have done so, with the feeling and usual action of the patent authorities and general stupidity of patent attorneys at that time. Mere changes in the sizes of wheels would stand a much better chance of being patentable now than some time ago. We have, in fact, a patent now existing, given out to an Englishman, on the Safety rear-driving pattern of machine, in which the proportional diameter of the wheels is pretty well claimed. How this patent was wedged into the American office is somewhat remarkable; if it could be held valid,191 makers of rear-drivers with a front wheel as large or larger than the rear would find it warm work to continue. Fitting cranks upon the drive-wheel would, with modern patent attorneys, have afforded a broad field for good claims, but it did not seem to in Lallement’s time, seeing the kind he got. The rubber tire, in spite of the fact that it was perhaps the greatest element of all in making a cycle a practical roadster, was so old in other relations that the U. S. patent of Serrel, No. 87,713, afforded no protection to the inventor; but even if it had been used on the wheels of some machines within the knowledge of the Patent Office, which could be used as a reference, a good attorney would now hardly abandon a claim for its use in a cycle on that account. The claim to the hollow or tubular construction of frame,[8] though ingenious, was laughed at by good patent experts; it was the one thing that was old and by right absolutely unpatentable. Yet the attempt to hold it had at one time better prospects of being successful than any other in connection with the great principles in modern cycles; unless the mud-guard should be considered a great principle. The ball-bearings were broadly old, as shown in the American office; still, very good patents have been obtained upon them, sufficient to cause several famous law-suits. There was some good ground for these patents, but I doubt if any better than was found in the case of the rubber tire, the large drive-wheel, or, particularly, the step for mounting the ordinary bicycle, and possibly no better than was found in the tubular construction.
The ever-present American inventor discovered an endless source of innovation when he explored the untapped potential of cycling, and his English counterpart hasn't been far behind; in fact, it's debatable whether Jonathan has managed to keep up with Brother Bull in this regard, with three thousand patents recorded in the American office versus three thousand five hundred provisional ones in the English, of which thirteen hundred and twenty were sealed as of March 1889. Few areas of invention have evolved so quickly and attracted so many inventors with so little obvious progress to the casual onlooker. As I mentioned in a previous chapter, this advancement has been a kind of evolution, commendable to those who implement the changes, yet there has been little opportunity for what is typically called a broad patent. When the saddle was raised over the cranks and the front wheel was enlarged, it represented a significant leap in the art, though it's debatable whether such modifications provided enough basis for strong patent claims; twenty years ago, they definitely wouldn’t have, given the attitudes and typical actions of patent authorities and the general incompetence of patent attorneys at that time. Simply changing the sizes of wheels would likely stand a much better chance of being patentable now than it did before. In fact, there’s currently a patent held by an Englishman for the Safety rear-driving design of a machine, which makes claims about the proportional diameter of the wheels. How this patent was accepted by the American office is quite remarkable; if it's upheld, makers of rear-driving bikes with a front wheel as large or larger than the rear would face significant challenges. Attaching cranks to the drive-wheel would, with today’s patent attorneys, have created ample opportunity for strong claims, but that wasn’t the case during Lallement’s time, as seen by the kind of patent he received. The rubber tire, despite being a crucial factor in making a cycle a practical road vehicle, was so well-established in other contexts that Serrel’s U.S. patent, No. 87,713, provided no protection for the inventor; even if it had been utilized on the wheels of some machines known to the Patent Office that could be referenced, a skilled attorney today would likely not abandon a claim for its use in a cycle for that reason. The claim for the hollow or tubular frame construction, though clever, was dismissed by knowledgeable patent experts; it was one element that was old and absolutely unpatentable by nature. Yet, at one point, the effort to assert this claim had better chances of success than any others linked to the major principles of modern cycles—unless you consider the mud-guard to be a major principle. Ball-bearings were broadly recognized as old, as indicated in the American office; still, very solid patents have been obtained for them, leading to several well-known lawsuits. There was some valid basis for these patents, but I doubt it was any better than what was available with the rubber tire, the large drive-wheel, or particularly, the step used for mounting the regular bicycle, and possibly no better than what existed with the tubular construction.
The American Patent Office and the courts more recently take the view that if a man has really done something in the art they will give him a patent. This is absolutely necessary under existing circumstances, as it is almost impossible, with the enormous number of patents that have been issued, to invent192 anything upon which the Office cannot find some sort of reference, and for this reason it is proper that the evidence of invention should rest largely on the fact of general success and value in the market. The courts are liable to ask, “Why, if a certain invention is so old and obvious and in such great demand, was it not used before?”
The American Patent Office and the courts now believe that if someone has really created something in the field, they'll grant a patent. This is absolutely necessary given the current situation, as it's nearly impossible, with the massive number of patents that have been issued, to come up with something that the Office can’t find some kind of reference for. Because of this, it makes sense for the evidence of invention to mostly rely on general success and market value. The courts often ask, “If a certain invention is so old and obvious and in such high demand, why wasn’t it used before?”
The Patent Offices, both in America and in England, have become so utterly clogged with cycle patents that it takes great ingenuity to get in anything that is broadly new. The patents are necessarily on some detail of construction, except perhaps in the open field afforded by the innovation of the rear-driver, just as there has been some attempt to improve upon the “Rothigiesser system,” in which a German inventor claims to ride “hands-off”, as spoken of elsewhere. There is also a good opening in tandem bicycles and tricycles, and in the anti-vibration element of the rear-driver, but the field is rapidly closing in.
The patent offices in both America and England are so overwhelmed with bicycle patents that it's really challenging to submit anything truly new. Most patents focus on detailed construction, except for the space opened up by innovations like the rear-driver. There’s also been some effort to enhance the “Rothigiesser system,” where a German inventor claims to ride with his hands off the handlebars, as mentioned elsewhere. Additionally, there’s a decent opportunity in tandem bicycles and tricycles, as well as in the anti-vibration component of the rear-driver, but that space is quickly narrowing.
THE CYCLE INVENTOR.
Close upon the question of patents comes the idea of the cycle inventor. It is not my desire to in any way curtail the income of the respective governments of the world, or to embarrass the Patent Offices thereof, by causing a lack of new applications, but the cycle inventor, as well as inventors in other departments, might profit by a little advice from a personal stand-point. A glance at the numerous samples of patents illustrated in this book, and a thought of the total number issued, should be enough to convince any fair-minded reader that many useless fees are yearly dropped into the patent-slot at both the American and English offices. This fact, together with an extended experience in other departments of invention and a limited turn at the gridiron upon which the cycle inventor is grilled, has caused a few facts appertaining to inventors and patents to dawn upon me, which I now propose to193 inflict upon the reader. These things are not the discovery of a sore-head; they are related by one who has to thank the patent department of his country for all of his worldly financial success.
Right after the topic of patents comes the concept of the bicycle inventor. I don't want to in any way reduce the revenue of governments around the world or create problems for their Patent Offices by causing a drop in new applications. However, the bicycle inventor, along with inventors in other areas, could benefit from some advice from a personal perspective. A look at the many patent examples shown in this book and a consideration of the total number issued should be enough to convince any reasonable reader that a lot of unnecessary fees are paid every year at both the American and British patent offices. This reality, combined with extensive experience in other fields of invention and a brief taste of the challenges faced by bicycle inventors, has made me aware of a few facts related to inventors and patents that I now intend to193 share with the reader. These observations aren’t coming from a disgruntled person; they are shared by someone who owes his financial success to his country’s patent department.
If you think of a good thing in cycles, don’t rush off to the Patent Office all at once; just stop a little, there is no hurry, and do this. Draw off a good sketch of the thing, put a date upon it at once, and explain it to one or two trustworthy friends and have them sign the sketch as witnesses. Get this done, and then breathe a little while. Next, write out this question in large bold letters,—Do I want to go into the cycle business? After cool deliberation, taking into account your capacity, your wealth, your family, present occupation, and prospects, if you can answer in the affirmative, then you may be bolder. If your answer is nay, then go very cautiously. In any case, be sure you do this next. Send the sketch and about ten dollars to a first-class patent-attorney, with instructions to make a five-dollar preliminary examination and to spend the other five dollars in copies of patents nearest allied to your invention, and insist that the attorney sends these copies to you. Either in the English or American office you should be able to get them at twenty-five cents each, and for less if you order a quantity. If you have any knowledge of the art, you ought to be as good a judge as the attorney whether these patents anticipate your own or not; but whatever you do, don’t take out a patent simply because one can be had. Study calmly and lucidly whether your thing is of any account or not, and practically try it, if possible. If you conclude to take out a patent, be sure and employ a good attorney, being particularly wary of the low-priced men. Not that I would say to always employ the old attorneys of great reputation, because a young practitioner, if unusually bright, will perhaps make up in extra time spent upon the case what he lacks in astuteness of snap judgment.
If you have a great idea, don’t rush to the Patent Office immediately; take a moment to pause because there’s no rush. First, draw a detailed sketch of your idea, date it right away, and explain it to a couple of reliable friends who can sign the sketch as witnesses. Once you’ve done that, take a breath and reflect. Next, write the question in large, bold letters: "Do I want to enter the cycle business?" After careful consideration of your abilities, financial situation, family, current job, and future prospects, if you can confidently say yes, then you can be bolder. If the answer is no, proceed with caution. Regardless, make sure you do this next: send the sketch along with about ten dollars to a reputable patent attorney, asking them to perform a five-dollar preliminary examination and to use the other five dollars for copies of patents that are closely related to your invention, insisting that the attorney sends those copies to you. You should be able to get them for twenty-five cents each from either the English or American office, and even less if you order in bulk. If you have some knowledge of the field, you should be just as capable as the attorney in determining whether these patents overlap with yours; but whatever you do, don’t file for a patent just because you can. Take time to think clearly about whether your idea is valuable, and test it out if you can. If you decide to proceed with a patent, make sure to hire a good attorney, and be especially cautious of the cheaper options. I’m not saying you should always go with the well-established attorneys, as a young attorney who is particularly talented might compensate for their less experience with extra effort put into your case.
194
194
Beware of the “no patent, no pay” fellows. It costs just as much to find out that the office will not grant the patent as to find out that it will, unless a careful preliminary settles the case definitely. You can be assured that if the invention is promising it will ultimately, in all probability, have to stand the scrutiny of a court before it will be of any great value. If you do not intend to go into the manufacture of your invention, a good plan is to offer it to a reliable man already in the business before you go into any expense at all; of course, taking the precaution of having your sketch witnessed, as before advised. Very few manufacturers in the cycle or any other line are the notorious patent thieves they are commonly supposed to be; especially are they loath to take advantage of a confiding inventor who has no patent. Of course, if you have taken out a patent, and pretend by virtue thereof to assert that you are protected, you make yourself a legitimate prey if your patent happens to be invalid, which it often is even when the invention deserves the most rigid protection. There are, in all, over five thousand patents in the world in connection with the cycle art, many of which are sound. Think of this before you divert your mind from your legitimate business. It seems hard to the general would-be inventor to say it, but I believe that the proper persons to spend their time and talents in the invention of cycles are the persons employed by the manufacturers for that purpose. In trusting to the judgment of the manufacturer in regard to any idea you may have, if you keep your sketch and a copy of your correspondence, it will be powerful evidence against him if he plays false with you and goes into a fight for priority of invention. Almost any manufacturer will answer a letter about a new idea in his own line, and if he decides against you he will generally give his reasons, from which you can judge whether it will pay you to go ahead or not. This advice may seem to encourage a great risk to the inventor, but I195 give it from the experience on both sides of the fence. Inventors will say that they get no attention from manufacturers; this, when true, is almost invariably because the alleged invention is absolutely unworthy of any attention at all, though of course all inquiries should receive courteous answers.
Beware of the "no patent, no pay" people. It costs just as much to find out that the office won’t grant the patent as it does to figure out that it will, unless you do a thorough preliminary check first. If your invention seems promising, it will likely have to pass the scrutiny of a court before it’s worth much. If you don’t plan to manufacture your invention yourself, a good approach is to offer it to a reliable person who’s already in the business before you spend any money; just make sure to have your sketch witnessed, as previously advised. Very few manufacturers in the cycling industry or any other field are the patent thieves they’re often thought to be; in fact, they’re usually reluctant to take advantage of a trusting inventor who doesn’t have a patent. However, if you have a patent and claim you’re protected, you could put yourself at risk if your patent turns out to be invalid, which happens often even when the invention truly deserves strong protection. There are over five thousand patents related to the cycling industry worldwide, many of which are legitimate. Consider this before you get sidetracked from your actual business. It might be tough for aspiring inventors to hear, but I believe that the best people to invest their time and skills in cycle invention are those employed by manufacturers for that purpose. If you trust the manufacturer’s judgment about your idea, keep a copy of your sketch and any correspondence, as this will serve as strong evidence against them if they try to steal your idea and claim priority. Most manufacturers will respond to a letter about a new idea in their field, and if they turn you down, they’ll usually explain why, which can help you decide whether it’s worth pursuing. This advice might seem risky for inventors, but I offer it based on experiences from both sides. Inventors often say they get no response from manufacturers; when that’s true, it’s usually because the so-called invention doesn’t deserve any attention at all, although all inquiries should receive polite replies.
The real inventor is a very nice fellow, but the chronic inventor is generally a bore. Take notice, my dear reader, of one fact, how few of the great inventions were the work of chronic inventors. I do not refer to men who have simply taken out a number of patents in their own particular line: one of the best cures for chronic inventorism is to resolve to confine yourself to one line; the next best cure being to firmly conclude never to take out a second patent until the first has paid you something, or has done you some good in some way. The great inventors are those who stick to one thing until success is attained or absolute failure fully demonstrated. Why, now, this anathema against the chronic inventor? It is this: the chronic inventor is lazy; you say he will stay up at night, work all day, and never sleep; well, let him, all except the work; this element is supposititious. It is not work, and here is just where the trouble comes in,—the chronic inventor stops just where the work begins. It is fun to invent, and it only takes a little practice to be able to accomplish it; it is as easy as “castle-building,” but when you come to build the real castle, out of good hard stone and grimy mortar,—“ay, there’s the rub!”
The true inventor is a really nice person, but the habitual inventor is usually a bore. Pay attention, my dear reader, to this fact: how few of the great inventions come from habitual inventors. I’m not talking about people who have just filed a bunch of patents in their specific area; one of the best ways to cure chronic inventor syndrome is to decide to stick to one area. The next best way is to firmly decide not to file for a second patent until the first one has made you some money or has been useful in some way. The great inventors are those who focus on one thing until they either succeed or have proven complete failure. Why this disdain for the habitual inventor? It’s simple: the habitual inventor is lazy; you might say he works all day, stays up at night, and never sleeps—fine, but let’s be clear that all that effort doesn't count as real work. This is where the problem lies—the habitual inventor stops right when the real work begins. It's fun to come up with ideas, and it only takes a bit of practice to do it; it’s as easy as “daydreaming,” but when it comes to actually building the real thing with solid materials and tough mortar—that’s where the challenge really starts!
The men who have really done something to the benefit of the world, are those who have reduced their inventions (or those of some one else) to practice and brought them before the people. A great invention which has never gotten beyond the confines of the brain that evolved it might as well never have been evolved at all. Nor is it any better that a pasteboard model lies moulding in the garret; and, strange as it may appear, a record of the same in the Patent Office does not196 help matters much. See the number of patents, many of which are good, lying in the files at the Patent Office,—neglected and forgotten by everybody except the examiner, who persistently uses them as ammunition against the real benefactor of mankind who, though subsequent, would like to do something with them.
The people who really make a difference in the world are those who take their inventions (or someone else's) and turn them into reality, sharing them with everyone. A great invention that stays locked in the mind of its creator might as well not exist. It's no better if a cardboard model is collecting dust in the attic; and, oddly enough, just having a record of it in the Patent Office doesn't do much good either. Look at the number of patents, many of which are solid, just sitting in the files at the Patent Office—ignored and forgotten by everyone except the examiner, who keeps using them to challenge the actual contributors to society who, even if they come later, want to do something with those ideas.
Before my early entrance into the arena of invention, I had a suspicion that some of the work of benefiting mankind, if so high a title be justifiable, consisted in getting an invention into practical and useful form for general use. I also had some premonition that it would require a portion of the ingenuity to get the pay for it at the hands of the populace. In this connection a diverting amusement was discovered in the way of apportioning the ingenuity to the different departments of the required work. My original scale was as follows: One-half of the ingenuity to inventing the thing, one-fourth to getting up the tools and making same, and one-fourth to placing upon the market and gathering in the returns.
Before I got involved in inventing, I had a feeling that some of the work of helping humanity, if that title is deserved, involved turning an invention into a practical and useful form for everyone. I also had a sense that it would take some cleverness to get paid for it by the public. In that context, I found it amusing to divide the cleverness needed across the different parts of the job. My initial breakdown was as follows: half of the cleverness for creating the invention, a quarter for developing and producing the tools, and a quarter for marketing it and collecting the profits.
After a little experience the schedule was remodelled, making one-third to each section. Later on, the entire schedule underwent a most decided and radical change. It stands now as follows:
After some experience, the schedule was restructured, allocating one-third to each section. Eventually, the entire schedule went through a significant and radical change. It is now as follows:
Scale of proportional genius required for each department in benefiting mankind (and yourself) by means of invention: Two per cent., inventing; seven per cent., getting into shape; three per cent., getting American patent; one-hundredth of one per cent., getting English patent; ten per cent., getting patent through court; twenty-eight per cent., getting the money; forty-nine and ninety-nine-hundredths per cent., keeping it after you get it.
Scale of proportional genius required for each department in benefiting humanity (and yourself) through invention: Two percent, inventing; seven percent, organizing; three percent, securing a U.S. patent; one-hundredth of one percent, getting a U.K. patent; ten percent, obtaining a patent through the courts; twenty-eight percent, raising funds; forty-nine and ninety-nine-hundredths percent, maintaining it after you acquire it.
CHAPTER XXIV.
The cycle hobbyist is one of the quaint characters of the fraternity, and he exists in profusion; turns up at all the meets, and always makes his ubiquitous presence felt.
The cycling enthusiast is one of the charming personalities in the community, and he is everywhere; he shows up at all the gatherings and always makes his presence known.
Only make a wheel big enough, a lever long enough, or a spring strong enough, and he has you foul.
Only make a wheel big enough, a lever long enough, or a spring strong enough, and he has you trapped.
Some of them have pet schemes of storing compressed air in the tubes; others, more practical, make vague hints at a mile a minute with their electrical or steam motors; while others of these embryo inventors would outdo the now notorious Keely with their wonders; and the only surprise is that they would stop to fix the thing to a cycle, when a most diverting amusement could be found in starting the earth around backward or in drawing the poles straight up and thereby making an eternal spring.
Some of them have their own ideas about storing compressed air in tubes; others, being more practical, suggest speeds of a mile a minute with their electric or steam engines; while some of these budding inventors think they could surpass the infamous Keely with their inventions; and the only surprise is that they would take the time to attach it to a bike, when a much more entertaining challenge could be to make the earth rotate backward or to pull the poles straight up and create an endless spring.
Such fundamental principles as that a short lever hung in the middle is just as powerful as a long one hung in the same way; that two turns of a small wheel rolls over as much ground as one turn of another twice the size; that there is no more power in a spring than you put into it, and many other like principles, all seem to be forgotten in the general rush to be the first to make a mile a minute on a dirt road.
Basic principles like the fact that a short lever balanced in the middle is just as effective as a long one in the same position; that two turns of a small wheel cover the same distance as one turn of a wheel twice its size; and that a spring has no more energy than what you put into it, along with many similar concepts, all seem to be overlooked in the mad dash to be the first to hit a mile a minute on a dirt road.
Truly we inhabit a wonderful sphere; only just make gravity pull sideways, and we would have no further use for locomotives. Somehow or other, however, the contrary old gravity continues to haul everything just its own way, and that is just the way we do not198 care to go, either now or in the distant future. Certainly all would-be perpetual-motion makers must feel that something satanic is working against them in this unceasing pull of gravity in the wrong direction.
We really live in an amazing world; if gravity just pulled sideways, we wouldn’t need trains anymore. But somehow old gravity keeps dragging everything down in its own way, and that's not the direction we want to go, either now or in the far future. It's clear that anyone trying to create perpetual motion must feel like there's something evil working against them with this constant pull of gravity in the wrong direction.198
But to revert to our cycle hobbyist in particular. A friend of the writer’s, a prominent man, intelligent in all other things, once proposed to pull all the Chicago street-cars by having a man in each, continually winding a spring, said spring to drive the car; and he knit his brow in half offence at the suggestion that there would be less danger of the wheels slipping if the spring-worker would get out and pull by the front platform.
But let's go back to our cycling enthusiast specifically. A friend of the writer, a well-known and intelligent person in other matters, once suggested that all the Chicago streetcars could be powered by having a person in each one continuously winding a spring to drive the car. He frowned in mild offense at the idea that it would be safer if the spring operator stepped out and pulled from the front platform.
No one can readily believe how common such ideas as the above spring method are till they scour the patent-office records, or talk to the cycle hobbyist. Intelligent men often remark “how powerful” a certain machine must be “with that long lever,” when the lever is hung to be worked from the short end; and how often we have heard them condemn the thirty-inch safeties as being slow, on account of the small wheel. Even to cycle-riders not aspiring to the high degree of hobbyists it was a matter of surprise, when the old Kangaroo came out, that it pushed harder when geared to the sixty than others geared to fifty.
No one can easily believe how common ideas like the spring method are until they look through the patent office records or talk to cycling enthusiasts. Smart people often say how “powerful” a machine must be “with that long lever,” not realizing that the lever is set up to be operated from the short end; and how often we’ve heard them criticize thirty-inch safeties for being slow because of the small wheel. Even for cyclists who don’t reach the level of hardcore enthusiasts, it was surprising when the old Kangaroo was released, as it pushed harder when geared to sixty than others geared to fifty.
“Big wheel, big speed,” seems to be indelibly written in the mind of the cycle hobbyist; but we will forgive him all such little inconsistencies if he will only let us continue to believe that there is no innate power in a gear wheel.
“Big wheel, big speed,” seems to be permanently etched in the mind of the cycling enthusiast; but we’ll overlook any minor inconsistencies if he just lets us keep believing that there’s no inherent power in a gear wheel.
I once knew a successful manufacturer who geared up a sausage-cutter to double speed, and then down again to the same, and he believes to this day that it runs easier on account of these four gear wheels. I have often thought that the cycling fraternity would not have cared much whether it did or not, if he had only made it large enough to take in a few cycle hobbyists.
I once knew a successful manufacturer who set up a sausage-cutter to run at double speed, then back down to the same speed again, and he still believes that it runs better because of those four gear wheels. I've often thought that the cycling community wouldn't really have cared either way if he had just made it big enough to include a few cycling enthusiasts.
“Pull a bicycle from the rim,” and you have power199 only equalled by the pinch-bar. Did anybody notice the half-page advertisement of a prominent English maker a few years ago, of the tricycle that pulled from the rim (probably not endorsed by the said maker, it being merely contract work for an outsider)? and have any of our American readers ever seen the old bone-shaker wheel with the cross-bar on the hub? (See cut.) For years they were used in England with the benighted idea, in the minds of many, that they thereby gained in power. One of these wheels of eight-day size is suspended in front of a building in Coventry (or was a few years ago), used as a sign. This wheel “pulls by the rim,” at least so I was quite often informed, not always by reputable English makers, but by riders, who mostly see these great principles (?) first.
“Pull a bicycle from the rim,” and you have power199 only matched by the pinch-bar. Did anyone catch the half-page ad from a well-known English manufacturer a few years back for the tricycle that pulled from the rim (most likely not endorsed by that manufacturer, as it was just contract work for someone else)? And have any of our American readers ever seen the old bone-shaker wheel with the cross-bar on the hub? (See cut.) For years, these were used in England with the mistaken belief by many that this approach actually increased power. One of these eight-day size wheels was hanging in front of a building in Coventry (or at least it was a few years ago), serving as a sign. This wheel “pulls by the rim,” or so I was often told, not always by reputable English manufacturers, but by riders, who mostly grasp these big ideas (?) first.

The error appertaining to all such ideas is generally the result of confusing external with internal forces. We must have the hub of a wheel connected to the rim in some substantial manner, so that both will revolve rigidly together; further than this the manner of connecting them can matter but little so far as transmission of power is concerned. All that is necessary200 is that the hub shall not revolve within the rim independently and thereby cause a lack of firmness.
The mistake with all these ideas usually comes from mixing up external and internal forces. We need to have the center of a wheel connected to the outer part in a solid way, so that they turn together smoothly; beyond that, how we connect them isn’t very important for transferring power. What’s crucial200 is that the center doesn’t spin inside the outer part on its own, creating instability.
Another sample of the hobbyistic idea is promulgated in the following from The Cyclist in a recent issue.
Another example of the hobbyist idea is presented in the following from The Cyclist in a recent issue.
“A NEW BRAKE.
“A NEW BRAKE.”
“Mr. ——, of ——, has patented a good idea. On the other side of the forks from the regulation plunger he introduces another spoon connected with the front under the arch of the fork, provision being made for the mud-guard. On moving the lever, both brakes act in unison, thus duplicating the resistance with the same power required to work the brake in its single form.”
“Mr. ——, from ——, has patented an innovative idea. On the opposite side of the standard plunger, he adds another spoon connected to the front under the arch of the fork, along with a mud guard. When the lever is activated, both brakes function together, effectively doubling the resistance with the same effort required to operate the brake in its original form.”
If it takes a certain pressure to hold the first brake down, and none to hold the second, why not put on two seconds and no first, and thus have a good brake power without any pressure at all?
If it requires a specific pressure to engage the first brake, and no pressure to engage the second, why not use two seconds and skip the first altogether, allowing for effective braking without any pressure?
Since penning the above I have heard further of the new brake in question, and have been tempted to cancel the paragraph, since injustice might be done to an honest inventor; but on second thought concluded to retain it as an example of careless statement, knowing that others were misled by the same. Had the inventor simply remarked that he had made use of his momentum, transmitted through the rim of the wheel, and acting to wedge one of the brakes against the head or the other brake, whereby to increase the brake, or some such explanation, everybody would have acquiesced in it as a reasonable possibility, even if they had not the slightest idea of what the inventor was talking about. It is a satisfaction to know that it is becoming a little dangerous, in the cycle art, to make a statement that savors of getting something for nothing.
Since writing the above, I’ve heard more about the new brake in question, and I’ve been tempted to remove the paragraph, as it might unfairly criticize an honest inventor. But after giving it some thought, I decided to keep it as an example of a careless statement, knowing that others were also misled by the same. If the inventor had simply said that he used his momentum, transmitted through the rim of the wheel, to wedge one of the brakes against the other, thus increasing the brake’s effectiveness, everyone would have accepted it as a reasonable possibility, even if they had no idea what he was talking about. It’s reassuring to know that in the cycling world, it’s becoming somewhat risky to make a statement that suggests you can get something for nothing.
A prominent American maker, whose wares now stand high in our market, must have been a hobbyist once too, when he climbed the steps into an English bicycle factory on his lever tricycle. Probably he has reformed, as I hear of no step-climbing now.
A well-known American manufacturer, whose products are now highly regarded in our market, must have started out as a hobbyist too, when he rode his lever tricycle up the steps into an English bicycle factory. He has likely changed since then, as I haven’t heard of him climbing steps recently.
Only within a few days I have had an offer to inspect201 a machine that the inventor assumes will make a mile a minute. “No other machine was ever made to work by hand and foot,” says the same inventor. He also assures me that wire wheels are a mistake, and that the old wooden ones are just as good and cheaper. This machine has an ingenious device by which to lock the front wheel of a bicycle, to save the trouble of holding the handle-bars “when you don’t want to steer.” This much I believe the inventor may be right about. A machine, properly made, run by hand and foot, might make short distances very rapidly, since the entire energy of the man could be quickly used up; but whether such a machine would be of marketable value is a question.
In just a few days, I've received an offer to check out201 a machine that the inventor claims can go a mile a minute. “No other machine has ever been made to work by hand and foot,” says the inventor. He also insists that wire wheels are a mistake and that the old wooden ones are just as good and cheaper. This machine has a clever feature that locks the front wheel of a bicycle, so you don’t have to hold the handlebars “when you don’t want to steer.” I think the inventor might be right about this. A well-made machine, powered by hand and foot, could cover short distances very quickly, since the person’s energy could be used up quickly; but whether such a machine would have real market value is another question.
Quite recently a new “hickory wheel” man of more formidable caliber has entered the lists, and again we are called back to bone-shaker days. Well! after the beetle (rear-driver) has been so fondly embraced, let us be prepared for anything that may come. We have dropped down from the cat to the kitten, and can now get out through a pretty small hole if hard pressed; so for the present we will hold the hickory wheel on probation.
Quite recently, a new "hickory wheel" guy of a more impressive level has come onto the scene, and once again, we're reminded of the days of bone-shakers. Well! After we’ve grown so attached to the beetle (rear-driver), let’s be ready for whatever might come next. We've gone from a cat to a kitten and can now squeeze through a pretty small opening if necessary; so for now, we'll keep the hickory wheel on a trial basis.
A gentleman at Coventry, a few years ago, conceived, and spent a small fortune upon, a plan for overcoming the dead centre in crank tricycles; his method was quite simple: he only had to turn an angle on the crank at the outer extremity like a letter L, so that when the straight or radial part, represented by the stem of the L with the axle through the upper end, stood vertical, the pedal, which is supposed to be attached to the tip of the horizontal extension, would have passed some two inches beyond the dead-centre point.
A man in Coventry, a few years back, came up with and spent a small fortune on a plan to solve the dead center issue in crank tricycles. His method was quite simple: he just needed to bend the crank at the outer end like an L shape, so that when the straight or vertical part, represented by the stem of the L with the axle at the top, was upright, the pedal, which was supposed to be attached to the end of the horizontal part, would have moved about two inches past the dead center point.
This same inventor had an enormous steel spring ensconced beneath the seat of his machine, which he wound with his hands as he went along. Whenever the proprietor of the establishment where these experiments202 were being conducted ran short of work he invariably proposed to the inventor to “go out and try the tricycle.”
This same inventor had a huge steel spring hidden under the seat of his machine, which he wound by hand as he traveled. Whenever the owner of the place where these experiments202 were taking place ran low on work, he always suggested to the inventor to “go out and try the tricycle.”
The writer was a moderate hobbyist himself once, and has perhaps not yet entirely recovered from the spell. Below find a letter written some time ago, while the delusion was still upon him.
The writer was once a casual hobbyist himself, and he might not have completely shaken off the obsession yet. Below is a letter written some time ago, while he was still under that illusion.
“AN AMERICAN HOBBYIST.
“AN AMERICAN HOBBYIST.
“Trials and Tribulations of an American Abroad—How Pet Theories are received in the Bicycling Centre of the World.
“Trials and Tribulations of an American Abroad—How Personal Theories are Received in the Bicycling Center of the World.
“Editor Springfield Wheelmen’s Gazette:
“Editor Springfield Wheelmen’s Gazette:
“Some friend has kindly sent me a copy of the Gazette, and I make haste to remit you the amount of subscription.
“A friend kindly sent me a copy of the Gazette, and I’m quickly sending you the subscription fee.”
“I will not assume that the bicycling papers of the country of which I am now a guest are not good. In fact, to do so would libel my host; I simply say that, being an American, I like American papers.
“I won’t assume that the cycling newspapers in the country where I’m currently staying are lacking in quality. That would be disrespectful to my host; I just have to say that, as an American, I prefer American publications.”
“In the letter I first wrote, of which this is in main a copy, I asserted that the papers here were too much taken up by race-course news, but even since then I have received a copy of an English periodical which I find is not open to the objection given; hence I will still speak cautiously, lest I do not know all yet.
“In my original letter, which this mostly copies, I mentioned that the local papers focused too much on racing news. However, I’ve since received a copy of an English magazine that doesn’t have that problem. So, I’ll continue to be cautious, since I might not have all the information yet.”
“I have no penchant for the race-course; in fact, I never ran but one race, and then I was left so far behind that I have never been interested in racing news since. In one respect my race was a success, for I was loudly cheered by the crowd opposite the starting-point, for by some fortunate error they got the idea that I had been handicapped half a lap, that being about my distance in the rear at the end of the first round. Since that time I have confined myself exclusively to touring, with which object my brother and I came to England this spring.
“I’m not interested in horse racing; in fact, I only participated in one race, and I was so far behind that I’ve lost interest in racing news since. In a way, my race was a success because the crowd at the starting line cheered for me, thinking I had a half-lap advantage, which is about how far behind I was after the first round. Since then, I’ve focused entirely on touring, which is why my brother and I came to England this spring.”
“I have been admitted to membership in the Cyclists’ Touring Club, and must say it is a grand institution, and the official organ thereof is a valuable journal.
“I’ve become a member of the Cyclists’ Touring Club, and I must say it’s a fantastic organization, and its official publication is a valuable magazine.”
“If you and your readers will permit me to speak of my object in making a centre at Coventry without denouncing it as merely a scheme whereby to benefit in a free advertisement, I would say that I have taken the liberty—almost a criminal one it seems here—of having a hobby relating to an ‘ideal bicycle.’ This is from a tourist’s stand-point; not that of a racer, or it would have been all right.
“If you and your readers will allow me to discuss my goal of creating a center in Coventry without dismissing it as just a way to get free advertising, I’d like to mention that I’ve taken the liberty—almost questionable here—of having a hobby related to an ‘ideal bicycle.’ This is from a tourist’s perspective, not that of a racer, or it would be perfectly acceptable.”
203
203
“My hobby consists in the following hobbies in detail: 1. A bicycle with a large front wheel, because it rides smoother and steers easier than any other. 2. A bicycle in which you are directly over the work and do not have to reach out to do it, or lean over the handle-bar to get your centre of gravity over it. I should think the ‘Grasshopper’ good in this respect. 3. A bicycle in which the legs are at rest on all down grade, or when work is unnecessary, à la Star. 4. A bicycle with a treadle motion, as I think power is more economically applied by the same. (This is largely theory, so far.) 5. A bicycle with no dead centre at any time, as I think it is a continual impediment in up-hill or rough roads (also theory). 6. A bicycle where one foot going down lifts the other positively, as in a crank; to lift by springs I consider bad. 7. A bicycle safer from headers than the common large wheel machines, say about comparable with the ‘Grasshopper.’ I do not aspire to the security of the small wheelers, nor do I like the other known safety devices (probably prejudice). 8. (Ordinary bicyclers’ pride suggests No. 8.) A bicycle as neat and trim in appearance as the common large wheel crank-machine without octopus-clawed walking beams, gear wheels, or chains swinging through the air in full view at long range. 9. A bicycle that brakes from the hind wheel, as there is less danger of headers. 10. A bicycle with some good sort of safety handle-bar that will be open to no objections found in those now used. This is to prevent injury in case of a header, and also to store the bicycle in less space.
“My hobby includes these detailed interests: 1. A bicycle with a large front wheel because it rides smoother and steers better than others. 2. A bike where you sit directly over the work and don’t have to stretch or lean over the handlebars to balance. I think the ‘Grasshopper’ is good for this. 3. A bike where your legs can rest on downhill rides or when effort isn’t necessary, like the ‘Star’. 4. A bike with a treadle motion, as I believe this applies power more efficiently (though this is mostly just a theory for now). 5. A bike with no dead center at any point since I see it as a constant hindrance on uphill or rough roads (also just a theory). 6. A bike where one foot going down automatically lifts the other, like in a crank; using springs seems inefficient to me. 7. A bike that is safer from tipping over than typical large wheel bikes, similar to the ‘Grasshopper’. I’m not aiming for the security of small wheelers, nor am I fond of other known safety features (probably just my bias). 8. (The pride of regular cyclists suggests No. 8.) A bike that looks neat and tidy like a standard large wheel crank machine, without awkward walking beams, gear wheels, or chains visible. 9. A bike that brakes with the rear wheel, as this reduces the risk of tipping over. 10. A bike with a good safety handlebar that avoids the issues found in those currently available. This prevents injuries if you do tip over and also makes storing the bike take up less space.”
“You will infer, of course, that I had a plan for combining these hobbies; hence my trip to Coventry with a view to having such a machine made for my own use. When I arrived here and called on some of the bicycle manufacturers and made my purpose known, I cannot say that I was quite so well received as your correspondent C.; in fact, a Yankee inventor does not seem to be such desirable property in Coventry as a foreign agent, and yet I doubt not that a real genius of the former sort might do them much more good. Now, I think I was entitled to the reception of such a character for at least the few minutes it would have taken to expose the error, but there seems to be a sort of suspicious dread of a Yankee inventor, which is all wrong and against their interest. The greatest fault I have to find is in the manner in which they insist that I could not possibly know anything about the bicycle business, or have a right to a hobby and waste some money on it if I wanted to.
"You can probably guess that I planned to combine these hobbies, which is why I traveled to Coventry to get a machine made for my personal use. When I arrived and talked to some of the bicycle manufacturers about my intent, I can’t say I was received as well as your correspondent C. In fact, a Yankee inventor doesn't seem as appealing in Coventry as a foreign agent, yet I believe a true genius of the former could benefit them much more. I think I deserved a friendlier welcome, at least for the few minutes it would take to clear up this misunderstanding, but there seems to be an unjust suspicion of a Yankee inventor that works against their own interests. My main issue is their insistence that I couldn’t possibly know anything about the bicycle industry or have the right to pursue a hobby and spend money on it if I choose to."
“The bad weather has detained us here much longer than we thought to stay, but we do not regret it, as it is the best centre in England from which to make short tours. The attractions of this ancient city are innumerable, and the proximity of Kenilworth, Warwick, and Stratford-on-Avon need only be mentioned to make Coventry all I assert.
“The bad weather has kept us here much longer than we expected, but we don’t mind since it’s the best base in England for short trips. The attractions of this historic city are endless, and just mentioning the proximity of Kenilworth, Warwick, and Stratford-upon-Avon is enough to prove my point about Coventry.”
“You will pardon me if I say that my new machine is all and more than I expected; but a word to all hobbyists before I close:204 Have you a hobby? If so, then ‘bend low and with bated breath I will a secret tale unfold.’
“You'll forgive me for saying that my new machine is everything I hoped for and more; but a word to all hobbyists before I close: 204 Do you have a hobby? If so, then ‘lean in closely and with bated breath, I will reveal a secret.’”
“Have your hobby, nourish it, talk and write about it, and make everybody believe you can fly; don’t let anybody down you, get in the last kick at every man who won’t think just as you do, but just as you are going to put it in practice, stop! slip quietly to your escritoire, get out your book, go straight to the bank, and have it accurately footed up; if there is a fat balance, and you are unmarried, with no other care on your mind, and nothing to do for seven years, then go in, and God speed to you.
“Embrace your hobby, nurture it, talk and write about it, and make everyone believe you can succeed; don’t let anyone bring you down, take the last shot at anyone who doesn’t think like you do, but once you’re ready to put it into practice, hold on! Slip quietly to your desk, take out your notebook, head straight to the bank, and count everything accurately; if there’s a nice balance, and you’re single, with no other worries and nothing to do for seven years, then go for it, and good luck to you.”
“If the above conditions fail you, go straight home, kiss your wife, and baby if you have any, and thank Providence that you are saved from the lunatic asylum and your family from poverty and want.
“If you don’t meet the above conditions, go straight home, kiss your wife and baby if you have any, and thank Providence that you’re saved from a mental hospital and your family from poverty and suffering.”
“R. P. S.
“R. P. S.
“Coventry, England, June 11, 1885.”
“Coventry, England, June 11, 1885.”
Part II.
206
206
Designed to amuse rather than to instruct the reader, and intended as a reward to those who have struggled through the foregoing pages.
Designed to entertain rather than educate the reader, and meant as a reward for those who have made it through the previous pages.



207
207



208
208
REMARKS ON BOLTON U. S. PATENT, SEPTEMBER 29, 1804.
(See cut, page 36.)
(__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, page 36.)
This early inventor, who had the honor of President Jefferson’s signature to his patent, was a clever genius in his time. I am constrained to think he was of that school which believes in the inherent power of the gear wheel; at least the four wheels, where there is no demand for more than two, would suggest this idea. According to our present system of gauging, this machine is geared to about fifteen. Mr. Bolton, however, was a pioneer, and as such we must hold him in great veneration.
This early inventor, who proudly received President Jefferson’s signature on his patent, was a brilliant mind for his time. I can’t help but think he belonged to the belief that the gear wheel has inherent power; after all, the four wheels, when only two are needed, imply this idea. Based on our current measuring system, this machine is geared to about fifteen. However, Mr. Bolton was a trailblazer, and for that, we must greatly respect him.
ENGLISH PATENT, DECEMBER 2, 1818.
(See cut, page 35.)
(__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, page 35.)
There has been considerable discussion anent the earliest bicycle inventor, but after all his name seems to have been “Dennis,” or rather Dennis Johnson. As “Dennis” has been before us in the periodicals for a number of years, we will not dwell upon him; suffice it to say that his name will always hold the high place it deserves, as the first patentee of a single-track balancing machine.
There has been a lot of discussion about who the first bicycle inventor was, but it seems his name was “Dennis,” or more specifically, Dennis Johnson. Since “Dennis” has been featured in magazines for several years, we won't go into detail about him; it’s enough to say that his name will always have a notable place in history as the first person to patent a single-track balancing machine.
CROFT AMERICAN PATENT.
The inventor, Mr. Croft, a cut of whose machine will be found on page 38, was one, and probably the earliest, of those who have deceived themselves with the idea that power could be increased by means of a solid grip on the ground, forgetting a common principle that, so long as the hold does not give way, one plan is as good as another in this respect. Below find a brief of his specification.
The inventor, Mr. Croft, a model of whose machine can be found on page 38, was one of the first to fool himself into thinking that power could be boosted by having a firm grip on the ground, overlooking a basic principle that as long as the grip holds, one method is just as good as another in this regard. Below is a summary of his specifications.
209
209
“UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
“MATTHEW E. CROFT, OF HORICON, WISCONSIN. IMPROVEMENT IN TRICYCLES.
(See cut, page 38.)
(__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, page 38.)
“The object of this invention is to furnish an improved tricycle, designed for use by mechanics and others for going to and from their places of business, by merchants and others for sending small parcels from one place to another, and by youths and others for amusement and exercise, and which shall be simple in construction and easily operated.
The goal of this invention is to provide a better tricycle, made for mechanics and others to travel to and from work, for merchants and others to send small packages from one location to another, and for young people and others for fun and exercise, all while being simple to build and easy to use.
“To the stirrups J are pivoted the rear ends of two rods K, the forward ends of which are pivoted to the forward axle B, near its ends, so that the rider can guide and turn the machine with his feet.
“To the stirrups J are attached the back ends of two rods K, the front ends of which are connected to the front axle B, near its ends, allowing the rider to steer and turn the machine with his feet.”
“The rider propels the machine by means of two rods, L, which he holds in his hands, and which he presses against the ground. In starting, the rider presses both rods L against the ground at the same time, but after he has got up enough motion to give momentum to the machine, he can use the rods L alternately.
“The rider moves the machine using two rods, L, which he holds in his hands and presses against the ground. When starting, the rider pushes both rods L against the ground simultaneously, but once he has gained enough speed to give the machine momentum, he can use the rods L one at a time."
“If desired, a receptacle may be secured to the bolster E, to contain a lunch or other small parcels.”
“If you want, you can attach a container to the bolster E to hold a lunch or other small packages.”
210
210
SOME EXTRACTS FROM VERY OLD ENGLISH PATENTS.
“A.D. 1691 June 12—No 269
John Greene
New engines or carryages of certaine shapes and measures to be drawne or driven by man or beast upon one or more wheeles, wherein the lading carryed about with every revolution of the wheele, which for ease of the burthen or draft and labour exceeds all others that were ever yett invented or used, being of great benefit and service to the publique
New machines or vehicles of certain shapes and sizes to be pulled or driven by humans or animals on one or more wheels, where the cargo is moved with every turn of the wheel, which for the ease of load and effort surpasses all others that have ever been invented or used, providing great benefit and service to the public.
“A.D. 1693 March 3—No 315
Hadley, John
Engines moved by wind, useful for drawing severall machines and carryages instead of horses
Engines powered by wind, useful for operating various machines and vehicles instead of horses.
A.D. 1787 May 12—No 1602
George Watkin—Anti-friction axle
The axis is surrounded by a number of rollers or cylinders
The axis is surrounded by several rollers or cylinders.
A.D. 1791 October 12—No 1829
The principle lies in the interposition of rollers
The principle lies in the placement of rollers.
A.D. 1794 August 12—No 2006
Vaughan, Phil
The axle is provided with grooves for the reception of balls which serve as anti-friction rollers, the wave of each wheel being provided with grooves corresponding with those in the arms of the axle
The axle has grooves designed to hold balls that act as anti-friction rollers, with each wheel's wave featuring grooves that match those in the axle's arms.
211
211
“PROPELLING CARRIAGES, VESSELS, &c.
“BRAMLEY AND PARKER’S SPECIFICATION.
(One drawing of this patent is used as a frontispiece.)
(One illustration of this patent is used as a frontispiece.)
“To all to whom these presents shall come, we, Thomas Bramley, Gentleman, and Robert Parker, Lieutenant in the Royal Navy, both of Mousley Priory, in the County of Surrey, send greeting.
“To all who read this, we, Thomas Bramley, a gentleman, and Robert Parker, a lieutenant in the Royal Navy, both of Mousley Priory in Surrey, send our regards.
“Whereas His present most Excellent Majesty King William the Fourth, by His Letters Patent under the Great Seal of Great Britain, bearing date at Westminster, the Fourth day of November, One thousand eight hundred and thirty, in the first year of His reign, did, for Himself, His heirs and successors, give and grant unto us, the said Thomas Bramley and Robert Parker, ... a patent for ... Certain Improvements on Locomotive and other Carriages or Machines applicable to Rail and other Roads, which Improvements, or Part or Parts thereof, are also applicable to Moving Bodies on Water and Working other Machinery.”
While His current Most Excellent Majesty King William the Fourth, through His Letters Patent under the Great Seal of Great Britain, dated at Westminster on November 4, 1830, in the first year of His reign, did, for Himself, His heirs, and successors, grant us, the said Thomas Bramley and Robert Parker, ... a patent for ... certain improvements on locomotives and other carriages or machines used on rail and other roads, which improvements, or parts of them, are also suitable for moving bodies on water and for operating other machinery.
212
212

213
213
The cut on opposite page is a part of the Bramley & Parker English patent of 1830. These early inventors were apparently the original tandem makers, and they possibly originated the expression “lay down to the work.” If the cuts fairly represent the inventors, truly no one can deny that they were handsome fellows, and that they deserve a greater reward than can be said to have accrued to them after the shades of fifty years have fallen upon this, probably the greatest effort of their lives. Below find another part of their specification, which illustrates the verbosity of legal language found in those, and to some extent in the present English patents.
The illustration on the opposite page is from the Bramley & Parker English patent of 1830. These early inventors were likely the first to make tandems and may have coined the phrase “lay down to the work.” If the illustrations accurately depict the inventors, it’s clear that they were good-looking men and deserve more recognition than what they’ve received over the past fifty years, which is likely the most significant effort of their lives. Below is another section of their specification, which shows the wordiness of legal language that was common in those times and to some degree still exists in modern English patents.
“... In which said Letters Patent is contained a proviso that we, the said Thomas Bramley or Robert Parker, or one of us, shall cause a particular description of the nature of my said Invention, and in what manner the same is to be performed, to be inrolled in His said Majesty’s High Court of Chancery within six calendar months next and immediately after the date of the said in part recited Letters Patent, as in and by the same, reference being thereunto had, will more fully and at large appear.”
“... In the mentioned Letters Patent, there’s a condition stating that we, Thomas Bramley or Robert Parker, or one of us, must file a detailed description of my Invention and how it should be carried out in His Majesty’s High Court of Chancery within six calendar months after the date of the partially recited Letters Patent, as can be seen more clearly by referring to the same.”
214
214

215
215
FRENCH PATENT.
M. JULIEN. JUNE 30, 1830.
The French patent to M. Julien, date of June 30, 1830, of whose machine a cut will be found on the opposite page, seems to be for a sort of combination of cycle and plough. It is to be inferred that M. Julien proposes to do up his ploughing, and then mount his cycle and off to town for an airing.
The French patent for M. Julien, dated June 30, 1830, which features an image on the opposite page, appears to be a kind of combination of a bicycle and a plow. It can be inferred that M. Julien intends to finish his plowing, then hop on his bike and head into town for a ride.
Jeering and contemptuous cyclers will be liable to overlook a novel and invaluable feature of this invention relating to security in descending long and dangerous hills. The rider can, by easy manipulation of certain simple and ingenious devices, lower the plough and thereby bring into operation a brake of great power and unquestionable holding-back proclivities. As to the steering, it does not appear, from the drawing, how this may be accomplished, but so fertile a brain cannot have left this necessary adjunct unprovided for.
Mocking and scornful cyclists might miss a new and essential aspect of this invention that improves safety when going down steep and risky hills. The rider can easily adjust some simple and clever devices to lower a plow, which activates a powerful brake with reliable stopping ability. Regarding steering, the drawing doesn't show how this is achieved, but a mind as ingenious as this one surely has addressed this crucial element.
That the machine can be worked with little exertion is implied by the skilful introduction, on the part of the draughtsman, of the chimney-pot hat which adorns the brow of the supposed agricultural gentleman upon the box, and also by the general appearance of ease and comfort which pervades the entire picture.
The fact that the machine can be operated with minimal effort is suggested by the clever addition of the chimney-pot hat on the head of the supposed farmer sitting on the box, as well as by the overall vibe of ease and comfort that fills the entire picture.
216
216

217
217
“PROPELLING CARRIAGES AND VESSELS, DRIVING MACHINERY, &c.
“COCHRANE’S SPECIFICATION.
“To all to whom these presents shall come, I, Alexander Cochrane, of Norton Street, Great Portland Street, in the county of Middlesex, Esquire, send greeting.
To everyone receiving this, I, Alexander Cochrane, from Norton Street, Great Portland Street, in the county of Middlesex, Esquire, send my greetings.
“And be it remembered, that on the Tenth day of February, in the year of our Lord 1832, the aforesaid Alexander Cochrane came before our said Lord the King in His Chancery, and acknowledged the Specification aforesaid, and all and every thing therein contained and specified, in form above written. And also the Specification aforesaid was stamped according to the tenor of the Statute made for that purpose.
And remember, that on February 10th, in the year 1832, the aforementioned Alexander Cochrane appeared before our Lord the King in His Chancery and acknowledged the above Specification and everything included in it, as detailed above. This Specification was also stamped in accordance with the relevant Statute enacted for that purpose.
“Inrolled the Tenth day of February, in the year of our Lord One thousand eight hundred and thirty-two.”
“Inrolled on the 10th day of February, in the year of our Lord 1832.”
This rowing-motion carriage has been invented over again several times since 1831.
This rowing-motion carriage has been reinvented several times since 1831.
218
218

“THE ORIGINAL BICYCLE.
“At the late Stanley Show was exhibited the machine which is now generally conceded to be the original bicycle. We present a cut of the machine reproduced from the Scottish Cyclist, also a representation of the features of the inventor, one Gavin Dalzell, a merchant of Lesmahgon, Lanarkshire, Scotland. Dalzell was born August 29, 1811, and died June 14, 1863. He possessed decided talent for mechanical inventions. From the written testimony of a letter, and the testimony of J. B. Dalzell, son of the inventor and present owner of the219 machine, it is proved that it was in use previous to 1846, and there are eye-witnesses who recollect the inventor riding his bicycle over the roads of Lanarkshire.
“At the recent Stanley Show, the machine that is now widely accepted as the original bicycle was displayed. We present an image of the machine taken from the Scottish Cyclist, along with a depiction of its inventor, Gavin Dalzell, a merchant from Lesmahagow, Lanarkshire, Scotland. Dalzell was born on August 29, 1811, and passed away on June 14, 1863. He had a notable talent for mechanical inventions. According to a letter and the testimony of J. B. Dalzell, the inventor’s son and current owner of the219 machine, it has been confirmed that it was in use before 1846, and there are eyewitnesses who remember seeing the inventor ride his bicycle on the roads of Lanarkshire.”
“In construction the Dalzell bicycle is the exact prototype of the now popular rear-driving safety.
“In construction, the Dalzell bicycle is the exact prototype of the now popular rear-driving safety.”
“It is constructed chiefly of wood, which, though worm-eaten, is still wonderfully strong, especially in the wheels, these seeming to have stood the ravages of time and rough usage much better than the frame-work. The rear wheel—the driver—is of wood, shod with iron, about forty inches in diameter, and has twelve spokes, each about an inch in diameter. The front wheel is of similar construction, but only of about thirty inches in diameter. From the front wheel hub the fork—straight, and with a rake which some of our modern makers could copy with profit—passes up, and is joined together, through the fore-part of the wooden frame-work. A pair of handles are then attached and bent backward into a V shape to suit the rider, who sits about two feet behind the front-wheel hub. These were commonly termed the ‘reins.’ The main frame is somewhat like that which is now termed the ‘dip’ pattern, the design of which is applied in an extended form to ladies’ safeties.
“It’s mainly made of wood, which, even though it's a bit worn by worms, is still incredibly strong, especially in the wheels—these seem to have withstood the test of time and rough treatment much better than the frame. The rear wheel—the driving wheel—is wooden, reinforced with iron, around forty inches in diameter, and has twelve spokes, each about an inch thick. The front wheel is built the same way but is only about thirty inches in diameter. From the hub of the front wheel, a straight fork with a rake that some of our modern manufacturers could replicate for profit extends up and connects through the front part of the wooden frame. A pair of handles are attached and bent backward in a V shape to fit the rider, who sits about two feet behind the hub of the front wheel. These were commonly called the ‘reins.’ The main frame looks somewhat like what’s now called the ‘dip’ pattern, a design that is used in an extended way for ladies’ safeties.”
“A wooden mud-guard rises from this frame, covering about one-fourth of the circumference of the hind wheel; from this to the back forks, which are horizontal, and of wood, vertical flat stays run down, forming a dress-guard after the manner of those on the latest cycling development,—the ladies’ safety. The action thus obtained is not rotary, being a downward and forward thrust with return, the feet describing a small segment of a circle. That the gearing, which constitutes the chief wonder to the critical and historical reader, was actually on the machine while being ridden by Mr. Dalzell, is proved by the receipted accounts of the blacksmith, John Leslie, who made all the iron-work used in its construction.”—“Bi News,” in The Wheel.
A wooden mudguard extends from this frame, covering about a quarter of the back wheel; from here to the horizontal wood back forks, flat vertical stays run down, creating a dress guard similar to those on the latest cycling models—the ladies’ safety bike. The motion produced is not rotary, but rather a downward and forward push with a return, with the feet tracing a small part of a circle. The fact that the gearing, which is the main fascination for the critical and historical reader, was actually on the bike while Mr. Dalzell was riding it is confirmed by the paid invoices of the blacksmith, John Leslie, who crafted all the ironwork used in its assembly.—“Bi News,” in The Wheel.
220
220

This inventor, a Baltimorean, was probably not aware, at the time, that he was one of the earliest cycle inventors. The cut gives a clear illustration of working parts, the motion being quite like that of horseback riding. This patent might be considered an anticipation of the broad principle of the rear-driver as shown in some later machines.
This inventor from Baltimore probably didn't realize at the time that he was one of the first bike inventors. The illustration clearly shows the working parts, and the movement is quite similar to riding a horse. This patent could be seen as a precursor to the general concept of the rear-driven design seen in some later models.
221
221

“To all whom it may concern:
"To whom it may concern:"
“Be it known that I, Charles A. Way, of Charlestown, in the county of Sullivan, and State of New Hampshire, have invented certain new and useful Improvements in Velocipedes.
“Let it be known that I, Charles A. Way, of Charlestown, in Sullivan County, New Hampshire, have created some new and useful improvements in bicycles.”
“This invention consists in a novel arrangement of cranks and short axles with reference to the seat, side rails, and supporting-wheels of a velocipede, whereby the wheels may be operated to propel the apparatus with much greater facility than if the cranks were attached directly thereto.
“This invention features a new setup of cranks and short axles in relation to the seat, side rails, and supporting wheels of a bicycle, allowing the wheels to be operated to move the device much more easily than if the cranks were directly attached to them.”
“The invention further consists in so arranging the cords that work the guiding-caster that they shall cross each other in such manner as to act more directly and consequently more efficiently upon the said caster than as hitherto applied.”
"The invention also involves arranging the cords that control the guiding-caster so that they cross each other in a way that allows them to operate more directly and therefore more effectively on the caster than they have been used before."
Not apparently made for anybody to ride; “but in other respects a very good” velocipede.
Not really designed for anyone to ride; “but in other ways a very good” bike.
222
222

“To all whom it may concern:
“To whom it may concern:”
“Be it known that I, Pierre Lallement, of Paris, France, temporarily residing at New Haven, in the county of New Haven and State of Connecticut, have invented a new Improvement in Velocipedes; and I do hereby declare the following, when taken in connection with the accompanying drawings, and the letters of reference marked thereon, to be a full, clear, and exact description of the same, and which said drawings constitute part of this specification.
“Be it known that I, Pierre Lallement, from Paris, France, currently living in New Haven, in New Haven County, Connecticut, have invented a new improvement in bicycles; and I hereby declare the following, when read along with the accompanying drawings and the reference letters marked on them, to be a complete, clear, and accurate description of the same, with the drawings being part of this specification.
“My invention consists in the arrangement of two wheels, the one directly in front of the other, combined with a mechanism for driving the wheels, and an arrangement for guiding, which arrangement also enables the rider to balance himself upon the two wheels.
“My invention involves setting up two wheels, one directly in front of the other, combined with a mechanism to drive the wheels, and a system for steering, which also allows the rider to balance themselves on the two wheels.”
“By this construction of a velocipede, after a little practice, the rider is enabled to drive the same at an incredible velocity with the greatest ease.
“By building this velocipede, after some practice, the rider is able to operate it at an amazing speed with great ease.”
“Having, therefore, thus fully described my invention, what I claim as new and useful, and desire to secure by Letters Patent, is—
“Having thoroughly described my invention, what I claim as new and useful, and wish to secure with a patent, is—
223
223
“The combination and arrangement of the two wheels A and B, provided with the treadles F and the guiding-arms D, so as to operate substantially as and for the purpose herein set forth.
“The combination and arrangement of the two wheels A and B, equipped with the treadles F and the guiding arms D, designed to function effectively as described for the purposes outlined here.”
“Pierre Lallement.”
“Pierre Lallement.”
This inventor has generally been accredited as being the first to apply cranks to the single-track machine; but priority is now claimed by Dalzell. If this claim be valid, Lallement would have to confine himself to the honor of being the first to apply the feet directly to the cranks, and to being the first patentee.
This inventor is usually recognized as the first to use cranks on the single-track machine, but now Dalzell is claiming that title. If his claim holds up, Lallement would only be able to say he was the first to connect the feet directly to the cranks and to be the first to patent it.
It is stoutly maintained in Coventry that others had applied cranks, in a manner similar to that described in the foregoing specification, some time prior to the date of this patent; it is fair to say, however, that Lallement was the most energetic in pushing his invention, and that he did as much, if not more, than any other man in the great work which has now assumed such mammoth proportions.
It is strongly believed in Coventry that others had used cranks in a way similar to what was mentioned in the previous description, some time before the date of this patent. However, it’s fair to say that Lallement was the most proactive in promoting his invention and that he contributed as much, if not more, than anyone else to the massive effort that has now taken on such huge dimensions.
Considering the short time it has taken to firmly establish this new and useful mode of locomotion as a recognized necessity to mankind, there is little need to quarrel over the exact division of the honors; there is enough for all, and all will be in time duly credited with their respective claims.
Given how quickly this new and useful way of getting around has become essential for people, there's no need to argue about who deserves the credit; there's plenty to go around, and everyone will eventually receive recognition for their contributions.
224
224

225
225
“UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
“WM. C. MOORES, OF BLOOMFIELD, WISCONSIN. IMPROVEMENT IN ECONOMIZING HUMAN POWER.
“The object of this invention is to furnish means whereby the strongest muscles of the human body may be advantageously used in propelling machinery, whether for locomotion or for stationary work, thus cheapening motive power.
The purpose of this invention is to provide methods to effectively utilize the strongest muscles of the human body to drive machinery, whether for movement or for stationary tasks, thereby reducing the cost of power.
“What I claim as my invention is,—
“What I claim as my invention is,—
“1. The ratchet-wheel A, with its notches cut in each direction and worked by means of the levers B, B, with the pawls C, C, and springs D, D, as described.
“1. The ratchet-wheel A, featuring notches on both sides and operated by the levers B, B, along with the pawls C, C, and springs D, D, as detailed.”
“2. In combination with the above, the treadles E, E, attached to the ends of the levers B, B, constructed in box form, as described.
“2. Along with the above, the treadles E, E, connected to the ends of the levers B, B, built in a box shape, as described.
“3. The seat F, constructed as described, when used in combination with the ratchet-wheel A, levers B, B, and pawls C, C, and treadles E, E, and springs G, G, all arranged as set forth.
“3. The seat F, built as described, when used together with the ratchet-wheel A, levers B, B, and pawls C, C, and treadles E, E, and springs G, G, all arranged as outlined.
“Wm. C. Moores.”
“Wm. C. Moores.”
If this lever-motion had been properly claimed, and his tilting pedals adroitly covered by patents, he might have given no end of trouble to future manufacturers; but he lived too soon; his patents would have all expired ere they would have been useful in the art as later developed.
If this lever movement had been properly patented, and his tilting pedals effectively covered by patents, he could have caused a lot of trouble for future manufacturers; but he was ahead of his time; his patents would have all expired before they became useful in the art as it was later developed.
Mr. Moores claims “a machine for economizing human power,” which shows that his ideas were broad, or at least those of his attorneys were for him.
Mr. Moores claims “a machine for saving human effort,” which shows that his ideas were wide-ranging, or at least those of his lawyers were for him.
226
226

227
227
GLEASON SPECIFICATION.
“The object of this invention is to obtain locomotion by the direct application of the weight of the operator.
"The goal of this invention is to achieve movement through the direct use of the operator's weight."
“An endless track, composed of the hinged parts C, C, C, as shown, loosely close each of the two wheels on a side, and are kept in proper position by means of the flanges B of the rolling wheels as shown.
“An endless track, made up of the hinged parts C, C, C, as shown, loosely connects each of the two wheels on either side and is held in place by the flanges B of the rolling wheels as illustrated.”
“By this means the track is laid in front of the wheels, and passes over from the rear of the same in an endless belt, as shown.
“By this method, the track is set down in front of the wheels and moves continuously from the back of the wheels in an endless loop, as shown.”
“The guide-rails G are supported above the traction-wheels, by means of arms e, as shown, and prevent the jointed track from leaving the flanges.
“The guide-rails G are held up above the traction-wheels by arms e, as shown, and stop the jointed track from coming off the flanges.”
“When a level pavement is available, or the ordinary road is of sufficient evenness, the jointed track may be dispensed with, and the traction-wheels used directly upon the ground or pavement.
“When a flat pavement is available, or the regular road is smooth enough, the jointed track can be skipped, and the traction wheels can be used directly on the ground or pavement."
“In this case the flanges B, being disks of sheet metal, attached by means of bolts to the traction-wheels, are readily removed.”
“In this case, the flanges B, which are disks made of sheet metal, are easily detached using bolts that connect them to the traction wheels.”
Mr. Gleason was determined to prevent slipping of the wheels in climbing hills, and probably succeeded. We have not seen any of the machines on the market, but they are, no doubt, all right. The draughtsman did well to show the rider with his coat off; the work would in all probability keep him warm enough.
Mr. Gleason was set on stopping the wheels from slipping while going up hills, and he likely achieved that. We haven't encountered any of the machines for sale, but they’re probably just fine. The designer did a great job depicting the rider without his coat; the gear would likely keep him warm enough.
228
228

229
229
“UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE.
“THOMAS RHOADS, OF FISKILWA, ILLINOIS. IMPROVEMENT IN PROPELLING VEHICLES.
“This invention relates to the propelling of vehicles for practical use, and consists of the spring and wheel-work mechanism attached thereto, as will be set forth in the following.
“This invention is about propelling vehicles for practical use, and it includes the spring and wheel mechanism attached to it, as will be explained in the following.”
“The propelling power is derived from the spring S, which is affixed to a cross-rod in the frame, as indicated at g.
“The driving force comes from the spring S, which is attached to a cross-rod in the frame, as shown at g.
“The other end of the spring is attached to the shaft of the wheel H, in the usual manner.
“The other end of the spring is attached to the shaft of the wheel H, in the usual way.
“By this invention, vehicles may be propelled on common roads, with more or less speed, according to the level or uneven character of the road.
“By this invention, vehicles can be driven on regular roads, at varied speeds, depending on whether the road is flat or bumpy.”
“Its advantage, in dispensing with the use of horses, is obvious.
"Its benefit, by eliminating the need for horses, is clear."
“I claim as new, and desire to secure by Letters Patent,—
“I claim as new, and want to protect by Letters Patent,—
“1. The arrangement, with relation to the revolving shaft L, carrying the wheels A´, of the wheels G, H, J, pinion b, and spring S, as herein described, for the purpose specified.”
“1. The setup, in relation to the rotating shaft L, holding the wheels A´, the wheels G, H, J, pinion b, and spring S, as described here, for the intended purpose.”
This is a fair sample of “deriving power from springs.” The poor horse will now have his long-needed rest.
This is a good example of “deriving power from springs.” The poor horse will finally get the break it has needed for so long.
230
230

231
231
ESTELL SPECIFICATION.
“The nature of my invention relates to an improved method of constructing velocipedes, whereby the propelling-power is communicated to the hind wheel by means of cranks and shafts, or pitman-rods, the latter being connected at their forward ends with levers, that are worked with the feet.
“The nature of my invention relates to a better way of building bicycles, where the power to move forward is transferred to the back wheel using cranks and shafts, or pitman rods, which are attached at the front to levers that are operated with the feet.”
“What I claim, and desire to secure by Letters Patent, is,—
“What I assert, and wish to protect with Letters Patent, is,—
“The velocipede, in which the brace W is secured to the front part of the reach forming part of the bearing for the vertical shaft U, and supports for the pendent levers L, L, secured to the brace, one on each side, in combination with rods P, P, connected with cranks N, and attached to the pendent levers L, L, by means of pivots, all combined as herein shown and described.
“The velocipede, where the brace W is attached to the front part of the reach that supports the vertical shaft U, and holds up the pendant levers L, L, is secured to the brace on either side. This works together with rods P, P, connected to cranks N, and linked to the pendant levers L, L, through pivots, all combined as described herein.”
“Samuel F. Estell.”
“Sam Estell.”
This is almost an exact copy of the Dalzell contrivance, alleged to have been made in 1845–46. The greatest fault in this system consists in the direction of application of power, being a forward thrust instead of a downward. The machine has merit, however; and should have been heard from in the early days of cycling.
This is basically a replica of the Dalzell device, which is said to have been created in 1845–46. The main flaw in this system is that it applies power forward instead of downward. However, the machine has its advantages and should have made an impact in the early days of cycling.
232
232

A. Christian and J. Reinhart. Velocipede. No. 87,245. Patented February 23, 1869.
233
233
REMARKS ON PATENT TO CHRISTIAN AND REINHART. VELOCIPEDE.
This drawing is a fine illustration of the practice of draughtsmen, in which they essay to impress upon the office and the public, by means of their deft pencils, the miraculous speed and easy locomotion attainable in their clients’ devices.
This drawing is a great example of what draftsmen do, as they try to showcase to both the office and the public, using their skilled pencils, the incredible speed and effortless movement achievable in their clients' designs.
This drawing has always been an amusing one to me, a bright spot in the tedious work of going through the patent files. Some wag of the office, having been similarly struck with the humor of this picture, embossed beneath the principal figure, in a large bold hand, the simple word “VELOX.” Now, I never happened to have a lexicon at hand in which to look up the exact meaning of the word, but I did not, for one moment, doubt its appropriateness. There seemed to be something in the word that carried conviction with it; if it did not mean anything pertinent to the subject, there was always a feeling that it ought to. In scanning patent drawings, in this art, I always turned “Velox” down so that when wearied by the toil of research, I could turn over the papers and smile at “Velox.”
This drawing has always been amusing to me, a bright spot in the dull task of sifting through the patent files. Some jokester in the office, also struck by the humor of this picture, wrote the simple word “VELOX” in big, bold letters beneath the main figure. Now, I never happened to have a dictionary handy to look up the exact meaning of the word, but I didn’t, for a second, doubt its relevance. There seemed to be something about the word that carried weight; if it didn’t mean anything related to the subject, there was always a sense that it should. While reviewing patent drawings in this field, I always kept “Velox” facing down so that when I was tired from the research, I could flip through the papers and smile at “Velox.”
The modern drop-frame for tricycles and rear-driving bicycles would be a valuable improvement on Messrs. Christian and Reinhart’s invention; some of our ladies would object to a free exhibition of quite so much shoe-top.
The modern drop-frame for tricycles and rear-driving bikes would be a valuable upgrade to Messrs. Christian and Reinhart’s invention; some of our ladies might object to showing off quite so much of their shoe tops.
234
234

235
235
“The drawing represents a perspective view of my improved one-wheeled velocipede.
“The drawing shows a perspective view of my upgraded one-wheeled bike.”
“This invention relates to a certain improvement on that class of one-wheeled velocipedes in which the driver’s seat is arranged above the wheel, it being pivoted to the axle of the same.
“This invention relates to a specific improvement on a type of one-wheeled vehicle where the driver's seat is positioned above the wheel and is attached to the axle.”
“The invention has for its object to provide for an easy balancing of the frame, and consists in attaching weights to the lower end of the seat-frame, whereby the same will be retained in a vertical position.
“The invention aims to make it easy to balance the frame, and it involves attaching weights to the bottom of the seat frame, which will keep it in a vertical position.”
“The balance can, with this weight-attachment, not be so readily lost as without it, and the operation of the one-wheeled velocipede is made easier and more practicable.
“The balance can, with this weight attachment, be maintained more easily than without it, and operating the one-wheeled bicycle becomes simpler and more practical."
“From the lower ends of the frame are suspended, as near to the ground as possible, weights E, E, which tend to keep the frame in a vertical position, and which are intended to balance the weight of the rider, so that the difficulty of holding the seat in the desired direction, above the axle, will be considerably reduced.
“From the lower parts of the frame, weights E, E are suspended as close to the ground as possible. These weights help keep the frame upright and are meant to balance the rider's weight, making it much easier to hold the seat in the desired direction, above the axle.”
“The velocipede may be propelled by means of foot-cranks a, a, or by other suitable mechanism.
“The velocipede can be powered using foot cranks a, a, or other appropriate mechanisms.”
“Having thus described my invention,
"Now that I've described my invention,"
“What I claim as new, and desire to secure by Letters Patent, is,—
“What I’m claiming as new, and want to protect with a patent, is,—
“The weights E, E, suspended from the lower ends of the frame C of a one-wheeled velocipede, for the purpose of balancing the frame, substantially as herein shown and described.
“The weights E, E, hanging from the bottom of the frame C of a unicycle, are meant to balance the frame, as shown and described here.”
Thomas W. Ward.”
Thomas W. Ward.
How Mr. Ward proposed to steer is not made quite plain. The claim is strong, and the invention was really never patented before. Any one wishing to use it can do so now, however, as the patent has expired. I wish to call attention to the fact that the combined weights E, E, as arranged in drawing, need not exceed five hundred pounds in order to balance a hundred-and-sixty-pound man.
How Mr. Ward planned to navigate isn’t entirely clear. The claim is solid, and the invention was never actually patented before. Anyone who wants to use it can do so now since the patent has expired. I want to point out that the combined weights E, E, as shown in the drawing, don’t need to exceed five hundred pounds to balance a hundred-sixty-pound person.
236
236

237
237
WHITE SPECIFICATION.
“To all whom it may concern:
To all who it may concern:
“Be it known that I, John J. White, of Philadelphia, in the county of Philadelphia and State of Pennsylvania, have invented a new and Improved Velocipede.
“Let it be known that I, John J. White, of Philadelphia, in the county of Philadelphia and the State of Pennsylvania, have invented a new and improved bicycle.”
“This invention relates to a new velocipede, which consists entirely of two wheels and their connecting-axles, the axles supporting a frame in which the seat and driving-gear are arranged, so that they can be conveniently operated. The wheels can, with this arrangement, be made very large, to obtain great velocity, and the whole apparatus can be made light and convenient.
“This invention is about a new bicycle, which is made up of just two wheels and their connecting axles. The axles support a frame that holds the seat and the pedals, allowing for easy operation. With this design, the wheels can be made very large to achieve high speeds, and the entire setup can be lightweight and user-friendly.”
“The invention consists in the general arrangement of the apparatus, and, furthermore, in the special arrangement of a hinged seat which can be swung down when on going up-hill the rider desires to leave the seat and walk with the vehicle.
“The invention involves the overall setup of the apparatus, and additionally, it includes a specifically designed hinged seat that can be lowered when the rider wants to get off and walk alongside the vehicle while going uphill.”
“The invention also consists in the application of convenient brakes, by means of which the instrument can be conveniently stopped and steered.
“The invention also includes the use of convenient brakes, which allow the instrument to be easily stopped and steered."
“The neck of the driver rests against the upper bar, b, which is hollowed for its reception, and which can be adjusted up and down on the bars a, to be adapted to the size of the rider.”
“The driver’s neck rests against the upper bar, b, which is shaped to fit it, and which can be moved up and down on the bars a to match the rider’s size.”
Mr. White has at least provided some way to stop, and also to “walk with the vehicle,” if he should so desire, which we think he probably would.
Mr. White has at least offered a way to stop, and also to “walk with the vehicle,” if he wants to, which we think he probably would.
238
238

239
239
SOME YOUNG AND STURDY “CHILDREN OF LARGER GROWTH” INVENT A WHIRLIGIG.
“This invention relates to a new and useful improvement in velocipedes, whereby they are better adapted to be employed as a medium of amusement and exercise for children and youth, as well as for ‘children of a larger growth.’ It is chiefly designed for use in play-grounds, lawns, gardens, and play-rooms; and
“This invention relates to a new and useful improvement in bicycles, making them more suitable as a means of fun and exercise for children and young people, as well as for ‘older kids.’ It is primarily intended for use in playgrounds, lawns, gardens, and playrooms; and
“The invention consists in rotating a large horizontal wheel, formed of two concentric rings, tied together by bars, and supported on vertical wheels, each of which is revolved, by means of cranks, with the feet, after the manner of the common velocipede, thus rotating the main wheel, the construction, arrangement, and operation being as hereinafter more fully described.
“The invention involves rotating a large horizontal wheel made up of two concentric rings that are connected by bars and supported on vertical wheels. Each of these wheels is turned using cranks, operated with the feet, similar to a regular bicycle, thus allowing the main wheel to rotate. The construction, setup, and operation will be explained in more detail below.”
“The accompanying drawing is a perspective view of the combined velocipede, showing the manner of its construction and operation.
“The accompanying drawing is a perspective view of the combined bike, showing how it’s built and how it works.
“A represents the double-rimmed wheel, which may be made of any required diameter, and of any suitable material, and in any equivalent manner.
“A represents the double-rimmed wheel, which can be made in any desired diameter, from any suitable material, and in any equivalent way.
“We do not confine ourselves to propelling by the feet exclusively. The driving-wheels may be rotated by the hands, as in some descriptions of velocipede, or by the feet and the weight of the body combined, as in the rocking-saddle kind.
“We don’t just rely on our feet for propulsion. The driving wheels can also be turned by the hands, like in some descriptions of bicycles, or by using both the feet and the weight of the body together, as seen in the rocking-saddle type.”
“Having thus described our invention,
"Now that we've described our invention,"
“What we claim as new, and desire to secure by Letters Patent, is,—
“What we say is new, and want to protect with a patent, is,—
2. A velocipede formed of a horizontal wheel or rim, when supported on vertical wheels adapted to be rotated by means of cranks, substantially as set forth.
2. A velocipede made of a horizontal wheel or rim, supported on vertical wheels that can be turned using cranks, as described.
“George J. Sturdy.
“Solomon W. Young.”
“George J. Sturdy.”
“Solomon W. Young.”
240
240

“My invention relates to velocipedes; and it consists mainly in a seat-spring of novel construction, upon which the seat is made adjustable in a novel manner.”
“My invention relates to bicycles; and it mainly consists of a uniquely designed seat spring that allows the seat to be adjusted in an innovative way.”
This is another of the Dalzell patterns. The mechanism is not claimed in the patent, as will be noticed from the above brief.
This is another one of the Dalzell patterns. The mechanism isn't included in the patent, as you can see from the brief above.
241
241

“The steering of the velocipede may be readily effected by the movement of the body, or by bringing one or other of the stirrups in contact with the ground. Owing to the roller on the stirrup, its contact with the ground will not interfere with the convenience of the operator.
"The steering of the bike can easily be done by shifting your body or by putting one of the pedals in touch with the ground. Thanks to the roller on the pedal, its contact with the ground won't disrupt the rider's comfort."
“Although I have shown the driving-wheel as arranged for being operated by hand, the ordinary treadle-devices used in connection with common velocipedes may be employed, so as to impart the desired movement to the wheel by the legs and feet of the operator.”
“Even though I’ve illustrated the steering wheel set up for manual operation, the regular pedal mechanisms used with standard bicycles can be used to create the necessary movement of the wheel using the rider’s legs and feet.”
This monocycle inventor has not forgotten to provide a means of steering, which is done by the stirrups. Simply tilting the body will not answer.
This monocycle inventor has remembered to include a way to steer, which is done using the stirrups. Just leaning your body won't be enough.
242
242

243
243
SCHMITT SPECIFICATION.
“The nature of my invention consists in constructing a velocipede with three wheels, one in front, for a guide, the other two in rear, connected together by a revolving axle.
“The essence of my invention lies in building a three-wheeled velocipede, with one wheel at the front for steering and two wheels at the back, linked by a rotating axle.”
“The motive-power is communicated to the velocipede by means of machinery over the revolving axle and under the seat, which machinery is put in operation by the weight of and backward or forward motion of the occupant of the seat, or rider.
“The power is transferred to the bike through machinery over the spinning axle and beneath the seat, which is activated by the weight and the forward or backward movement of the person sitting in the seat, or rider.”
“The operation of this machinery is as follows:
“The operation of this machinery is as follows:
“The weight of the rider upon the seat o, and a slight movement backward or forward causes the seat-support g to move backward or forward, which motion is communicated to the upright lever f by the connecting-bar h, which in turn starts the revolution of the driving-wheel axle l.
“The weight of the rider on the seat o, and a slight shift backward or forward causes the seat-support g to move in the same direction, which motion is passed on to the upright lever f by the connecting-bar h, which then initiates the rotation of the driving-wheel axle l.
“This movement of the lever f also gives a corresponding movement to the jointed levers k, k, and in such a way that one lever, k, is moving backward while the other is moving forward, and so one of the snappers, l, is always caught in the ratchet-wheel e, and assisting in the revolution of the driving-wheel axle d, and in this way the impelling force of the machine never ceases for an instant.
“This movement of the lever f also creates a corresponding movement in the jointed levers k, k, so that one lever, k, moves backward while the other moves forward. This means that one of the snappers, l, is always engaged with the ratchet-wheel e, helping to turn the driving-wheel axle d. As a result, the driving force of the machine never stops for a moment.”
“This revolution of the ratchet-wheel e forces the revolution of the driving-wheel c, which, by its connection with the pinion b, forces the revolution of the axle A and wheels B.”
“This movement of the ratchet-wheel e drives the movement of the driving-wheel c, which, through its link with the pinion b, causes the axle A and wheels B to rotate.”
This patent shows a clever method of transmitting power by means of an oscillating motion of the body, and is valuable as a curiosity. The overcoat might be dispensed with, however, as it is not probable that the rider would need it even on the coldest of days.
This patent reveals a smart way to transmit power using an oscillating motion of the body, making it an interesting curiosity. However, the overcoat might not be necessary, as it's unlikely the rider would need it even on the coldest days.
244
244

“Specification in pursuance of the conditions of the Letters Patent, filed by the said William Leftwich in the Great Seal Patent Office on the 18th January 1870.
“Specs following the conditions of the Letters Patent, submitted by William Leftwich to the Great Seal Patent Office on January 18, 1870.
“To all to whom these presents shall come, I, William Leftwich, of Tufnell Park West, Holloway, in the County of Middlesex, send greeting.
To everyone who reads this, I, William Leftwich, from Tufnell Park West, Holloway, in Middlesex, send my regards.
“Whereas Her most Excellent Majesty Queen Victoria, by Her Letters Patent, bearing date the Nineteenth day of July, in the year of our Lord One thousand eight hundred and sixty-nine, in the thirty-third year of Her reign, did, for Herself, Her heirs and successors, give and grant unto me, the said William Leftwich, Her special licence that I, the said William Leftwich, my executors, administrators, and245 assigns, or such others as I, the said William Leftwich, my executors, administrators, and assigns, should at any time agree with, and no others, from time to time and at all times thereafter during the term therein expressed, should and lawfully might make, use, exercise, and vend, within the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the Channel Islands, and Isle of Man, an Invention for ‘Improvements in Construction of Velocipedes.’
Whereas Her Most Excellent Majesty Queen Victoria, through her official document dated July 19, 1869, during the thirty-third year of her reign, granted me, William Leftwich, a special license for myself, my heirs, and successors. This license allows me, the said William Leftwich, along with my executors, administrators, and245 assigns, or anyone I agree with at any time, to legally make, use, exercise, and sell an invention for ‘Improvements in Velocipede Construction’ within the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the Channel Islands, and the Isle of Man, during the duration specified.
“Having thus described and ascertained the nature of my said Invention, and in what manner the same is to be performed, I would observe in conclusion that what I consider novel and original, and therefore claim as constituting the Invention secured to me by the said herein-before in part recited Letters Patent is, the combination and arrangement of parts and mechanism for lowering the saddle bars of ‘bicycles,’ substantially as herein-before described and set forth, or any mere modifications thereof.”
“Having described and clarified the nature of my invention, and how it is to be carried out, I want to conclude by stating that what I consider to be novel and original, and therefore claim as the invention secured to me by the previously mentioned Letters Patent, is the combination and arrangement of the parts and mechanism for lowering the saddle bars of ‘bicycles,’ essentially as described above, or any minor modifications of it.”
This is one of the earliest patents using the word bicycle. The method of raising the saddle while in motion might be used to scare off the dogs or to raise yourself up out of their way, but is of doubtful utility in other respects.
This is one of the first patents that uses the word bicycle. The method of raising the seat while in motion could be used to scare off dogs or to lift yourself out of their way, but its usefulness in other situations is questionable.
246
246

247
247
HEMMINGS SPECIFICATION.
“This invention relates to a new and improved method of constructing and operating velocipedes, whereby they are made more durable, and at less expense, than heretofore; and
“This invention relates to a new and improved way of building and using bicycles, making them more durable and cheaper than before; and
“It consists in rotating a traction-wheel, by means of a traversing-wheel bearing on its inner surface, and revolved by the operator within the rim of the wheel, as hereinafter more fully described.
“It involves spinning a traction wheel with a traversing wheel that makes contact with its inner surface, and is driven by the operator from within the rim of the wheel, as will be explained in more detail later.”
“The propelling-power is applied to the band-wheels E by means of the hand-cranks f, f, leaving the feet of the operator at all times free.
“The driving force is applied to the band-wheels E through the hand-cranks f, f, keeping the operator's feet completely free at all times.”
“In starting the velocipede, the first movement is given by the operator’s running or walking a short distance on the ground while astride the saddle. When a start is thus obtained, the motion is readily continued by turning the pulleys E with the hands.
“In starting the velocipede, the first movement is given by the operator running or walking a short distance on the ground while sitting on the saddle. Once this initial push is achieved, the motion can easily be maintained by turning the pulleys E with the hands.
“When the weight is below the centre, and the feet near the ground, and always free, very little difficulty is experienced in balancing and guiding the machine; and, as numerous experiments have proved, the ease with which it is worked and the velocity obtained render it quite equal, if not superior to any velocipede in use, while the expense of constructing them is far less.
“When the weight is below the center, and the feet are close to the ground, and always free, it's very easy to balance and control the machine. Many experiments have shown that the ease of operation and the speed achieved make it just as good, if not better, than any velocipede currently in use, while the cost of building them is much lower.”
“Having thus described my invention,
"Now that I've described my invention,"
“I claim as new, and desire to secure by Letters Patent,—
“I claim as new, and want to protect with a patent,—
“1. In combination with a single-wheeled velocipede, the reach C, with its guide-pulleys e, e, and traverse wheel B, arranged substantially as and for the purposes herein shown and described.
“1. Together with a one-wheeled bicycle, the reach C, along with its guide pulleys e, e, and the traverse wheel B, set up pretty much as shown and described here.”
“2. The combination of the traction-wheel A with the traverse-wheel B, substantially as and for the purposes herein shown and described.
“2. The combination of the traction-wheel A with the traverse-wheel B, essentially as shown and described here.”
“Richard C. Hemmings.”
“Richard C. Hemmings.”
248
248

An early tandem showing the true sociability of the same; observe the peaceful harmony of the city gentleman, with chimney-pot hat, and the sombreroed cow-boy.
An early partnership that showcases their genuine sociability; notice the peaceful harmony between the city man in his top hat and the cowboy in his sombrero.
249
249
WORTMANN SPECIFICATION.
“This invention relates to a new vehicle, which is to be propelled by the upper or lower extremities of the person or persons which it supports, and which is provided with a fly-wheel in such a manner that the same may at will be thrown into or out of gear. This fly-wheel will gather power in going down-hill, and will then give it up in going up-hill, thereby facilitating the ascending of hills, and preventing too great rapidity while going down-hill.
“This invention is about a new vehicle that can be powered by the arms or legs of the person or people using it. It features a flywheel that can be engaged or disengaged as needed. This flywheel will collect energy while going downhill and then release it when going uphill, making it easier to climb hills and controlling speed while descending.”
“The invention consists in the general combination of parts, whereby two persons may be accommodated on the vehicle, and also in the aforementioned arrangement of the fly-wheel.
“The invention involves the overall combination of components, allowing two people to be seated on the vehicle, as well as the previously mentioned setup of the flywheel.”
“When the fly-wheel is thrown into gear, as aforesaid, it will serve to gather power, to facilitate the riding up-hill, and to steady the motion down-hill.
“When the flywheel is engaged, as mentioned earlier, it will help gather power, make it easier to ride uphill, and stabilize the motion downhill.”
“2. The fly-wheel K, mounted on a separate shaft, J, the sliding pinion f, in combination with the lever g, substantially as herein shown and described, for the purpose specified.
“2. The flywheel K, mounted on a separate shaft, J, the sliding pinion f, in combination with the lever g, significantly as shown and described here, for the intended purpose.”
“The above specification of my invention signed by me, this ninth day of June, 1869.
“The above specification of my invention signed by me, this ninth day of June, 1869."
“Simon Wortmann.”
“Simon Wortmann.”
You will have to make that front man do some work, Simon, or you will fall behind the band-wagon in spite of your fly-wheel.
You need to make that front guy put in some effort, Simon, or you'll end up falling behind the group despite your momentum.
250
250

251
251
SAWHILL SPECIFICATION.
“This invention relates to a new two- or three-wheeled velocipede, which is to be propelled by hand, and which is so constructed that it can be easily operated, and that the body will be sustained in the most advantageous position.
“This invention relates to a new two- or three-wheeled bike that is powered by hand and designed for easy operation, ensuring the body is held in the most comfortable position.”
“The invention consists in several improvements of the driving-mechanism, of the foot-supports, and steering-mechanism, which, separately or combined, tend to produce a simple and convenient apparatus.
“The invention includes various enhancements to the driving mechanism, foot supports, and steering mechanism, which, whether used separately or together, aim to create a straightforward and user-friendly device.”
“A, in the drawing, represents the front wheel of my improved velocipede.
“A, in the drawing, represents the front wheel of my upgraded bicycle.
“The rider, holding the feet on these fixed bars I, can readily, and by an imperceptible motion, turn the post to guide the apparatus in any desired direction.
“The rider, resting their feet on these fixed bars I, can easily and with a slight movement turn the post to steer the equipment in any direction they want.”
“I claim as new, and desire to secure by Letters Patent,—
“I claim as new, and want to protect with a patent,—
“1. The steering-post C, constructed, as described, of the two parallel bars a, a, hung upon the crank-axle B, and connected by the plates b, d, between which the end of the reach D is pivoted, said post being provided at its upper end with the crank-shaft J, and near its lower end with the foot-rests I, as herein described, for the purpose specified.”
“1. The steering-post C is made up of two parallel bars a, a, attached to the crank-axle B, and connected by the plates b, d, where the end of the reach D is pivoted. The post has a crank-shaft J at the upper end and foot-rests I near the lower end, as described, for the intended purpose.”
Another manumotor carriage. Had the inventor ever attempted to climb some of the hills to be seen in Maryland, I fear he would have sacrificed his ambition, let the idea go unheralded to the world, and saved his patent fee.
Another motorized carriage. If the inventor had ever tried to drive up some of the hills in Maryland, I worry he would have given up on his dream, let the idea fade into obscurity, and saved his patent fees.
252
252

253
253
“There are only a few of us left.”
“There are only a few of us remaining.”
“This invention relates to a new and useful improvement in velocipedes, and consists in the method in which power is applied for driving it.
“This invention relates to a new and useful improvement in bicycles and involves the method of applying power to drive it.
“Power is applied to this ratchet by means of the pawls f and g, the former of which is pivoted to the frame h, and to which the saddle i is attached; the other pawl is pivoted to the frame J, to which the foot-pieces k are attached.
“Power is applied to this ratchet using the pawls f and g, the first of which is attached to the frame h, which also holds the saddle i; the second pawl is attached to the frame J, which holds the foot-pieces k.
“When the weight of the rider is thrown either upon the saddle or upon the foot-pieces, the pawls act upon the ratchet-wheel, and rotate the axle.
“When the rider's weight is put either on the saddle or on the footpegs, the pawls engage with the ratchet-wheel and turn the axle.
“As before stated, motion is given the velocipede by working the pawls in the ratchet-wheel, as the weight of the rider is thrown alternately upon the saddle and upon the foot-pieces.
“As previously mentioned, the velocipede is propelled by activating the pawls in the ratchet-wheel, as the rider's weight shifts back and forth between the saddle and the foot-pieces.”
“This operation gives him the motion and exercise of a horseback ride.
“This operation gives him the movement and exercise of a horseback ride.
“No crank is employed, and consequently the vehicle may be started at any point, and the operating parts being attached to and supported by the main axle, there is nothing likely to break or get out of order.
“No crank is used, so the vehicle can be started at any point. Since the operating parts are attached to and supported by the main axle, there's nothing that is likely to break or malfunction.”
“Having thus described my invention,
“Having described my invention,”
“What I claim as new, and desire to secure by Letters Patent, is,—
“What I’m claiming as new and want to protect with Letters Patent is,—
“1. In combination with a velocipede, the ratchet-wheel E, pawls f and g, and yokes h and J, arranged and operating on the axle A, substantially as described.
“1. Together with a bicycle, the ratchet-wheel E, pawls f and g, and yokes h and J, set up and functioning on the axle A, basically as explained.
“In combination with the ratchet-wheel E and weighted yokes h and J, the reach M, post O, brake S, and rods r, arranged substantially as described, for the purposes set forth.
“In combination with the ratchet-wheel E and weighted yokes h and J, the reach M, post O, brake S, and rods r, arranged mostly as described, for the purposes outlined.”
“George Lowden.”
"George Lowden."
Only get the motion of a man on horseback, and our early cycle inventors thought the goal was reached. One would almost think that this motion was what gave power to the horse in those days.
Only capturing the movement of a man on horseback, and our early bicycle inventors believed they had achieved their goal. You could almost think that this motion was what provided strength to the horse back then.
254
254

“This invention has for its object to so construct the cranks of velocipedes that they are made longer where the greatest power is required, without increasing the diameter of the circle to be described by the foot.
“This invention aims to design the cranks of bicycles in a way that makes them longer where the most power is needed, without increasing the diameter of the circle that the foot traces.”
“The invention consists in the use of sliding cranks, which project from both sides of the shaft.
“The invention involves using sliding cranks that extend from both sides of the shaft."
“One end of each crank is guided by a fixed eccentric255 groove or track, in such manner that the crank-pin is moved away from the shaft as long as the power is applied to the same by the foot. When the power is not required, on the return stroke, the crank-pin is drawn close to the shaft, and thus, without describing a large circle, the crank-lever is made longer than usual, when required.
“One end of each crank is guided by a fixed eccentric255 groove or track, so that the crank-pin moves away from the shaft while the foot applies power. When power is not needed, during the return stroke, the crank-pin is pulled close to the shaft, effectively making the crank-lever longer than usual when necessary, without having to make a large circle.”
“Thus, a twelve-inch crank-bar can produce a nine- or ten-inch working-crank, while the crank-pin describes a circle of not more than twelve inches diameter. Heretofore, a twelve-inch circle was described by a six-inch crank. Greater leverage and power are thus obtained by my invention.
“Therefore, a twelve-inch crank bar can create a nine- or ten-inch working crank, while the crank pin moves in a circle no larger than twelve inches in diameter. Previously, a twelve-inch circle was created using a six-inch crank. This design allows for greater leverage and power through my invention.”
“Edwd. A. Lewis.”
“Edwd. A. Lewis.”
This is one of the most deceptive schemes in cycle history; if it worked as the inventor implies, we should have perpetual motion in fact. A man cannot transmit power to the wheel while the crank is coming up, except the little he can get by ankle-motion. A close examination will show that, whereas the crank is longer, the man has a proportionally less number of degrees through which he can drive it. Time, as well as force, enters into the problem of driving a bicycle; the time is equal to the number of degrees the crank travels through; here a man only has one-third, or less, of the circle, through which he has any power to turn the wheel. It is of no advantage to have one-third longer leverage if you have one-third, or over, less time, or number of degrees, to transmit power. The enormous mistake of this inventor consists in the fact that it would actually be better if he transmitted his power through the arc of short, rather than that of the long, leverage. If you do not increase your vertical amplitude, or resultant, depend upon it you cannot increase your power unless, at least, you push through a comparable number of degrees at better advantage.
This is one of the most misleading schemes in cycling history; if it worked as the inventor suggests, we would have perpetual motion. A person can’t transfer power to the wheel while the crank is coming up, except for the little they can get from ankle movement. A close look will reveal that, although the crank is longer, the person has a proportionally smaller number of degrees through which they can drive it. Time, along with force, plays a role in driving a bicycle; the time equals the number of degrees the crank moves through; here, a person only has about one-third, or less, of the circle through which they can exert power to turn the wheel. Having one-third longer leverage doesn’t help if you have one-third, or more, less time or degrees to transmit power. The major error of this inventor is that it would actually be better if he transmitted his power through the arc of a shorter leverage instead of a longer one. If you don’t increase your vertical amplitude or resultant, you can’t boost your power unless you at least push through a comparable number of degrees with better leverage.
256
256

257
257
“To all whom it may concern:
To all who it may concern:
“Be it known that I, F. H. C. Mey, of Buffalo, in the county of Erie and State of New York, have invented a new and improved Dog-Power Vehicle.
“Let it be known that I, F.H.C. Mey, of Buffalo, in Erie County, New York, have created a new and improved Dog-Power Vehicle.
“This invention relates to vehicles which move from place to place on roads, pavements, etc., and consists in an improved construction thereof.
“This invention relates to vehicles that travel from one location to another on roads, sidewalks, etc., and features an improved design for them.”
“A is the driving-wheel, which in this instance is in the front of a vehicle having three wheels, but may be in the rear, if preferred, or in any other location.
“A is the driving wheel, which in this case is located at the front of a three-wheeled vehicle, but it can also be placed at the back or anywhere else if desired.”
“The animals being placed in this tread-rim, as represented in Fig. 2, and caused to work, will impart motion to the wheel and to the vehicle, as will be clearly understood.
“The animals placed in this tread-rim, as shown in Fig. 2, will create motion for the wheel and the vehicle when they work, which will be easy to understand.”
“Having thus described my invention,
"Having described my invention,"
“I claim as new, and desire to secure by Letters Patent,—
“I claim as new and want to secure with Letters Patent,—
“The combination of wheel A B C with a pair of wheels and body to form the running-gear of a vehicle, in the manner shown and described.
“The combination of wheel A B C with a pair of wheels and body to create the running gear of a vehicle, as shown and described.”
“F. H. C. Mey.”
“F. H. C. Mey.”
The claim could have been greatly improved by including the whip D and female E in the combination; at least, it is certain that these two elements would be needful. Two twenty-five pound dogs would hardly tread-mill a hundred-pound vehicle and a hundred-and-fifty-pound female up some of the Baltimore hills.
The argument could have been much stronger by adding the whip D and the female E to the mix; it's clear that these two elements would be essential. Two 25-pound dogs wouldn’t be able to handle a 100-pound vehicle and a 150-pound female up some of the Baltimore hills.
258
258

259
259
HORNIG SPECIFICATION.
“The saddle I may be made adjustable longitudinally on the balance-beam E, or it may be made to slide thereon longitudinally.
“The saddle I can be made adjustable along the length of the balance-beam E, or it can be designed to slide back and forth on it.”
“A hand-lever, K, pivoted to the reach, and connected with the crank g, serves to throw the crank off the centre in starting the vehicle.
“A hand-lever, K, attached to the reach and linked to the crank g, is used to shift the crank off the center when starting the vehicle.
“The saddle I may be a side-saddle for ladies’ use, and two removable saddles may be provided for a single vehicle, one of which may be a side-saddle, and in this way a single velocipede may be used either by a gentleman or lady, or by boys and girls.
“The saddle I can be a side-saddle for women, and two removable saddles can be provided for one vehicle, with one being a side-saddle. This way, a single velocipede can be used by either a man or a woman, or by boys and girls.”
“The operation of the invention is as follows: The rider throws his weight alternately on the treadle and on the seat, rising on his feet when throwing his weight on the treadle, and lowering himself upon the saddle again, as in riding a galloping horse. In this way the entire weight of the body is utilized, both in rising and falling, to propel the vehicle, the muscles being used in a far more advantageous manner, and furnishing a much more healthful exercise than in the propulsion of a velocipede by the use of first one foot and then the other in the highly-disadvantageous method of applying muscular power heretofore employed.”
“The operation of the invention is as follows: The rider shifts their weight back and forth between the treadle and the seat, standing up when pressing down on the treadle, and sitting back down on the saddle again, like riding a galloping horse. This way, the rider's entire body weight is used, both when rising and falling, to move the vehicle, allowing the muscles to be engaged more effectively, and providing a much healthier workout than pedaling a bicycle by pushing one foot and then the other in the less efficient way that has been used before.”
Good for Mr. Hornig! But he will have to get his galloping velocipede on the market pretty soon or his patent will expire.
Good for Mr. Hornig! But he needs to launch his speedy bicycle on the market pretty soon or his patent will run out.
260
260

261
261
“THE COVENTRY TRICYCLE.
“The tricycle, as it is designated, shown in the accompanying engraving, consists of a rectangular frame made of iron or steel tube, which carries a double-cranked shaft in patent parallel bearings. The driving wheel, forty-two inches in diameter, is arranged on a left-hand side of the rider; and the other side of the rectangular frame is produced, front and back, for carrying the forks of two 22-inch steering wheels. These forks are connected by a rod, fixed to the outside of one and the inside of the other, so that both wheels are turned together by the steering handle. The effect of this arrangement is that the rider is enabled to thread his way between other vehicles with the greatest ease; and it is even said that he can describe a figure 8 in a length of twelve feet. The seat is mounted on four steel springs of S form, which are attached to the frame by nuts on the screwed ends of the stays carrying the pin on which the pedals work. Rods jointed to the pedals turn the crank-shaft, as will be seen in the engraving. The second handle is merely to afford support for the left hand while the right is occupied in steering.
“The tricycle, as it’s called, shown in the accompanying engraving, has a rectangular frame made of iron or steel tubing, which holds a double-cranked shaft in patented parallel bearings. The driving wheel, which is forty-two inches in diameter, is positioned on the left side of the rider, and the other side of the rectangular frame extends front and back to support the forks of two 22-inch steering wheels. These forks are connected by a rod, attached to the outside of one and the inside of the other, so that both wheels turn together using the steering handle. This design allows the rider to maneuver between other vehicles with ease; it’s even said that the rider can create a figure 8 in just twelve feet. The seat is mounted on four S-shaped steel springs, which are connected to the frame by nuts on the threaded ends of the stays that hold the pin on which the pedals operate. Rods joined to the pedals turn the crankshaft, as shown in the engraving. The second handle is simply there to provide support for the left hand while the right hand steers.”
“The tricycle is fitted with tangent wheels, in which the spokes are crossed, and each spoke locks the other. By this arrangement greater lightness can be obtained for a given strength; and another great advantage is that in the event of a spoke being broken, another can be replaced by the rider in a few minutes. The machine can be readily taken to pieces and packed in small compass.”
“The tricycle has tangent wheels, where the spokes cross over each other, with each spoke locking into the adjacent one. This design allows for greater lightweight construction without sacrificing strength. Additionally, if one spoke breaks, the rider can easily replace it in just a few minutes. The machine can be quickly disassembled and packed into a compact size.”
This is the pattern of tricycle shown upon the Starley monument at Coventry, and is that which was afterwards changed from the lever-motion to the crank and sprocket-chain, and extensively manufactured at a great works in the Cycle City.
This is the design of the tricycle displayed on the Starley monument in Coventry, which was later modified from lever motion to a crank and sprocket chain, and produced on a large scale at a major factory in the Cycle City.
262
262

263
263
“To all whom it may concern:
To whom it may concern
“Be it known that I, Elbridge Baker, of Salem, in the county of Essex and State of Massachusetts, have invented Improvements in Wagons, of which the following is a specification:
“Be it known that I, Elbridge Baker, of Salem, in Essex County, Massachusetts, have invented Improvements in Wagons, of which the following is a specification:
“This improvement in wagons consists in mechanism arranged, as hereinafter described, to act directly on the ground to propel the wagon.
“This upgrade in wagons features a mechanism designed, as described below, to directly interact with the ground to move the wagon.”
“Each rod has a pronged foot-piece, f, and between the foot-piece f and the crank-hanging of each rod the rod is suspended by a flexible line, g, from the body of the wagon.
“Each rod has a pronged foot piece, f, and between the foot piece f and the crank-hanging of each rod, the rod is suspended by a flexible line, g, from the body of the wagon.”
“Turning the crank-shaft b in any suitable manner causes the pronged foot-pieces, f of the rods d1, d2, d4, and d5 to take hold of the ground, and thereby propel the wagon, and by arranging the cranks as is shown in the drawings one rod after the other is brought into and out of action, securing a continuous action of the mechanism to propel the wagon, all as is obvious without further explanation.
“Turning the crank-shaft b in any appropriate way makes the pronged foot-pieces, f, of the rods d1, d2, d4, and d5 grip the ground, which moves the wagon forward. By arranging the cranks as shown in the drawings, one rod after another is activated and deactivated, ensuring a continuous motion in the mechanism to drive the wagon, which is clear without needing further explanation.”
“The lines g hold and keep the rods to the action of their crank-arms, and cause the rods to be properly brought, from time to time, by the cranks into operating positions on the ground.”
“The lines g hold and keep the rods connected to the action of their crank-arms, ensuring that the rods are properly positioned, as needed, by the cranks into operating positions on the ground.”
This device is a logical sequence of Mr. Croft’s, being a combination of shoving-bars worked by machinery instead of by hand. This patent is now expired and can be used by anybody.
This device is a logical progression from Mr. Croft’s, combining pushing bars powered by machinery rather than by hand. This patent has now expired and can be used by anyone.
264
264

“The invention consists in an arrangement of pulleys upon each side of the crank-arm, and pulleys of similar construction upon the sides or ends of the axle of the road-wheel, and connected together by chains or other suitable means, whereby the carriage may be propelled by the feet alone without turning around or otherwise operating the hand-shaft; or the hand-shaft may be employed, when desired, to aid or assist the feet, as circumstances may require; or both sets of pulleys may be used by the hands and feet to increase the speed of the carriage.”
“The invention features a setup of pulleys on each side of the crank arm, along with similarly designed pulleys on the sides or ends of the axle of the road wheel, connected by chains or other appropriate methods. This allows the carriage to be moved using only the feet without needing to turn around or operate the hand shaft; however, the hand shaft can also be used to support the feet when needed, depending on the situation; or both sets of pulleys can be operated by the hands and feet to boost the speed of the carriage.”
265
265

Mr. Klahr was one of the early geniuses that appreciated the utility of the anti-vibrator. Notice the spring upon the front reach. This is a device quite similar to that used by many makers of rear-drivers in the past few years. The inventor does not claim this, however.
Mr. Klahr was one of the early geniuses who recognized the usefulness of the anti-vibrator. Check out the spring on the front reach. This is a device quite similar to what many rear-driver manufacturers have used in recent years. However, the inventor doesn't make this claim.
266
266

267
267
IMPARTING MOTION TO VELOCIPEDES, &c.
(This Invention received Provisioned Protection only.)
(This invention received only provisional protection.)
“Edward George Bruton, of No. 1, Park Crescent, Oxford. ‘Certain Improvements in the Form and Method of Imparting Motion to Velocipedes, Carriages, or other Vehicles.’
“Edward George Bruton, of No. 1, Park Crescent, Oxford. ‘Improvements in the Design and Method of Moving Bicycles, Cars, or Other Vehicles.’”
“This Invention consists of a new form of imparting motion to velocipedes or other vehicles having three or more wheels, which wheels shall receive their motion from a traversing platform, to which motion is imparted by walking or running thereon; the platform consisting of endless bands, of a substance offering resistance to the foot, passing over rollers suspended from the said vehicle, which rollers, by pulley-bands, chains, or other means, put in motion certain wheels of the said vehicle and thereby propel the same.”
“This invention introduces a new way to move bicycles or other vehicles with three or more wheels. These wheels get their motion from a platform that moves when someone walks or runs on it. The platform is made of endless bands that create resistance underfoot and moves over rollers attached to the vehicle. These rollers, through pulleys, chains, or other methods, drive specific wheels of the vehicle and thus propel it forward.”
We have heard the tricycle compared to a tread-mill by unkind and wearied riders, but it has remained for our English brother, Mr. Bruton, to make the comparison a veritable fact.
We’ve heard unkind and tired riders compare the tricycle to a treadmill, but it took our English brother, Mr. Bruton, to make that comparison a reality.
268
268

A LEVER-MOTION UNICYCLE.
“... By having a pair of the levers an alternate motion is kept up and a continuous revolution of the driving-wheel maintained.
"... By using a pair of levers, an alternating motion is sustained, keeping the driving wheel continuously turning."
“A ratchet and pawl, ball-clutch, or eccentric friction-clutch will accomplish this object, the latter being preferable, owing to the absence of noise.
“A ratchet and pawl, ball-clutch, or eccentric friction-clutch will achieve this goal, with the latter being the best choice because it operates quietly.”
“With the large wheel, and the rider sitting below the centre of gravity, a slow motion can be maintained and the effort to propel it need not necessarily be great.”
“With the big wheel, and the rider sitting below the center of gravity, a slow motion can be kept up, and the effort to push it forward doesn’t have to be that much.”
269
269

“It will be seen that by our peculiar arrangement an operator can use his hands and feet in propelling the bicycle proper, and that great speed can be made by reason of the wheels E working on the pinions b. It will be understood that to the rear end of the arm G is attached, in the ordinary manner, a small travelling wheel, and, if desired, two wheels may be attached to the arm G. It will also be understood that a suitable saddle is to be properly attached to the arm G.”
“It will be evident that with our unique setup, an operator can use their hands and feet to drive the bicycle, and that significant speed can be achieved thanks to the wheels E interacting with the pinions b. It's also clear that a small traveling wheel is attached to the rear end of the arm G in the usual way, and if desired, two wheels can be attached to the arm G. Additionally, it should be noted that a suitable saddle needs to be securely attached to the arm G.”
270
270

“To all whom it may concern:
To whom it may concern:
“Be it known that I, G. Battista Scuri, a citizen of the Kingdom of Italy, residing at Turin, have invented new and useful Improvements in Velocipedes.
“Let it be known that I, G. Battista Scuri, a citizen of the Kingdom of Italy, living in Turin, have invented new and useful improvements in bicycles."
“My invention relates to improvements in that class of velocipedes called ‘monocycles,’ in which but one271 wheel is employed, that serves both as a propelling and steering wheel.
“My invention relates to improvements in the category of bicycles known as ‘monocycles,’ which use just one271 wheel that functions for both propulsion and steering.”
“The velocipedes which have heretofore been chiefly used are the bicycle and the tricycle, and to a limited extent the quadricycle, or four-wheeled velocipede, in all of which the support for the driver is so arranged as to practically throw his weight upon the front and rear wheel axles. The power required to propel these various species of conveyances increases proportionally with the number of wheels employed, and the relative diameters of the latter, as well as the mechanism employed for propelling and steering the same, together with the weight of the apparatus. It is obvious therefore that the power required to propel these conveyances diminishes proportionally with the number of the elements referred to. Consequently, to reduce this power to a minimum, it will only be necessary to correspondingly reduce the number of propelling-wheels, the propelling and steering mechanism, and the weight of the apparatus.
The bicycles and tricycles that have mostly been used until now, along with the quadricycle, or four-wheeled bike, all have their support set up in a way that puts most of the rider's weight on the front and rear wheel axles. The force needed to move these different types of vehicles goes up in proportion to the number of wheels used, along with the sizes of the wheels, the mechanisms used for moving and steering them, and the total weight of the vehicle. It’s clear that the power needed to drive these vehicles decreases as you reduce the number of components mentioned. So, to minimize this power, you just need to lower the number of driving wheels, the propulsion and steering mechanisms, and the overall weight of the vehicle.
“To obtain these results I employ but one wheel.
“To get these results, I only use one wheel.
“In a monocycle that is constructed to support the entire weight of its driver, it is absolutely necessary that said weight, as well as that of the supports for the same and all other mechanism, either for propelling or steering, should be thrown upon the one wheel-axle and be adapted to be equally balanced thereon.
“In a unicycle designed to support the entire weight of its rider, it is essential that the rider's weight, along with the weight of the supports and all other mechanisms for propulsion or steering, be placed on the single wheel axle and be balanced equally on it.”
“By means of this construction and arrangement I obtain a velocipede that can be propelled with comparatively little fatigue, and the cost of construction of which is reduced nearly one-half of that of the ordinary velocipede.”
“Using this design and setup, I create a bicycle that requires much less effort to ride, and the building cost is cut down to almost half of that of a regular bike.”
Judging from this invention they must be expert riders in every way in Italy; it must be supposed that the inventor at least could manage it. If reducing the mechanism increases the power in such a proportion, why not do away with all mechanism and have infinite power?
Judging by this invention, they must be skilled riders in every way in Italy; one can assume that the inventor at least could handle it. If simplifying the mechanism boosts the power that much, why not eliminate all mechanism and have unlimited power?
272
272

273
273
SMITH SPECIFICATION.
“The rider is supported upon a seat or saddle, Q, directly above the stirrups, in a nearly standing position, his feet resting upon the stirrups, and he operates the clutches alternately by a walking movement, or he can operate the mechanism in a standing position without the seat or saddle. The clutch-levers alternately engage with the rims or pulleys on the axle, as their outer ends are pressed downward by the backward walking movement of the foot of the rider, and releasing them as the foot rises in stepping forward, the rope reeving through the pulleys in each direction alternately as the levers are alternately raised and depressed.
“The rider sits in a seat or saddle, Q, positioned directly above the stirrups, in a nearly standing posture, with his feet on the stirrups. He operates the clutches by moving his feet back and forth, or he can control the mechanism while standing, without the seat or saddle. The clutch levers engage alternately with the rims or pulleys on the axle as their outer ends are pressed down by the rider’s backward foot movement, and they release as the foot lifts while stepping forward. The rope moves through the pulleys in each direction alternately as the levers are raised and lowered.”
“The operation will then be as follows: When a downward pressure is applied to one lever its lower arm or prong, g′, pressing upon the face of the disk F, draws the case or frame forward, so as to press the rollers h against the face of the disk, thus clutching or gripping the disk at three points, so as to clamp the frame or case to it. The downward pressure of the lever then turns the disk and axle until the lever of the opposite clutch has gripped the other disk in the same way.
“The operation will then be as follows: When downward pressure is applied to one lever, its lower arm or prong, g′, presses against the face of the disk F, pulling the case or frame forward to press the rollers h against the disk’s face, effectively gripping the disk at three points and clamping the frame or case onto it. The downward pressure of the lever then rotates the disk and axle until the lever of the opposite clutch has gripped the other disk in the same manner.”
“In a four-wheeled carriage a seat or body can be placed upon the front part of the vehicle for carrying another person or parcels.
“In a four-wheeled carriage, a seat or body can be attached to the front part of the vehicle to carry another person or packages.”
“I thus provide a vehicle that is propelled by a walking movement similar to that employed in operating the bicycle. It can be operated with very little exertion, and it enables the rider to carry another person or packages, if he desires.”
"I provide a vehicle that moves through a walking motion similar to how you go about riding a bicycle. It requires minimal effort to operate, and it allows the rider to carry another person or packages if needed."
This gallant tandem inventor was at least not guilty of requiring his lady to do any work.
This brave pair of inventors wasn't at all guilty of making his lady do any work.
274
274

This is a sample of many patents in which the inventors try to combine the elements of a bicycle and tricycle, thereby defeating the end of each.
This is a sample of many patents where inventors attempt to blend the features of a bicycle and a tricycle, ultimately compromising the purpose of each.
275
275

A clutch-lever machine of some merit, considering the early date of the patent.
A clutch-lever machine with some value, given the early date of the patent.
This is a rear-driver with front wheel as large as the rear, though not a single-track machine.
This is a rear-wheel drive vehicle with front wheels as big as the rear ones, but it’s not a single-track machine.
276
276

277
277
HULL AND O’REAR SPECIFICATION.
“This invention consists of the construction and arrangement, as hereinafter described, of a vehicle to be propelled and guided by the rider, the driving-power being applied by means of hand-cranks and the guiding being effected by the foot of the operator.
“This invention involves the design and layout, as described below, of a vehicle that the rider can drive and steer, using hand cranks for power and their foot for guidance.”
“A represents the hind axle, whereon the two hind wheels, B, are fitted by means of the well-known rose-clutch device C, the frame H, and turned by hand-cranks I, to be worked by the operator, who sits upon the saddle J.
A represents the rear axle, where the two rear wheels, B, are attached using the familiar rose-clutch mechanism C. The frame H is turned using hand-cranks I, operated by the person sitting on the saddle J.
“We have also arms, Y, for the application of the feet of the operator to steer the vehicle, while the lever ranges rearward towards the operator for being conveniently worked by hand.
“We also have controls, Y, that allow the operator to use their feet to steer the vehicle, while the lever extends backward toward the operator for easy hand operation."
“The construction is very simple and cheap, and the arrangement is calculated to afford a convenient and easily-operated hand-power vehicle.”
"The design is straightforward and inexpensive, and the setup is intended to provide a convenient and easy-to-use manual vehicle."
Messrs. Hull and O’Rear find that it is better to steer with the feet and propel the machine by the arms. The rider is peering anxiously forward as though somebody was ahead of him, and he appears rather disconcerted from some cause; which makes us think the picture has been taken from real life.
Messrs. Hull and O’Rear discover that it's better to steer with their feet and power the machine with their arms. The rider looks nervously ahead as if someone is in front of him, and he seems somewhat unsettled for some reason, which leads us to believe the image is based on real life.
278
278

279
279
SCHAFFER SPECIFICATION.
“The object of my invention is to furnish a safe and convenient velocipede of the unicycle type; and to that end my invention consists in certain novel features of construction and arrangement, as hereinafter described and claimed.
The purpose of my invention is to provide a safe and convenient unicycle; and to achieve this, my invention includes several new features in construction and design, as described and claimed below.
“The operator may stand erect, and in order to obtain the necessary vertical space without too large a wheel the rim or felly is made of considerable width, as shown in Fig. 2. With this wide tire the wheel will stand without support, and I prefer to use a recessed tire or two smaller tires, as shown, between which is a rubber or elastic band to prevent concussion and noise.
“The operator can stand upright, and to get the needed vertical space without using a large wheel, the rim is made quite wide, as shown in Fig. 2. With this wide tire, the wheel can stand on its own, and I prefer to use a recessed tire or two smaller tires, with a rubber or elastic band in between to reduce shock and noise.”
“To allow of entering the machine, a portion, c′, of one felly is made separate, and the hub a made with a hinged segment, a2, to which the spokes from the felly-segment c′ connect, so that the latter can be swung out.”
“To make it easier to enter the machine, a part, c′, of one rim is made separate, and the hub a includes a hinged segment, a2, to which the spokes from the rim segment c′ are attached, allowing the latter to be swung out.”
Mr. Schaffer does not seem to have provided any very ready means of escape for the bird in case the cage should run away or collide with another.
Mr. Schaffer doesn’t seem to have given the bird any easy way to escape in case the cage gets away or crashes into something else.
280
280

281
281
BURLINGHAUSEN SPECIFICATION.
“My invention relates to improvements in one-wheel velocipedes; and it consists in certain features of construction and in combination of parts hereinafter described, and pointed out in the claim.
"My invention is about enhancing one-wheel bicycles; it includes specific construction features and combinations of parts that will be described later and outlined in the claim."
“As the operator must sit some distance back of the axis of the wheel, some force is required to support or balance the seat and operate in the required position, and this is furnished by the sliding weight H secured by a set-screw on the rod G.
“As the operator needs to sit a bit away from the center of the wheel, some force is necessary to support or balance the seat and maintain the proper position. This force is provided by the sliding weight H, which is secured by a set-screw on the rod G.
“What I claim is,—
"What I'm saying is—
“In a one-wheel velocipede, the combination, with the hubs, the hangers D, depending from said hubs, and cranks secured to the hubs for revolving the wheel, of the cross-piece E, the balance-rod provided with the adjustable foot-rest, and the seat secured to the upper surface of the cross-bar, substantially as described.
“In a one-wheel bicycle, the setup includes the hubs, the hangers D, which hang from those hubs, and cranks attached to the hubs to turn the wheel, along with the cross-piece E, the balance rod with an adjustable footrest, and the seat fixed to the top of the cross-bar, essentially as described.”
“In testimony whereof I sign this specification, in the presence of two witnesses, this sixth day of March, 1884.
“In witness whereof, I sign this document, in the presence of two witnesses, on this sixth day of March, 1884.
“Bernerd G. Burlinghausen.”
“Bernerd G. Burlinghausen.”
This device works entirely as a manumotor or hand-carriage. It is questionable if any prudent rider would care to be enclosed within this structure if there were many hills to descend. To be sure, if the seat gets fast, he can kick the spokes, as in the case of a squirrel and cage-reel, thus keeping himself upright, but this would be attended with great labor and requisite skill.
This device functions completely as a hand-powered carriage. It's debatable whether any sensible rider would want to be trapped inside this design if there were a lot of hills to go down. Sure, if the seat starts to move too fast, he can kick the spokes, like a squirrel in a cage, to stay balanced, but this would require a lot of effort and skill.
282
282

283
283
COMBINED BICYCLE AND ACCORDION, PATENTED BY MR. VON MALKOWSKY.
Just fills a need long felt by the cyclist. There is a certain action claimed for it, in which pressure of air is used on the treadles which helps to propel the machine; but this is only a secondary element in the mind of the wary cyclist; no sooner will he see this invention than he will grasp the idea of getting keys to it and having it play him a tune, as he speeds on his lonely way. And then, how nice to sit down, unscrew a pedal, remove his treasure, and produce sweet strains of silvery music. A new short method of instruction for playing upon this new combination may go with each cycle sold, such that any rider could soon comprehend. Below find brief of specification.
Just fills a long-standing need for cyclists. There’s a specific action claimed for it, where air pressure is applied to the pedals, which helps move the bike forward; but this is just a minor point for the cautious cyclist. As soon as he sees this invention, he will immediately think about getting the keys to it and having it play a tune while he rides along. And then, how nice it would be to sit down, unscrew a pedal, take out his treasure, and produce lovely sounds of silvery music. A new quick-guide for how to play this new addition may be included with each bike sold, so any rider could quickly learn. Below is a summary of the specifications.
“From the lower ends of the fork C extend, in downwardly or backwardly direction, fixed brackets, C′, to which are applied closed expansible bellows, D, of oblong shape, one at each side of the driving-wheel A.
“From the lower parts of the fork C, fixed brackets C′ extend downward or backward, to which are attached closed expandable bellows D that are oblong in shape, one on each side of the driving wheel A.”
“The combination, in a velocipede, with the driving-wheel, of closed bellows supported on fixed brackets of the fork, forked pedal-rods connected at the lower end of the bottom of the bellows, and at the upper end to a transverse oscillating balance-rod.
“The combination, in a bicycle, with the driving wheel, of closed bellows supported on fixed brackets of the fork, forked pedal rods connected at the lower end of the bottom of the bellows, and at the upper end to a side-to-side oscillating balance rod.”
“R. von Malkowsky.”
“R. von Malkowsky.”
284
284

285
285
“To all whom it may concern:
To whom it may concern:
“Be it known that I, William Bevan, a subject of the Queen of England, residing at London, England, have invented a new and useful Improved Bicycle Safety Attachment for Learners, of which the following is a specification.
“Be it known that I, William Bevan, a citizen of the Queen of England, living in London, England, have created a new and useful Improved Bicycle Safety Attachment for Learners, of which the following is a specification.
“If the wheels B be raised from the ground a short distance, considerable swaying of the machine will be possible without its quite tumbling over.
“If the wheels B are lifted a little off the ground, the machine can sway quite a bit without completely tipping over.
“As shown in Fig. 2, the wheels are upon the same level as the large wheel, and the machine is well supported, so that a person ignorant of the art of riding a bicycle can ride a machine fitted with this appliance.”
“As shown in Fig. 2, the wheels are at the same height as the large wheel, and the machine is well supported, so someone who doesn’t know how to ride a bicycle can use a machine equipped with this device.”
This is another gentleman who thinks he can balance the bicycle by means of out-riggers. However ridiculous this scheme may be, this inventor does not deserve the first prize. A machine shown at one of the London exhibitions, in which the two small wheels were replaced by iron sled-runners, should be the subject of our highest award. The inventor of our machine shown can well say that a person need not be able to ride; I recommend he make himself expert at headers, however.
This is another guy who thinks he can keep the bicycle upright using stabilizers. No matter how silly this idea might be, this inventor shouldn't get the top prize. A machine displayed at one of the London exhibitions, where the two small wheels were swapped for iron sled runners, deserves our highest recognition. The inventor of the bike we’re looking at can confidently say that someone doesn't need to know how to ride; I suggest he gets good at headers, though.
286
286

“I may operate my unicycle by either clock-work or steam, instead of foot-power.
“I can ride my unicycle using either clockwork or steam instead of foot power.”
“A small boiler may be placed under the platform O, with steam-pipe to convey the steam to the inner rim of the large wheel A.”
“A small boiler can be located under the platform O, with a steam pipe to carry the steam to the inner rim of the large wheel A.”
You have all heard of the “merchant of Rotterdam, whose legs were a compound of clock-work and steam.”
You’ve all heard of the “merchant of Rotterdam, whose legs were a mix of clockwork and steam.”
287
287
“To all whom it may concern:
“To all who it may concern:
“Be it known that I, John Otto Lose, a subject of the Emperor of Germany, residing at Paterson, in the county of Passaic and State of New Jersey, have invented certain new and useful Improvements in One-Wheeled Vehicles.
“Let it be known that I, John Otto Lost, a citizen of the Emperor of Germany, living in Paterson, in Passaic County, New Jersey, have created some new and useful improvements in one-wheeled vehicles.
“My invention relates to a unicycle or one-wheeled vehicle, without spokes, which will carry one or more persons, as well as a bicycle or tricycle, and which is operated from within, carries the passenger inside, and only one wheel touching the ground. I attain these objects by the means of the devices illustrated in the accompanying drawings.
“My invention pertains to a unicycle or one-wheeled vehicle, without spokes, that can carry one or more people, similar to a bicycle or tricycle. It is operated from within, has the passenger inside, and only one wheel makes contact with the ground. I achieve these goals through the devices shown in the accompanying drawings."
“When the machine is not in operation, it will stand by itself, for the treadle and driving wheels being heavier than the idler-wheel H, H will rise and the front part of platform will drop, and the treadle-wheels will rest on the ground.”
“When the machine isn’t running, it will stand on its own because the treadle and driving wheels are heavier than the idler wheel H. This means H will lift up, causing the front part of the platform to drop, and the treadle wheels will rest on the ground.”
Mr. Lose drew his unicycle in better proportions than his man; perhaps he made the rider’s limbs light to show that the machine would run easy.
Mr. Lose drew his unicycle in better proportions than his figure; maybe he made the rider’s limbs slender to suggest that the machine would operate smoothly.
288
288

“The object of my invention is to provide a means for protecting riders of bicycles and tricycles from exposure to the sun and rain.”
"The purpose of my invention is to create a way to protect bicycle and tricycle riders from being exposed to the sun and rain."
289
289

This is a German patent by Herr Leske, of Berlin, dated August 4, 1887. The inventor can, at least, be said to accommodate the entire body with plenty of work. Mr. Leske may be heard from later.
This is a German patent by Mr. Leske, from Berlin, dated August 4, 1887. The inventor can, at the very least, be said to cover the entire body with a lot of work. We may hear more from Mr. Leske later.
290
290

291
291
LAWSON SPECIFICATION.
“My invention relates to that class of bicycles in which the front wheel is employed for steering and the rear wheel for driving, the pedal crank-axle being arranged between the wheels and connected with the axle of the rear wheel for driving by an endless driving-chain.
“My invention is about a type of bicycle where the front wheel is used for steering and the rear wheel is used for propulsion. The pedal crank axle is positioned between the wheels and connects to the rear wheel's axle, driving it with a continuous chain.”
“The object in this construction is to secure the rider against being thrown forward over the front wheel by keeping his centre of gravity low and setting his seat or saddle as far back as is practicable from the centre of the front wheel. This mode of driving through the medium of sprocket-wheels and chains also allows the driving-wheel to be geared up or down to suit individual tastes.
"The goal of this design is to prevent the rider from being thrown forward over the front wheel by keeping their center of gravity low and positioning the seat or saddle as far back as possible from the center of the front wheel. This method of riding, using sprocket wheels and chains, also allows the driving wheel to be adjusted in gear ratios to fit individual preferences."
“What I do claim is,—
"What I do claim is—"
“1. A bicycle having two wheels arranged tandem as shown, the rear wheel being no larger than the front wheel, and provided with a pedal crank-axle arranged between said wheels and connected to the rear wheel, for driving by an endless chain and sprocket-wheel, substantially as specified.”
“1. A bicycle with two wheels placed one behind the other as shown, where the rear wheel is no bigger than the front wheel, and equipped with a pedal crank-axle positioned between the wheels that connects to the rear wheel, powered by a continuous chain and sprocket, as described.”
The other drawing of this patent is used to illustrate the Rover rear-driver. I wish to call particular attention to the claim as given in above brief of specification, as it is somewhat extraordinary. The English patent to this same inventor would indicate that he was an early, but negligent, inventor of the modern rear-driver safety.
The other drawing of this patent shows the Rover rear-driver. I want to highlight the claim mentioned in the brief of the specification above, as it’s quite remarkable. The English patent granted to this same inventor suggests that he was an early, yet careless, innovator of the modern rear-driver safety.
292
292

293
293
A. HOAK’S VELOCIPEDE.
The important part of the specification is as follows:
The key part of the specification is as follows:
“The shaft-gearing of these spur-wheels consists of impact roller motions, so that the crank centrally on the shaft, within easy reach of the operator upon the seat and between the driving-wheels, may be effectually operated by the hand, and a lever from the guide-wheel is designed to be in such a position as to be within easy reach of the operator’s feet forwardly, so that no difficulty will be encountered, all of which will now be fully set forth.
“The gearing of these spur-wheels involves impact roller movements, allowing the crank at the center of the shaft to be easily operated by the hand of the operator seated between the driving wheels. Additionally, a lever from the guide wheel is positioned to be easily reached by the operator's feet in front, ensuring that there will be no difficulties, all of which will now be fully explained.”
“The operation of this device is very simple. The operator seated within the machine operates the crank O of the shaft L, and the spur-wheels N, engaging with the spur-wheels I, move the vehicle forward. The steering-wheel C is operated by the feet in connection with the lever E.”
“The operation of this device is very simple. The operator sitting inside the machine turns the crank O of the shaft L, and the spur-wheels N, which engage with the spur-wheels I, move the vehicle forward. The steering wheel C is controlled by the feet using the lever E.”
It is all right, except that it would seem cruel to have such legs as the draughtsman has given the rider, and only use them for steering purposes.
It's fine, except it seems unfair for the rider to have legs like those the artist has depicted, and only use them for steering.
294
294

295
295
BURBANK SPECIFICATION.
“By thus providing the bicycle with a circular track engaging the driving-wheel the said track forms virtually the driving-wheel of the bicycle or velocipede, and as it is of very greatly increased diameter as compared with the driving-wheel of the velocipede, it enables the machine to be driven over rough and uneven roads without violent bumping and jolting, and without discomfort to the rider. It also prevents the velocipede from being overturned when it encounters an obstruction, and prevents the rider from ‘taking a header.’
“By equipping the bicycle with a circular track that connects to the driving wheel, this track effectively becomes the driving wheel of the bike or velocipede. Since it has a significantly larger diameter compared to the bike's original wheel, it allows for smoother rides over bumpy and uneven roads, minimizing jarring and discomfort for the rider. It also stops the velocipede from tipping over when it runs into an obstacle and keeps the rider from falling forward.”
“When the machine encounters a stone or other obstruction, the frame M is moved rearwardly against the pressure of the spring L′, and thus causing the wheel B and the rider to be moved forwardly past the centre of the circular track for a corresponding distance, thus enabling the weight of the rider to be utilized in causing the circular track to pass over the obstruction.”
“When the machine hits a stone or another obstacle, the frame M moves backward against the pressure of the spring L′, causing the wheel B and the rider to move forward past the center of the circular track by a corresponding distance. This allows the rider's weight to help the circular track get over the obstruction.”
This patent is a fair sample of the big-wheel idea; it has some good features, such as the spring L′, which allows the inside machine, together with the rider, to swing forward when the outer wheel strikes an obstacle, thus acting as an anti-vibrator or momentum spring. The small inner wheel with cranks would make the machine run slow, but the appearance of the thing would be, I think, rather unique.
This patent is a solid example of the big-wheel concept; it has some good features, like the spring L′, which lets the inner machine, along with the rider, swing forward when the outer wheel hits an obstacle, serving as an anti-vibration or momentum spring. The small inner wheel with cranks would slow the machine down, but I believe the look of it would be quite unique.
296
296


297
297
“The advantages of my back support or rest for a bicycle seat will be readily understood by users of the machine.
“The benefits of my back support or cushion for a bicycle seat will be easily recognized by those using the bike.
“Instead of folding the rest down upon the seat as shown, it might be arranged to be folded down behind the seat, if desired.
“Instead of folding the rest down onto the seat as shown, it could be arranged to fold down behind the seat, if preferred.”
“I am aware that various forms of seats have been provided with hinged back-rests, and do not claim, broadly, a seat having a hinged back-rest.
“I know that different types of seats have been made with hinged backrests, and I’m not claiming, in general, a seat with a hinged backrest.”
“I claim as my invention—
"I declare this as my invention—"
“In combination with the frame and an ordinary seat of a bicycle, an arm secured at one end to the frame under the seat and extending upwardly at the back of the seat, and a back-rest located behind the seat and having hinge-connection with the arm above the top of the seat, whereby it is adapted to be folded down, substantially as set forth.
“In combination with the frame and a regular bicycle seat, an arm attached at one end to the frame under the seat and extending upward behind the seat, and a backrest positioned behind the seat that is hinged to the arm above the top of the seat, allowing it to be folded down, as described.”
“Catherine A. Williamson.”
“Catherine A. Williamson.”
Miss Williamson is mistaken in her disclaimer. I do not think anybody ever put a back on a bicycle seat before.
Miss Williamson is wrong in her denial. I don't think anyone has ever added a backrest to a bicycle seat before.
It is also probable that a “dis” (before advantages) was omitted by the printer in the first line of above brief; but we must not be ungallant to the ladies, and criticise too harshly. Perhaps the invention will come in on the Rovers where the ladies may mount in front.
It’s likely that a “dis” (before advantages) was left out by the printer in the first line of the brief above; but we shouldn't be discourteous to the ladies and critique too harshly. Maybe the innovation will arrive with the Rovers where the ladies can sit in front.
298
298

299
299
DURYEA SPECIFICATION.
“The improvement relates partly to the handle-bars, partly to the pedals, and partly to the head, of the bicycle.
“The improvement concerns the handlebars, the pedals, and the frame of the bicycle.”
“The advantage of this form of handle-bars is that it enables the rider to mount from in rear of the large wheel in the usual manner, and to dismount either in the rear or in the front of the large wheel. It also permits of an upward pull upon the handle in propelling the wheel.
“The advantage of this type of handlebars is that it allows the rider to get on from behind the large wheel in the usual way and to get off either in the back or in the front of the large wheel. It also allows for an upward pull on the handle while propelling the wheel.”
“The structure of the spokes, hub, and rim will not be claimed in this case, as they will form the subject of another application by me for patent thereon.
“The design of the spokes, hub, and rim will not be included in this application, as I will be submitting another application for a patent on those components.”
“I am aware that heretofore the handle-bar has been angled, but know of no case where it extends backwardly, outwardly, and upwardly.”
“I know that until now the handlebar has been angled, but I'm not aware of any case where it extends backward, outward, and upward.”
This idea for handle-bars has often occurred to riders of the old Ordinary; it would have saved many serious falls, by way of the front dismount, heads down. The weight and complication are its defects.
This idea for handlebars has often crossed the minds of riders on the old Ordinary; it could have prevented many serious falls from the front dismount, heads down. The weight and complexity are its downsides.
300
300

301
301
LATTA SPECIFICATION.
“The object of this invention is to provide a machine which is safe, strong, and serviceable, and more easily steered than the machines now in use, and also to construct the machine in such manner that the same can be folded when not required for use, so as to require little storage-room and facilitate its transportation.
“The goal of this invention is to create a machine that is safe, durable, and useful, and easier to steer than the machines currently in use. It is also designed to be foldable when not in use, allowing for minimal storage space and easier transportation.”
“In bicycles of ordinary construction, when the rider anticipates a fall it is customary to turn the steering-wheel in the direction towards which the rider is inclined to fall. When the steering-wheel of my improved velocipede is deflected, the saddle swings in an opposite direction to that in which the rider tends to fall, which enables the rider to regain his balance with very little movement of the steering-pivot, and also to maintain a direct course with greater ease than with the ordinary machines.”
“In regular bicycles, when the rider feels they're about to fall, it's common to turn the handlebars in the direction of the fall. However, when the handlebars of my upgraded bike are turned, the seat shifts in the opposite direction of the fall, which helps the rider regain balance with minimal movement of the steering and also makes it easier to keep a straight path compared to regular bikes.”
This is one of Mr. Latta’s weekly patents, and is a sample of the many efforts now being made to overcome the sensitive steering qualities of the recent rear-driver. The invention is also intended to answer the purpose of the “Rothigiesser system,” spoken of in a former chapter.
This is one of Mr. Latta’s weekly inventions, and it’s an example of the many efforts currently being made to tackle the sensitive steering characteristics of the new rear-wheel drive vehicles. The invention is also meant to fulfill the purpose of the “Rothigiesser system,” mentioned in a previous chapter.
302
302
Mr. Pat. Gallagher, of New York, invents a tricycle with fly-wheels.
Mr. Pat. Gallagher, from New York, invents a tricycle with flywheels.

“A tricycle designed to be easily operated and guided is illustrated herewith, and has been patented by Mr. Patrick Gallagher, of No. 145 East Forty-second Street, New York City. It has a light but strong iron frame-work, and is propelled by means of a crank-handle mounted in arms adjustably pivoted to uprights on the frame, one of the ends of the crank-handle having a sprocket-wheel connected by an endless chain with a sprocket-wheel on the axle of the driving-wheels, while the other end of the crank-handle has two fly-wheels to steady the motion of the machine, and so that but little exertion will be required to run it after a high degree of momentum has been obtained.”
A tricycle designed for easy operation and steering is shown here, and has been patented by Mr. Patrick Gallagher, at 145 East 42nd Street, New York City. It features a lightweight yet sturdy iron frame and is powered by a crank handle mounted on arms that can pivot adjustably to upright posts on the frame. One end of the crank handle has a sprocket wheel connected via an endless chain to a sprocket wheel on the axle of the driving wheels, while the other end of the crank handle has two flywheels to stabilize the machine's motion, requiring minimal effort to ride once a good speed is reached.
303
303

304
304

305
305
AN AMERICAN BONE-SHAKER, 1869.
As it is a common practice to present patrons with a portrait of the venturesome culprit who aspires to engage the temporary notice of the public, by works of this kind, it is possible that some readers may, perchance, procure books with such expectations in view, and feel disappointed if no such custom has prevailed. Now, therefore, the writer has overhauled his effects and brought to light a picture which, “though not as new as it was,” is a fair specimen of the photographer’s handicraft, which represents your hopeful tyro upon his original velocipede, one made by himself in 1868–69. This machine was probably the earliest single-track crank-machine made in the State of Ohio and one of the first in the United States.
Since it's common to show readers a portrait of the daring individual who seeks to capture the public's attention with works like this, some readers might buy books with those expectations in mind and feel let down if that tradition isn’t followed. So, the author has gone through his collection and unearthed a photo that, “even though it’s not as fresh as it once was,” is a good example of the photographer’s skill. It features your optimistic beginner on his homemade velocipede, crafted by himself in 1868–69. This bike was likely the first single-track crank machine made in Ohio and one of the earliest in the United States.
Looking at the reproduction herewith annexed, I notice, with regret, that the rider has not improved as rapidly as have the machines.
Looking at the attached reproduction, I notice, with regret, that the rider hasn't improved as quickly as the machines have.
- Obvious typographical errors have been silently corrected.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!